trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@327 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

7 files changed, 14645 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b98f0011362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+MKDIR=mkdir
+COPY=cp
+CHDIR=cd
+RM=rm -f
+INSTALLDIRVAR=TEXMFMAIN
+SHELL=sh
+all: hyperref test
+
+hyperref: unpack documentation
+
+unpack:
+	latex hyperref.ins
+
+hyperref.drv: unpack
+
+documentation: hyperref.drv
+	latex hyperref.dtx
+	makeindex -s gind hyperref
+	latex hyperref.dtx
+	makeindex -s gind hyperref
+	latex hyperref.dtx
+
+test: test.nodir
+test.nodir:
+	$(CHDIR) test; latex test0
+	$(CHDIR) test; makeindex test0
+	$(CHDIR) test; latex test0
+
+install: unpack
+	( \
+	TEXMF=`kpsewhich -expand-var '$$$(INSTALLDIRVAR)'`; \
+	echo installing to $${TEXMF}/tex/latex/hyperref; \
+	$(MKDIR) $${TEXMF}/tex/latex/hyperref; \
+	$(COPY) *.sty *.def htex4ht.cfg $${TEXMF}/tex/latex/hyperref \
+	)
+
+clean:
+	-$(RM) *.aux *.toc *.idx *.drv *.dvi *.log *.rep *.lof *.brf *.tmp *.ist *.ilg *.ind *.out *.css *.html
+	-$(CHDIR) test; $(RM) *.dvi *.aux *.log *.toc *.lot *.lof *.idx *.ilg *.ind *.out *.brf
+	-$(RM) nameref.sty backref.sty hyperref.sty hycheck.tex nohyperref.sty
+	-$(RM) *.def htex4ht.cfg *.otc *.idv *.lg *.xref test.ps test.pdf
+	-$(RM) hyperref.pdf
+
+checks:
+	cd test; for what in test*tex ;\
+	do \
+	 pdflatex $$what; pdflatex $$what; latex $$what; latex $$what ;\
+	done
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/backref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/backref.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5a25459c36e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/backref.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,595 @@
+\def\fileversion{1.23}
+\def\filedate{2003/03/20}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%% File: backref.dtx Copyright (C) 1995-2003 David Carlisle, Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek
+%
+%% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'.
+%% -------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% It may be distributed under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%% License, either version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any
+%% later version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the `Hyperref Bundle' is
+%% given in the file `manifest.txt'.
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\begin{document}
+  \title{%
+    Back referencing from bibliographical citations%
+    \thanks{%
+      This file has version number \fileversion,
+      last revised \filedate.%
+    }%
+  }
+  \author{David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz}
+  \date{\filedate}
+  \maketitle
+  \tableofcontents
+  \DocInput{backref.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{505}
+% \MakeShortVerb{|}
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+%
+% \subsection{Options}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Options for type of back references}
+%
+%    In short the following options set the type of back
+%    references. Default is option |pageref|.
+%    \begin{quote}
+%    \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+%      |ref| & section number\\
+%      |pageref| & page number\\
+%      |hyperref| & section number as hyper link\\
+%      |hyperpageref| & page number as hyper link
+%    \end{tabular}
+%    \end{quote}
+%    The options that start with |hyper| are intended for
+%    the use with package |hyperref|. In this case package
+%    |backref| will be loaded automatically if the |hyperref|
+%    options |backref| or |pagebackref| are given. Package
+%    |hyperref| then loads package |backref| with the appropriate
+%    option:
+%    \begin{quote}
+%    \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+%      |hyperref| option & |backref| option set by |hyperref|\\
+%      \hline
+%      |backref|         & |hyperref|\\
+%      |backref=section| & |hyperref|\\
+%      |backref=slide|   & |hyperref|\\
+%      |backref=page|    & |hyperpageref|\\
+%      |pagebackref|     & |hyperpageref|
+%    \end{tabular}
+%    \end{quote}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Language options}
+%
+%    Currently supported are options |english| (default), |UKenglish|,
+%    |USenglish|, |british|, |german|, |ngerman|, |austrian|, |naustrian|,
+%    |french|, |francais|, and |spanish|.
+%
+% \subsection{Formatting of the back references list}
+%
+%    Package |backref| has to be able to detect the end of an entry
+%    in the bibliography, therefore each \cmd{\bibitem} entry must
+%    be ended by an empty line (or a |\par| token).
+%
+%    Example:
+%\begin{quote}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+%\bibitem[bib:abc] First entry.
+%
+%\bibitem[bib:foo] Second entry.
+%
+%\end{thebibliography}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\end{quote}
+%
+%    Then package |backref| can add hooks for the back references list.
+%    at the end of the entry. The list is separated by \cmd{\newblock},
+%    if the used bibliography package supports this. The package options
+%    control the kind of back references (page numbers, sections numbers),
+%    whereas the hooks control the formatting.
+%
+%    There are two hooks \cmd{\backref} and a new hook \cmd{\backrefalt},
+%    available since version 1.21 of package |backref|. The former one
+%    is enabled by default.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Formatting hook \cmd{\backref}}
+%
+%    Macro \cmd{\backref} has a a comma separated
+%    list of backref references as first and only argument.
+%    With hyperref options only this list will be printed. Without
+%    hyperref there is an introductionary text, controlled by
+%    macros \cmd{\backrefpagesname} or \cmd{\backrefsectionsname}.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Formatting hook \cmd{\backrefalt}}
+%
+%    \cmd{\backrefalt} is a new interface since version 1.21 of package
+%    |backref|. It takes four arguments:
+%    \begin{enumerate}
+%    \item Number of citations without dupes.
+%    \item Back references list without dupes.
+%    \item Number of all citations (with dupes).
+%    \item Back reference list with all entries (with dupes).
+%    \end{enumerate}
+%    The latter options consider equal entries as one entry.
+%    Now \cmd{\backrefalt} can easily be defined with text that
+%    depends on the number of citations, for example:
+%\begin{quote}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\usepackage[backref]{backref}
+%\renewcommand*{\backref}[1]{}
+%\renewcommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{%
+%  \ifcase #1 %
+%    No citations.%
+%  \or
+%    One citation in section #2.%
+%  \else
+%    #1 citations in sections #2.%
+%  \fi
+%}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\end{quote}
+%    The separation between the list entries are controlled by
+%    the following macros:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item \cmd{\backrefsep}: inserted between entries except for the
+%      next cases, default is ``\verb*|, |''.
+%    \item \cmd{\backreftwosep}: inserted between entries in
+%      a list of two entries, default is ``\verb*| and~|''.
+%    \item \cmd{\backreflastsep}: inserted between the last two
+%      entries of a list with more than two entries, default is
+%      ``\verb*|, and~|''.
+%    \end{itemize}
+%    Examples:
+%    \begin{quote}
+%    \meta{entry1}\\
+%    \meta{entry1} \cmd{\backreftwosep} \meta{entry2}\\
+%    \meta{entry1} \cmd{\backrefsep} \meta{entry2}
+%      \cmd{\backreflastsep} \meta{entry3}
+%    \end{quote}
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \section{The macros}
+%    Internal command names of this package start with |\BR@|,
+%    commands, that store the original meaning of commands, which
+%    will be redefined, are prefixed with |\BRorg@|.
+%
+% \subsection{Package identification}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+\ProvidesPackage{backref}%
+  [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Bibliographical back referencing]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Options}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Option verbose}
+%    If package hyperref is loaded, then its setting is used as
+%    default for the verbose switch.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifBR@verbose
+\@ifundefined{ifHy@verbose}{%
+  \BR@verbosefalse
+}{%
+  \let\ifBR@verbose\ifHy@verbose
+}
+\DeclareOption{verbose}{\BR@verbosetrue}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Options for way of working}
+%
+%    What is printed depends on how the 3 available items of
+%    information are used (page number, section number, label).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\page@backref#1#2#3{#1}
+\long\def\section@backref#1#2#3{#2}
+\long\def\hyper@section@backref#1#2#3{\hyperlink{#3}{#2}}
+\long\def\hyper@page@backref#1#2#3{\hyperlink{page.#1}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Now the options follows, that can be used without
+%    package hyperref.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{pageref}{%
+  \def\backref{\backrefpagesname\ }%
+  \let\backrefxxx\page@backref
+}
+\DeclareOption{ref}{%
+  \def\backref{\backrefsectionsname\ }%
+  \let\backrefxxx\section@backref
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Set up back-referencing to be hyper links, by page or section.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{hyperref}{%
+  \def\backref{}\let\backrefxxx\hyper@section@backref
+}
+\DeclareOption{hyperpageref}{%
+  \def\backref{}\let\backrefxxx\hyper@page@backref
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Language options}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\backrefenglish{%
+  \def\backrefpagesname{pages}%
+  \def\backrefsectionsname{sections}%
+  \def\backrefsep{, }%
+  \def\backreftwosep{ and~}%
+  \def\backreflastsep{, and~}%
+}
+\def\backrefgerman{%
+  \def\backrefpagesname{Seiten}%
+  \def\backrefsectionsname{Abschnitte}%
+  \def\backrefsep{, }%
+  \def\backreftwosep{ und~}%
+  \def\backreflastsep{ und~}%
+}
+\def\backreffrench{%
+  \def\backrefpagesname{pages}%
+  \def\backrefsectionsname{sections}%
+  \def\backrefsep{, }%
+  \def\backreftwosep{ et~}%
+  \def\backreflastsep{ et~}%
+}
+\def\backrefspanish{%
+  \def\backrefpagesname{p\'aginas}
+  \def\backrefsectionsname{secciones}
+  \def\backrefsep{, }%
+  \def\backreftwosep{ y~}%
+  \def\backreflastsep{ y~}%
+}
+\def\backrefafrikaans{%
+  \def\backrefpagesname{bladsye}%
+  \def\backrefsectionsname{afdelings}%
+  \def\backrefsep{, }%
+  \def\backreftwosep{ en~}%
+  \def\backreflastsep{ en~}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Instead of package babel's definition of \cmd{\addto} the
+%    implementation of package varioref is used. Additionally
+%    argument |#1| is checked for \cmd{\relax}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\BR@addto#1#2{%
+  #2%
+  \@temptokena{#2}%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+    \let#1\@empty
+  \fi
+  \ifx#1\undefined
+     \edef#1{\the\@temptokena}%
+  \else
+     \toks@\expandafter{#1}%
+     \edef#1{\the\toks@\the\@temptokena}%
+  \fi
+  \@temptokena{}\toks@\@temptokena
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\BR@DeclareLang#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \edef\x##1##2{%
+      \noexpand\ifx##2\relax
+        \errmessage{No definitions for language `#2' found!}%
+      \noexpand\fi
+      \endgroup
+      \noexpand\DeclareOption{#1}{%
+        \noexpand\BR@addto{\noexpand##1}{\noexpand##2}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \expandafter\x\csname extras#1\expandafter\endcsname
+                \csname backref#2\expandafter\endcsname
+}
+\BR@DeclareLang{english}{english}
+\BR@DeclareLang{UKenglish}{english}
+\BR@DeclareLang{USenglish}{english}
+\BR@DeclareLang{british}{english}
+\BR@DeclareLang{german}{german}
+\BR@DeclareLang{ngerman}{german}
+\BR@DeclareLang{austrian}{german}
+\BR@DeclareLang{naustrian}{german}
+\BR@DeclareLang{french}{french}
+\BR@DeclareLang{frenchb}{french}
+\BR@DeclareLang{francais}{french}
+\BR@DeclareLang{spanish}{spanish}
+\BR@DeclareLang{afrikaans}{afrikaans}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Default is the english version:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\backrefenglish
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Process options}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ExecuteOptions{pageref}
+\ProcessOptions*\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The bibliography}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\BR@bibitem}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\BR@bibitem{\@ifnextchar[\BR@@lbibitem\BR@@bibitem}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\BR@@lbibitem[#1]#2#3\par{%
+  \BRorg@bibitem[#1]{#2}#3%
+  \BR@backref{#2}%
+}%
+\def\BR@@bibitem#1#2\par{%
+  \BRorg@bibitem{#1}#2%
+  \BR@backref{#1}%
+}
+\def\BR@backref#1{%
+  \newblock
+  \begingroup
+    \csname @safe@activestrue\endcsname
+    \expandafter\providecommand\csname brc@#1\endcsname{0}%
+    \expandafter\providecommand\csname brcd@#1\endcsname{0}%
+    \csname @safe@activesfalse\expandafter\endcsname
+    \expandafter\backref\csname br@#1\expandafter\endcsname
+    \expandafter\backrefalt\csname brc@#1\expandafter\endcsname
+                         \csname brl@#1\expandafter\endcsname
+                         \csname brcd@#1\expandafter\endcsname
+                         \csname brld@#1\endcsname
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\@ifundefined{newblock}{\def\newblock{\par}}{}
+\providecommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Reading .brf file}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\backcite}
+%    The file |\jobname.brf| collects the back cite informations
+%    as calls of \cmd{\backcite} with the informations
+%    in the arguments.
+%
+%    The first argument of macro \cmd{\backcite} is the citation
+%    label, the second parameter contains the page number
+%    (\cmd{\thepage}), the current label of the citation
+%    (\cmd{\@currentlabel}), and the current anchor name
+%    (\cmd{\@currentHref}). Example for a citation at the
+%    first page in second section:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\backcite {bib:abc}{{1}{2}{section.2}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+%    While the file |\jobname.brf| is read, the informations are
+%    collected and stored in macros whose names are build by the
+%    citation label \meta{label}:
+%    \begin{quote}
+%    \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+%      |\br@|\meta{label} & list, entries separated by comma without dupes\\
+%      |\brc@|\meta{label} & number of citations without dupes\\
+%      |\brl@|\meta{label} & backref list without dupes\\
+%      |\brcd@|\meta{label} & number of all citations (with dupes)\\
+%      |\brld@|\meta{label} & backref list with all entries (with dupes)
+%    \end{tabular}
+%    \end{quote}
+%    What are ``dupes''? An instance: you have three references to
+%    an entry in the bibliography on the first page:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\backcite {bib:abc}{{1}{1}{section.1}}
+%\backcite {bib:abc}{{1}{1}{section.1}}
+%\backcite {bib:abc}{{1}{2}{section.2}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%    Then the whole backref list with option |pageref| would print, e.g.:
+%    \begin{quote}
+%    Entry for |bib:abc|. Cited on pages 1, 1, 1.
+%    \end{quote}
+%    Without dupes the entries with the same page number would be removed,
+%    e.g.:
+%    \begin{quote}
+%    Entry for |bib:abc|. Cited on page 1.
+%    \end{quote}
+%    Also the third entry is removed, because it has the same page number.
+%    For the comparison only these pieces of information are considered
+%    that will be used later by \cmd{\backrefxxx}. With option
+%    |pageref| macro \cmd{\backrefxxx} becomes \cmd{\page@backref} that
+%    throws away the second and third argument and only uses the first
+%    argument with the page number. To be more precise, the first
+%    expansion of \cmd{\backrefxxx} is used in comparison. If some
+%    arguments are used here, but later omitted, then this will not
+%    be detected.
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\backrefxxxdupe}
+%    With option |hyperref| you will get two entries
+%    in the following example because the second entry differs in the
+%    link information, so the result will be the same section number,
+%    but as different links.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\backref {bib:abc}{{1}{1}{section.1}}
+%\backref {bib:abc}{{1}{1}{equation.1}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%    Macro \cmd{\backrefxxxdupe} will be used
+%    in the comparison test if it is defined. Thus you can provide a
+%    definition in this case as follows:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\newcommand*{\backrefxxxdupe}[3]{#2}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%    Then only the section number is interpreted, but not the anchor name.
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    To avoid same entries, it is checked before, whether the entry
+%    already exists. Only the information needed by \cmd{\backrefxxx}
+%    is compared.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\backcite#1#2{%
+  \@for\x:=#1\do{%
+    \begingroup
+      \csname @safe@activestrue\endcsname
+      \edef\x{\endgroup
+        \def\noexpand\x{\expandafter\@firstofone\x\@empty}%
+      }%
+    \x
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Now macro \cmd{\x} contains the citation label name.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname br@\x\endcsname\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Initialization, fill in the first entry.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname br@\x\endcsname{%
+        \protect\backrefxxx#2%
+      }%
+      \global\expandafter\let\csname brl@\x\expandafter\endcsname
+                      \csname br@\x\endcsname
+      \global\expandafter\let\csname brld@\x\expandafter\endcsname
+                      \csname br@\x\endcsname
+      \expandafter\gdef\csname brc@\x\endcsname{1}%
+      \expandafter\gdef\csname brcd@\x\endcsname{1}%
+    \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Fill in further entry. But check for dupe first.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \begingroup
+        \@ifundefined{backrefxxxdupe}{}{\let\backrefxxx\backrefxxxdupe}%
+        \expandafter\def\expandafter\reserved@a\expandafter{%
+          \backrefxxx#2%
+        }%
+        \let\BRorg@backrefxxx\backrefxxx
+        \global\let\BR@found=N%
+        \long\def\backrefxxx##1##2##3{%
+          \expandafter\def\expandafter\reserved@b\expandafter{%
+            \BRorg@backrefxxx{##1}{##2}{##3}%
+          }%
+          \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b
+            \global\let\BR@found=Y%
+          \fi
+        }%
+        \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\csname br@\x\endcsname}%
+      \endgroup
+      \let\backrefsep\relax
+      \def\backreftwosep{\backrefsep}%
+      \def\backreflastsep{\backrefsep}%
+      \if N\BR@found
+        \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname br@\x\endcsname{%
+          \csname br@\x\endcsname, %
+          \protect\backrefxxx#2%
+        }%
+        \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname brl@\x\endcsname{%
+          \csname brl@\x\endcsname
+          \ifnum\@nameuse{brc@\x}=1 %
+            \noexpand\backreftwosep
+          \else
+            \noexpand\backreflastsep
+          \fi
+          \protect\backrefxxx#2%
+        }%
+        \count@=\@nameuse{brc@\x}\relax
+        \advance\count@ by 1 %
+        \expandafter\xdef\csname brc@\x\endcsname{\the\count@}%
+      \fi
+      \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname brld@\x\endcsname{%
+        \csname brld@\x\endcsname
+        \ifnum\@nameuse{brcd@\x}=1 %
+          \noexpand\backreftwosep
+        \else
+          \noexpand\backreflastsep
+        \fi
+        \protect\backrefxxx#2%
+      }%
+      \count@=\@nameuse{brcd@\x}\relax
+      \advance\count@ by 1 %
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname brcd@\x\endcsname{\the\count@}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Initialization}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@currentHref{}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \let\BRorg@bibitem\bibitem
+  \let\bibitem\BR@bibitem
+  \let\BRorg@thebibliography\thebibliography
+  \def\thebibliography{%
+    \@starttoc{brf}{}%
+    \BRorg@thebibliography
+  }%
+  \@ifundefined{NAT@parse}{%
+    \global\let\BRorg@citex\@citex
+    \global\let\@citex\BR@citex
+  }{%
+    \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{}{%
+      \def\hyper@natlinkstart#1{\Hy@backout{#1}}%
+    }%
+    \PackageInfo{backref}{** backref set up for natbib **}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Collecting back cite informations}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\BR@citex}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\BR@citex[#1]#2{%
+  \BRorg@citex[#1]{#2}%
+  \ifBR@verbose
+    \PackageInfo{backref}{back cite \string`#2\string'}%
+  \fi
+  \Hy@backout{#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% Grr. for chicago.sty
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{chicago}{%
+  \let\BRorg@citedatax\@citedatax
+  \def\@citedatax[#1]#2{%
+    \BRorg@citedatax[#1]{#2}%
+    \Hy@backout{#2}%
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@backout}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@backout#1{%
+  \@bsphack
+  \ifx\@empty\@currentlabel
+    \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+      \string\@writefile{brf}{%
+        \string\backcite{#1}{{\thepage}{(document)}{Doc-Start}}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \else
+   \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+     \string\@writefile{brf}{%
+       \string\backcite{#1}{{\thepage}{\@currentlabel}{\@currentHref}}%
+     }%
+   }%
+  \fi
+  \@esphack
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.drv
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a3ec258fe43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.drv
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `hyperref.drv',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% hyperref.dtx  (with options: `driver')
+%% 
+%% File: hyperref.dtx Copyright 1995-2001 Sebastian Rahtz,
+%% RCS: $Id: hyperref.dtx 6.71 2000/10/04 rahtz Exp rahtz $
+%%
+%% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'.
+%% -------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% It may be distributed under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%% License, either version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any
+%% later version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the `Hyperref Bundle' is
+%% given in the file `manifest.txt'.
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesFile{hyperref.drv}
+  [2003/11/30 v6.74m
+  Hyperref documentation driver file]
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{array,times}
+\def\ttdefault{cmtt}
+\usepackage[colorlinks,hyperindex]{hyperref}
+\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\let\\\textbackslash}%
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\begin{document}
+  \GetFileInfo{hyperref.sty}
+  \title{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}
+  \author{Sebastian Rahtz\\
+    Email: \texttt{sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk}}
+  \date{processed \today}
+  \maketitle
+  \tableofcontents
+  \let\Email\texttt
+  \DocInput{hyperref.dtx}
+  \PrintIndex
+\end{document}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `hyperref.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a26fd8ae8e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,13330 @@
+% \iffalse
+%% File: hyperref.dtx Copyright 1995-2001 Sebastian Rahtz,
+% with portions written by David Carlisle and Heiko Oberdiek.
+%% RCS: $Id: hyperref.dtx 6.71 2000/10/04 rahtz Exp rahtz $
+%%
+%% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'.
+%% -------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% It may be distributed under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%% License, either version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any
+%% later version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the `Hyperref Bundle' is
+%% given in the file `manifest.txt'.
+%%
+%<package|nohyperref|driver|check>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{hyperref}
+%<nohyperref>\ProvidesPackage{nohyperref}
+%<driver>\ProvidesFile{hyperref.drv}
+%<check>\ProvidesFile{hycheck.tex}
+%<hypertex>\ProvidesFile{hypertex.def}
+%<pdftex>\ProvidesFile{hpdftex.def}
+%<pdfmark>\ProvidesFile{pdfmark.def}
+%<vtexpdfmark>\ProvidesFile{hvtexmrk.def}
+%<dvips>\ProvidesFile{hdvips.def}
+%<dvipsone>\ProvidesFile{hdvipson.def}
+%<textures>\ProvidesFile{htexture.def}
+%<dviwindo>\ProvidesFile{hdviwind.def}
+%<dvipdfm>\ProvidesFile{hdvipdfm.def}
+%<dvipdf>\ProvidesFile{hdvipdf.def}
+%<vtex>\ProvidesFile{hvtex.def}
+%<vtexhtml>\ProvidesFile{hvtexhtml.def}
+%<tex4ht>\ProvidesFile{htex4ht.def}
+%<tex4htcfg>\ProvidesFile{htex4ht.cfg}
+%<pd1enc>\ProvidesFile{pd1enc.def}
+%<puenc>\ProvidesFile{puenc.def}
+%<!none>  [2003/11/30 v6.74m
+%<package>  Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+%<nohyperref>  Dummy hyperref (SR)]
+%<driver>  Hyperref documentation driver file]
+%<check>  Hyperref test file]
+%<hypertex>  Hyperref driver for HyperTeX specials]
+%<pdftex>  Hyperref driver for pdfTeX]
+%<pdfmark>  Hyperref definitions for pdfmark specials]
+%<vtexpdfmark> Hyperref driver for VTeX in PDF/PS mode (pdfmark specials)]
+%<dvips>  Hyperref driver for dvips]
+%<dvipsone>  Hyperref driver for dvipsone]
+%<textures>  Hyperref driver for Textures]
+%<dviwindo>  Hyperref driver for dviwindo]
+%<dvipdfm>  Hyperref driver for dvipdfm]
+%<dvipdf>  Hyperref driver for dvipdf]
+%<vtex>  Hyperref driver for VTeX in PDF/PS mode]
+%<vtexhtml>  Hyperref driver for VTeX in HTML mode]
+%<tex4ht>  Hyperref driver for TeX4ht]
+%<tex4htcfg>  Hyperref configuration file for TeX4ht]
+%<pd1enc>  Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)]
+%<puenc>  Hyperref: PDF Unicode definition (HO)]
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{array,times}
+\def\ttdefault{cmtt}
+\usepackage[colorlinks,hyperindex]{hyperref}
+\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\let\\\textbackslash}%
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\begin{document}
+  \GetFileInfo{hyperref.sty}
+  \title{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}
+  \author{Sebastian Rahtz\\
+    Email: \texttt{sebastian.rahtz@oucs.ox.ac.uk}}
+  \date{processed \today}
+  \maketitle
+  \tableofcontents
+  \let\Email\texttt
+  \DocInput{hyperref.dtx}
+  \PrintIndex
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{17219}
+%
+% \MakeShortVerb{|}
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\def,\edef,\gdef,\xdef,\global,\long,\let}
+% \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\string,\the,\ifx,\else,\fi}
+% \DoNotIndex{\csname,\endcsname,\relax,\begingroup,\endgroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\DeclareTextCommand,\DeclareTextCompositeCommand}
+% \DoNotIndex{\space,\@empty,\special}
+%
+% \section{File hycheck.tex}
+%
+%    Many commands of \LaTeX\ or other packages cannot be
+%    overloaded, but have to be redefined by hyperref directly.
+%    If these commands change in newer versions, these
+%    changes are not noticed by hyperref.
+%    With this test file this situation can be checked.
+%    It defines the command \cmd{\checkcommand} that
+%    is more powerful than \LaTeX's \cmd{\CheckCommand},
+%    because it takes \cmd{\DeclareRobustCommand} and
+%    optional parameters better into account.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*check>
+\documentclass{article}
+\makeatletter
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\checklatex}
+%    Optional argument: release date of \LaTeX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\checklatex}[1][]{%
+  \typeout{}%
+  \typeout{* Format: `LaTeX2e' #1}%
+  \typeout{\space\space Loaded: `\fmtname' \fmtversion}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\checkpackage}
+%    The argument of \cmd{\checkpackage} is the package name
+%    without extension optionally followed by a release date.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\checkpackage}[1]{%
+  \def\HyC@package{#1}%
+  \let\HyC@date\@empty
+  \@ifnextchar[\HyC@getDate\HyC@checkPackage
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@getDate}
+%    The release date is scanned.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@getDate[#1]{%
+  \def\HyC@date{#1}%
+  \HyC@checkPackage
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@checkPackage}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@checkPackage{%
+  \typeout{}
+  \begingroup
+    \edef\x{\endgroup
+      \noexpand\RequirePackage{\HyC@package}%
+      \ifx\HyC@date\@empty\relax\else[\HyC@date]\fi%
+    }%
+  \x
+  \typeout{}%
+  \typeout{%
+    * Package `\HyC@package'%
+    \ifx\HyC@date\@empty
+    \else
+      \space\HyC@date
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \@ifundefined{ver@\HyC@package.sty}{%
+  }{%
+    \typeout{%
+      \space\space Loaded: `\HyC@package' %
+      \csname ver@\HyC@package.sty\endcsname
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\checkcommand}
+%    The macro \cmd{\checkcommand} parses the next
+%    tokens as a \LaTeX\ definition and compares
+%    this definition with the current meaning of
+%    that command.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\checkcommand}[1]{%
+  \begingroup
+  \ifx\long#1\relax
+    \expandafter\HyC@checklong
+  \else
+    \def\HyC@defcmd{#1}%
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\HyC@next
+      \csname HyC@\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname
+    \expandafter\HyC@checkcommand
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@checklong}
+%    The definition command \cmd{\def} or \cmd{\edef}
+%    is read.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@checklong#1{%
+  \def\HyC@defcmd{\long#1}%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\HyC@next
+    \csname HyC@\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname
+  \HyC@checkcommand
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@checkcommand}
+%    The optional star of \LaTeX's definitions is parsed.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@checkcommand{%
+  \ifx\HyC@next\relax
+    \PackageError{hycheck}{%
+      Unknown command `\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\HyC@cmd'%
+    }\@ehd
+    \expandafter\endinput
+  \fi
+  \@ifstar{%
+    \def\HyC@star{*}%
+    \HyC@check
+  }{%
+    \let\HyC@star\@empty
+    \HyC@check
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@check}
+%    The macro \cmd{\HyC@check} reads the
+%    definition command.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@check#1{%
+  \def\HyC@cmd{#1}%
+  \let\HyC@org@cmd#1%
+  \let#1\relax
+  \let\HyC@param\@empty
+  \HyC@Toks{}%
+  \let\HyC@org@optcmd\HyC@noValue
+  \let\HyC@org@robustcmd\HyC@noValue
+  \let\HyC@org@robustoptcmd\HyC@noValue
+  \HyC@next
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@noValue}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@noValue{NoValue}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@newcommand}
+%    The code for \cmd{\newcommand}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@newcommand{%
+  \let\HyC@@cmd\HyC@cmd
+  \@ifnextchar[\HyC@nc@opt\HyC@nc@noopt
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@Toks}
+%    A register for storing the default value of an
+%    optional argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newtoks\HyC@Toks
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@nc@noopt}
+%    This macro \cmd{\HyC@nc@noopt} is called, if the
+%    parser has reached the definition text.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\HyC@nc@noopt#1{%
+  \edef\x{%
+    \expandafter\noexpand\HyC@defcmd
+    \HyC@star
+    \expandafter\noexpand\HyC@cmd
+    \HyC@param\the\HyC@Toks
+  }%
+  \x{#1}%
+  \HyC@doCheck
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@nc@opt}
+%    This macro scans the first optional argument
+%    of a \LaTeX\ definition (number of arguments).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@nc@opt[#1]{%
+  \def\HyC@param{[#1]}%
+  \@ifnextchar[\HyC@nc@default\HyC@nc@noopt
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@nc@default}
+%    Macro \cmd{\HyC@nc@default} scans the
+%    default for an optional argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@nc@default[#1]{%
+  \HyC@Toks={[{#1}]}%
+  \edef\HyC@optcmd{%
+    \expandafter\noexpand
+    \csname\expandafter\string\HyC@@cmd\endcsname
+  }%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\HyC@org@optcmd\HyC@optcmd
+  \HyC@nc@noopt
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@DeclareRobustCommand}
+%    \cmd{\DeclareRobustCommand}|{\cmd}| makes the command
+%    \cmd{\cmd} robust, that then calls |\cmd|\verb*| |
+%    with an space at the end of the command name, defined by
+%    \cmd{\newcommand}. Therefore the further parsing
+%    is done by \cmd{\HyC@nc@opt} or \cmd{\Hy@nc@noopt}
+%    of the \cmd{\HyC@newcommand} chain.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@DeclareRobustCommand{%
+  \edef\HyC@robustcmd{%
+    \expandafter\noexpand
+    \csname\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble
+      \expandafter\string\HyC@cmd\space\endcsname
+  }%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\HyC@org@robustcmd\HyC@robustcmd
+  \expandafter\let\HyC@robustcmd\relax
+  \let\HyC@@cmd\HyC@robustcmd
+  \@ifnextchar[\HyC@nc@opt\HyC@nc@noopt
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@def}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@edef}
+%    The parameter text of \cmd{\def} or \cmd{\edef} is
+%    stored in the token register \cmd{\HyC@Toks}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@def#1#{%
+  \HyC@Toks={#1}%
+  \HyC@nc@noopt
+}
+\let\HyC@edef\HyC@def
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@doCheck}
+%    This command performs the checks and prints the result.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@doCheck{%
+  \typeout{* Checking `\HyC@string\HyC@cmd':}%
+  \HyC@checkItem{cmd}%
+  \HyC@checkItem{robustcmd}%
+  \HyC@checkItem{optcmd}%
+  \HyC@checkItem{robustoptcmd}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@checkItem}
+%    A single check.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@checkItem#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname HyC@org@#1\endcsname\HyC@noValue
+  \else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ifx
+    \csname HyC@#1\expandafter\endcsname
+    \csname HyC@org@#1\endcsname
+      \expandafter\HyC@checkOk\csname HyC@#1\endcsname
+    \else
+      \expandafter\HyC@checkFailed
+        \csname HyC@#1\expandafter\endcsname
+        \csname HyC@org@#1\endcsname
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@string}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@meaning}
+%    Some shorthands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@string#1{\expandafter\string#1}
+\def\HyC@meaning#1{\expandafter\meaning#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@checkOk}
+%    The result, if the check succeeds.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@checkOk#1{%
+  \typeout{\space\space`\HyC@string#1' ok.}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyC@checkFailed}
+%    The result, if the check fails.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyC@checkFailed#1#2{%
+  \typeout{\space\space`\HyC@string#1' failed.}%
+  \typeout{\space\space* original: \meaning#2}%
+  \typeout{\space\space* expected: \HyC@meaning#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% **************************************************
+%</check>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \section{Package options and setup}\label{options}
+%
+% \subsection{Save catcodes}
+%    There are many packages that change the standard catcodes.
+%
+%    First we save the original meaning of |`| and |=|
+%    in the token register |\toks@|, because we need the two
+%    characters in the macros \cmd{\Hy@SetCatcodes} and
+%    \cmd{\Hy@RestoreCatcodes}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \@makeother\`%
+  \@makeother\=%
+  \edef\x{%
+    \edef\noexpand\x{%
+      \endgroup
+      \noexpand\toks@{%
+        \catcode 96=\noexpand\the\catcode`\noexpand\`\relax
+        \catcode 61=\noexpand\the\catcode`\noexpand\=\relax
+      }%
+    }%
+    \noexpand\x
+  }%
+\x
+\@makeother\`
+\@makeother\=
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@SetCatcodes}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@SetCatcodes{%
+  \@makeother\`%
+  \@makeother\=%
+  \catcode`\$=3
+  \catcode`\&=4
+  \catcode`\^=7
+  \catcode`\_=8
+  \@makeother\|%
+  \@makeother\:%
+  \@makeother\(%
+  \@makeother\)%
+  \@makeother\[%
+  \@makeother\]%
+  \@makeother\/%
+  \@makeother\!%
+  \@makeother\<%
+  \@makeother\>%
+  \@makeother\.%
+  \@makeother\;%
+  \@makeother\+%
+  \@makeother\-%
+  \@makeother\"%
+  \@makeother\'%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@RestoreCatcodes}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \def\x#1{\catcode`\noexpand#1=\the\catcode`#1\relax}%
+  \xdef\Hy@RestoreCatcodes{%
+    \the\toks@
+    \x\$%
+    \x\&%
+    \x\^%
+    \x\_%
+    \x\|%
+    \x\:%
+    \x\(%
+    \x\)%
+    \x\[%
+    \x\]%
+    \x\/%
+    \x\!%
+    \x\<%
+    \x\>%
+    \x\.%
+    \x\;%
+    \x\+%
+    \x\-%
+    \x\"%
+    \x\'%
+  }%
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Hy@SetCatcodes
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% It needs the December 95 release of \LaTeX, because it uses
+% |\protected@write|, and it defines commands in options; and the page
+% setup internal code changed at that point. It'll probably break
+% with the later releases!
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10]
+\def\Hy@Warning#1{\PackageWarning{hyperref}{#1}}
+\def\Hy@WarningNoLine#1{\PackageWarningNoLine{hyperref}{#1}}
+\def\Hy@Info#1{\PackageInfo{hyperref}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Compatibility with format dumps}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\AfterBeginDocument}
+%    For use with pre-compiled formats, created using the
+%    |ldump|  package, there needs to be 2 hooks for adding
+%    material delayed until |\begin{document}|.
+%    These are called \cmd{\AfterBeginDocument} and
+%    \cmd{\AtBeginDocument}.
+%    If |ldump| is not loaded, then a single hook suffices
+%    for normal \LaTeX{} processing.
+%
+%    The default definition of |\AfterBeginDocument| cannot
+%    be done by |\let| because of problems with |xypic|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{AfterBeginDocument}{%
+  \def\AfterBeginDocument{\AtBeginDocument}%
+}{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Switches}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifHy@typexml
+\newif\ifHy@activeanchor
+\newif\ifHy@backref
+\newif\ifHy@bookmarks
+\newif\ifHy@bookmarksnumbered
+\newif\ifHy@bookmarksopen
+\newif\ifHy@breaklinks
+\newif\ifHy@centerwindow
+\newif\ifHy@CJKbookmarks
+\newif\ifHy@colorlinks
+\newif\ifHy@draft
+\newif\ifHy@figures
+\newif\ifHy@fitwindow
+\newif\ifHy@frenchlinks
+\newif\ifHy@hyperfootnotes
+\newif\ifHy@hyperindex
+\newif\ifHy@hypertexnames
+\newif\ifHy@implicit
+\newif\ifHy@linktocpage
+\newif\ifHy@menubar
+\newif\ifHy@naturalnames
+\newif\ifHy@nesting
+\newif\ifHy@newwindow
+\newif\ifHy@pageanchor
+\newif\ifHy@pagelabels
+\newif\ifHy@pdfpagehidden
+\newif\ifHy@pdfstring
+\newif\ifHy@plainpages
+\newif\ifHy@psize
+\newif\ifHy@raiselinks
+\newif\ifHy@seminarslides
+\newif\ifHy@setpagesize
+\newif\ifHy@texht
+\newif\ifHy@toolbar
+\newif\ifHy@unicode
+\newif\ifHy@usetitle
+\newif\ifHy@verbose
+\newif\ifHy@windowui
+\newif\ifHy@displaydoctitle
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Defaults for the switches are now set.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Hy@backreffalse
+\Hy@bookmarksnumberedfalse
+\Hy@bookmarksopenfalse
+\Hy@bookmarkstrue
+\Hy@breaklinksfalse
+\Hy@centerwindowfalse
+\Hy@CJKbookmarksfalse
+\Hy@figuresfalse
+\Hy@fitwindowfalse
+\Hy@hyperfootnotestrue
+\Hy@hyperindextrue
+\Hy@hypertexnamestrue
+\Hy@implicittrue
+\Hy@linktocpagefalse
+\Hy@menubartrue
+\Hy@naturalnamesfalse
+\Hy@nestingfalse
+\Hy@newwindowfalse
+\Hy@pageanchortrue
+\Hy@pagelabelsfalse
+\Hy@pdfpagehiddenfalse
+\Hy@pdfstringfalse
+\Hy@plainpagestrue
+\Hy@raiselinksfalse
+\Hy@setpagesizetrue
+\Hy@texhtfalse
+\Hy@toolbartrue
+\Hy@typexmlfalse
+\Hy@unicodefalse
+\Hy@usetitlefalse
+\Hy@verbosefalse
+\Hy@windowuitrue
+\Hy@displaydoctitlefalse
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Common help macros}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@StepCount}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@StepCount#1{\advance#1 by 1 }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@GlobalStepCount}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@GlobalStepCount#1{\global\advance#1 by 1 }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newdimen\@linkdim
+\let\Hy@driver\@empty
+\let\MaybeStopEarly\relax
+\newcount\Hy@linkcounter
+\newcount\Hy@pagecounter
+\Hy@linkcounter0
+\Hy@pagecounter0
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Macros for recursions}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@ReturnAfterElseFi}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@ReturnAfterFi}
+%    The commands \cs{Hy@ReturnAfterElseFi} and \cs{Hy@ReturnAfterFi}
+%    avoid a too deep \cs{if}-nesting especially for recursive macros.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\Hy@ReturnAfterElseFi#1\else#2\fi{\fi#1}
+\long\def\Hy@ReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Coordinate transformations}
+%
+%    At some places numbers in pdf units are
+%    expected (eg: FitBH, ...). The following macros
+%    perform the transformation from TeX units (pt)
+%    to PDF units (bp).
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\hypercalcbp}
+%    The user macro \cmd{\hypercalcbp} can be used, for example,
+%    inside option values:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%pdfstartview={FitBH \hypercalcbp{\paperheight-\topmargin-1in}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item
+%    It cannot be used inside \cmd{\usepackage}, because
+%    LaTeX expands the options before package hyperref
+%    is loaded and \cmd{\hypercalcbp} is defined.
+%    \item
+%    With e-TeX extensions an expandable implementation
+%    is very easy; \cmd{\hypercalcbp} can be used
+%    everywhere and is expanded at use.
+%    \item
+%    Without e-TeX's features \cmd{\hypercalcbp} cannot be
+%    implemented expandable (practically) and have to
+%    be supported by \cmd{\hypercalcbpdef}.
+%    Limitations:
+%      \begin{itemize}
+%      \item Works only in options that use \cmd{\hypercalcbpdef}
+%            (currently only |pdfstartview|).
+%      \item For calculations package |calc| have to be loaded.
+%      \item The expansion of the argument is done at definition time.
+%      \end{itemize}
+%    \end{itemize}
+%    Example (\TeX):
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\usepackage{calc}
+%\usepackage[...]{hyperref}
+%\hypersetup{
+%  pdfstartview={FitBH \hypercalcbp{\paperheight-\topmargin-1in
+%    -\headheight-\headsep}
+%}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%    \begin{macro}{\hypercalcbp}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+\expandafter\ifx\csname dimexpr\endcsname\relax
+  \def\hypercalcbpdef#1#2{%
+    \begingroup
+      \toks@{}%
+      \HyCal@scan#2\hypercalcbp\@nil
+    \expandafter\endgroup
+    \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\the\toks@}%
+  }
+  \def\HyCal@scan#1\hypercalcbp#2\@nil{%
+    \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ #1}%
+    \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \else
+      \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+        \HyCal@do#2\@nil
+      }%
+    \fi
+  }
+  \def\HyCal@do#1#2\@nil{%
+    \@ifpackageloaded{calc}{}{%
+      \Hy@Warning{%
+        For calculations \string\hypercalcbp\space needs\MessageBreak
+        package calc or e-TeX%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \setlength{\dimen@}{#1}%
+    \setlength{\dimen@}{0.99626401\dimen@}%
+    \edef\x{%
+      \toks@{%
+        \the\toks@
+        \strip@pt\dimen@
+      }%
+    }\x
+    \HyCal@scan#2\@nil
+  }
+\else
+  \def\hypercalcbp#1{%
+    \strip@pt\dimexpr 0.99626401\dimexpr #1\relax\relax
+  }
+  \def\hypercalcbpdef{\def}
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Dealing with PDF strings}\label{sec:pdfstring}
+%    The PDF string stuff done by Heiko Oberdiek.\\
+%    Email: \Email{oberdiek@ruf.uni-freiburg.de}.
+%
+%    Naming convention: All internal commands that are only
+%    needed by \cs{pdfstringdef} are prefixed with \cs{HyPsd@}.
+%
+% \subsection{Description of PDF strings}
+%    The PDF specification defines several places to hold
+%    text strings (bookmark names, document information,
+%    text annotations, etc.).
+%    The PDF strings have following properties:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item They are surrounded by parentheses. The hexadecimal form
+%      is not supported.
+%    \item Like PostScript language strings they use the same
+%      escaping mechanism:\\
+%      \begin{tabular}{ll}
+%      |\\|& the backslash itself\\
+%      \cs{)}, \cs{(}& unbalanced parentheses\\
+%      \cs{n}, \cs{r}, \cs{t}, \cs{b}, \cs{f}& special white space
+%        escape sequences\\
+%      |\|\textit{|ddd|}& octal character code \textit{|ddd|}
+%      \end{tabular}
+%    \item Strings are stored either in PDFDocEncoding, which is a superset of
+%      ISOLatin1 and is compatible with Unicode with character codes
+%      below 256, or in Unicode.
+%    \end{itemize}
+%
+% \subsection{Definition of
+%    \texorpdfstring{\cs{pdfstringdef}}{\\pdfstringdef}}
+%    The central macro for dealing with PDF strings is \cs{pdfstringdef}.
+%    It defines a command |#1| to be the result of the conversion
+%    from the string in |#2| to a legal PDFDocEncoded string.
+%    Currently the definition is global, but this can be changed in
+%    the future.
+%
+%    Important: In \TeX's view PDF strings are written to a file and
+%    are expanded only in its mouth. Stomach commands that cannot
+%    be expanded further aren't executed, they are written verbatim.
+%    But the PDF reader that reads such a string isn't a \TeX{}
+%    interpreter!
+%
+%    The macro \cs{pdfstringdef} consists of three main parts:
+%    \begin{enumerate}
+%    \item Preprocessing. Here the expansion is prepared. The encoding
+%          is set and many commands are redefined, so that they work
+%          appropriate.
+%    \item Expansion. The \TeX{} string is expanded the first time
+%          to get a PDF string.
+%    \item Postprocessing. The result of the expansion is checked and
+%          converted to the final form.
+%    \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\pdfstringdef}
+%    \cs{pdfstringdef} works on the tokens in |#2| and converts them to
+%    a PDF string as far as possible:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item The result should obey the rules of the PDF specification
+%          for strings.
+%    \item The string can safely processed by \TeX, because the
+%          tokens have only catcodes 10 until 12.
+%    \end{itemize}
+%    The result is stored in the command token given in |#1|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdfstringdef#1#2{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Many redefinitions are needed, so all the work is done in a group.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \begingroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Preprocessing}
+% \paragraph{Octal escape sequences.}
+%    To avoid problems with eight bit or non printable characters, the octal
+%    escape notation is supported. So most glyphs in the encoding definitions
+%    for PD1 and PU produce these octal escape sequences.
+%    All three octal digits have to be used:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item Wrong results are avoided, if digits follow that are not part of the
+%          octal sequence.
+%    \item Macros rely on the fact that the octal sequences always consist of
+%          three digits (vtex driver, Unicode support).
+%    \end{itemize}
+%    The escape sequences start with a backslash. By \cs{string} it will be
+%    printed. Therefore it is ensured that the \TeX{} escape character indeed
+%    prints as a normal backslash.
+%    Eventually this line can be removed, because this is standard
+%    \LaTeX{} behaviour.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \escapechar`\\%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    From the view of \TeX{} a octal sequence consists of the command tokens
+%    \cs{0} until \cs{3} and two digits.
+%    For saving tokens \cs{0}, \cs{1}, \cs{2}, and \cs{3} are directly
+%    used without a preceding \cs{string} in the glyph definitions.
+%    This is done here locally
+%    by defining the \cs{0} until \cs{3} commands. So the user
+%    can use octal escape sequences directly, the disadvantage is
+%    that a previous definition of this short commands does not apply.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \edef\0{\string\0}%
+    \edef\1{\string\1}%
+    \edef\2{\string\2}%
+    \edef\3{\string\3}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \paragraph{Setting font encoding.}
+%    The unicode encoding
+%    uses \cs{8} and \cs{9} as marker for the higher byte.
+%    \cs{8} is an abbreviation for the higher bytes 0 until 7
+%    that can be expressed by one digit. \cs{8} will be
+%    converted to \cs{00}. However \cs{9} only marks the next
+%    three digits as higher byte and will be removed later.
+%
+%    The encoding is set by \cs{enc@update} for optimizing reasons.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifHy@unicode
+      \edef\8{\string\8}%
+      \edef\9{\string\9}%
+      \fontencoding{PU}%
+    \else
+      \fontencoding{PD1}%
+    \fi
+    \enc@update
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Internal encoding commands.}
+%    \cs{pdfstringdef} interpretes text strings which are not allowed
+%    to contain mathematical stuff. The text glyph commands will produce
+%    a warning, if called in math mode. But this warning disturbs while
+%    expanding. Therefore we check for math mode here, before
+%    \cs{@inmathwarn} will be disabled (see below).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \@inmathwarn\pdfstringdef
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    If a glyph is used, that isn't in the PD1/PU encoding there will
+%    be an infinite error loop, because the NFSS encoding stuff
+%    have to be expanded unprotected (\cs{edef}), so that the
+%    assigments of \cs{@changed@cmd} don't take place.
+%    To patch this behaviour I only found \cs{@inmathwarn}
+%    as a usable hook. While an \cs{edef} a warning message by
+%    \cs{@inmathwarn} or \cs{TextSymbolUnavailable} cannot be give out,
+%    so \cs{@inmathwarn} should be disabled. And with the help of it
+%    the assignments in \cs{@changed@cmd} can easily be catched
+%    (see below).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\@inmathwarn\HyPsd@inmathwarn
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Unknown composite characters are built with \cs{add@accent},
+%    so it is redefined to provide a warning.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\add@accent\HyPsd@add@accent
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Commands that don't use NFSS directly.}
+%    There are several commands that prints characters in the
+%    printable ASCII area that don't obey the NFSS, so they have
+%    to be redefined here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\{\textbraceleft
+    \let\}\textbraceright
+    \let\\\textbackslash
+    \let\#\textnumbersign
+    \let\$\textdollar
+    \let\%\textpercent
+    \let\&\textampersand
+%    \let\~\textasciitilde
+    \let\_\textunderscore
+    \let\P\textparagraph
+    \let\ldots\textellipsis
+    \let\dots\textellipsis
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Newline}
+%    \cmd{\newline} or \cmd{\\} do not work in bookmarks, in text
+%    annotations they should expand to \cmd{\r}. In pdf strings
+%    \cmd{\\} stands for a backslash. Therefore the commands
+%    are disabled now. The user can redefine them for a result
+%    what he want:
+%    \begin{description}
+%    \item[backslash:]
+%      |\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\let\\\textbackslash}|
+%    \item[new line:]
+%      |\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\let\\\textCR}|
+%    \item[disabled:]
+%      |\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\let\\\empty}|
+%    \end{description}
+%    At any case, however, the optional argument or the star
+%    cannot be scanned in a 100\% sure manner.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\\{\pdfstringdefWarn\\}%
+    \def\newline{\pdfstringdefWarn\newline}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Logos.}
+%    Because the box shifting
+%    used in the \TeX{} logo does not work while writing to a file,
+%    the standard \TeX{} logos are redefined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\TeX{TeX}%
+    \def\LaTeX{La\TeX}%
+    \def\LaTeXe{\LaTeX2e}%
+    \def\eTeX{e-\TeX}%
+    \def\MF{Metafont}%
+    \def\MP{Metapost}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Standard font commands.}
+%    Because font changes do not work, the standard font
+%    switching commands are disabled.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\emph\@firstofone
+    \let\textbf\@firstofone
+    \let\textit\@firstofone
+    \let\textmd\@firstofone
+    \let\textnormal\@firstofone
+    \let\textrm\@firstofone
+    \let\textsc\@firstofone
+    \let\textsf\@firstofone
+    \let\textsl\@firstofone
+    \let\texttt\@firstofone
+    \let\textup\@firstofone
+    \let\ttfamily\@empty
+    \let\sffamily\@empty
+    \let\itshape\@empty
+    \let\upshape\@empty
+    \let\bfseries\@empty
+    \let\rm\@empty
+    \let\Huge\@empty
+    \let\LARGE\@empty
+    \let\Large\@empty
+    \let\footnotesize\@empty
+    \let\huge\@empty
+    \let\large\@empty
+    \let\normalsize\@empty
+    \let\scriptsize\@empty
+    \let\small\@empty
+    \let\tiny\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Package color.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\textcolor##1##{\@secondoftwo}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Package babel.}
+%    Whereever ``naturalnames'' is used, disable \cs{textlatin}
+%    (from Babel 3.6k). Thanks to Felix Neubauer
+%    (Email: \Email{Felix.Neubauer@gmx.net}).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\textlatin\@firstofone
+    \@ifundefined{language@group}{}{%
+      \csname HyPsd@babel@\language@group\endcsname
+    }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\@safe@activestrue\relax
+    \let\@safe@activesfalse\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Disable \cs{cyr}, used in russianb.ldf.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\cyr\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Package german.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\glqq\textglqq
+    \let\grqq\textgrqq
+    \let\glq\textglq
+    \let\grq\textgrq
+    \let\flqq\textflqq
+    \let\frqq\textfrqq
+    \let\flq\textflq
+    \let\frq\textfrq
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Package french.} The support is deferred, because
+%    it needs |\GenericError| to be disabled (see below).
+%
+% \paragraph{AMS classes.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \HyPSD@AMSclassfix
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Redefintion of \cs{hspace}}
+%    \cs{hspace} don't work in bookmarks, the following fix
+%    tries to set a space if the argument is a positive length.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\hspace\HyPsd@hspace
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Commands of referencing and indexing systems.}
+%    Some \LaTeX{} commands that are legal in \cs{section} commands
+%    have to be disabled here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\label\@gobble
+    \let\index\@gobble
+    \let\glossary\@gobble
+    \let\href\@secondoftwo
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    The \cs{ref} and \cs{pageref} is much more complicate because of their
+%    star form.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\ref\HyPsd@ref
+    \let\pageref\HyPsd@pageref
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Also we need an expandable form of \cs{autoref}. Babel's shorthands
+%    are not supported inside the reference label.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\HyPsd@ar@get##1.##2\@nil{##1}%
+    \def\HyPsd@ar@tmp##1{%
+      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\HyPsd@ar@get
+        \expandafter\@fourthoffive##1\@empt\@empty.\@nil
+    }%
+    \def\auto@setref##1##2##3{%
+      \ifx##1\relax
+      \else
+        \csname\HyPsd@ar@tmp{##1}%
+          \expandafter\ifx\csname\HyPsd@ar@tmp{##1}autorefname\endcsname
+                          \relax
+          \else
+            autoref%
+          \fi
+          name%
+        \endcsname
+        \space
+        \expandafter##2##1\@empty\@empty
+      \fi
+    }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Miscellaneous commands.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\leavevmode\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{halign} causes error messages because of the template
+%    character |#|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \def\halign{\pdfstringdefWarn\halign\@gobble}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Patch for cjk bookmarks.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifHy@CJKbookmarks
+      \HyPsd@CJKhook
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{User hook.}
+%    The switch \cs{Hy@pdfstring} is turned on. So user commands
+%    can detect that they are processed not to be typesetted within
+%    \TeX's stomach,
+%    but to be expanded by the mouth to give a PDF string.
+%    At this place before interpreting the string in |#2| additional
+%    redefinitions can by added by the hook \cs{pdfstringdefPreHook}.
+%
+%    The position in the middle of the redefinitions is a compromise:
+%    The user should be able to provide his own (perhaps better)
+%    redefinitions, but some commands should have their original
+%    meaning, because they can be used in the hook (\cs{bgroup},
+%    or \cs{@protected@testopt}, and \cs{@ifnextchar}
+%    for \cs{renewcommand}).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \Hy@pdfstringtrue
+    \pdfstringdefPreHook
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Spaces.}
+%    For checking the token of the string, spaces must be masked, because
+%    they cannot by catched by undelimited arguments.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \HyPsd@LetUnexpandableSpace\space
+    \HyPsd@LetUnexpandableSpace\ %
+    \HyPsd@LetUnexpandableSpace~%
+    \HyPsd@LetUnexpandableSpace\nobreakspace
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Package xspace.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \@ifundefined{@xspace}{%
+      \let\xspace\HyPsd@ITALCORR
+    }{%
+      \let\xspace\HyPsd@XSPACE
+    }%
+    \let\/\HyPsd@ITALCORR
+    \let\bgroup\/%
+    \let\egroup\/%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Redefinitions of miscellaneous commands.}
+%    Hyphenation does not make sense.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\discretionary\@gobbletwo
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  \cs{@ifstar} is defined in \LaTeX\ as follows:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\def\@ifstar#1{\@ifnextchar *{\@firstoftwo{#1}}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%    \cs{@ifnextchar} doesn't work, because it uses stomach
+%    commands like \cs{let} and \cs{futurelet}. But it
+%    doesn't break. Whereas |\@firstoftwo{#1}}| gives an
+%    error message because \cs{@firstoftwo} misses its second
+%    argument.
+%
+%    A mimicry of \cs{@ifnextchar} only with expandible commands
+%    would be very extensive and the result would be only an
+%    approximation. So here a cheaper solution follows
+%    in order to get rid of the error message at least:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\@ifnextchar\HyPsd@ifnextchar
+    \let\@protected@testopt\HyPsd@protected@testopt
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Expansion}
+%    There are several possibilities to
+%    expand tokens within \LaTeX:
+%    \begin{description}
+%    \item[\cs{protected@edef}:]
+%      The weakest form isn't usable, because
+%      it does not expand the font encoding commands. They are
+%      made roboust and protect themselves.
+%    \item[\cs{csname}:] First the string is
+%      expanded whithin a \cs{csname} and \cs{endcsname}.
+%      Then the command name is converted to characters
+%      with catcode 12 by \cs{string} and the first
+%      escape character removed by \cs{@gobble}.
+%      This method has the great \emph{advantage} that
+%      stomach tokens that aren't allowed in PDF strings are detected
+%      by \TeX{} and reported as errors in order to force the user
+%      to write correct things. So he get no wrong results by
+%      forgetting the proofreading of his text.
+%      But the \emph{disadvantage} is that old wrong code cannot
+%      processed without errors. Mainly the error message is very cryptic
+%      and for the normal user hard to understand. \TeX{} provides
+%      no way to catch the error caused by \cs{csname} or allows to
+%      support the user with a descriptive error message. Therefore
+%      the experienced user had to enable this behaviour by an
+%      option |exactdef| in previous versions less or equal 6.50.
+%    \item[\cs{edef}] This version uses this standard form for expansion.
+%      It is stronger than \LaTeX's \cs{protected@edef}.
+%      So the font encoding mechanism works and the glyph commands
+%      are converted to the correct tokens for PDF strings whith the
+%      definitions of the PD1 encoding.
+%      Because the protecting mechanism of \LaTeX{} doesn't work
+%      within an \cs{edef}, there are situations thinkable where
+%      code can break. For example, assignments and definitions aren't
+%      performed and so undefined command errors or argument
+%      parsing errors can occur. But this is only a compatibility problem
+%      with old texts. Now there are possibilities to write
+%      code that gives correct PDF strings (see \cs{texorpdfstring}).
+%      In the most cases unexpandable commands and tokens
+%      (math shift, grouping characters) remains. They
+%      don't cause an error like with \cs{csname}. However a PDF reader
+%      isn't \TeX{}, so these tokens are viewed verbatim. So
+%      this version detects them now, and removes them with an
+%      descriptive warning for the user. As additional features
+%      xspace support is possible and grouping characters can be
+%      used without problems, because they are removed silently.
+%    \end{description}
+%
+% \paragraph{Generic messages.}
+%    While expanding via \cs{xdef} the |\Generic...| messages
+%    don't work and causes problems (error messages, invalid |.out|
+%    file). So they are disabled while expanding and removed silently,
+%    because a user warning would be too expensive (memory and runtime,
+%    |\pdfstringdef| is slow enough).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \begingroup
+      \let\GenericError\@gobblefour
+      \let\GenericWarning\@gobbletwo
+      \let\GenericInfo\@gobbletwo
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Package french.}
+%    This fix only works, if \cs{GenericError} is disabled.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \ifx\nofrenchguillemets\@undefined
+      \else
+        \nofrenchguillemets
+      \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Definition commands and expansion.}
+%    Redefining the defining commands (see sec. \ref{defcmd}).
+%    The original meaning of \cs{xdef} is saved in \cs{Hy@temp}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \let\Hy@temp\xdef
+      \let\def\HyPsd@DefCommand
+      \let\gdef\HyPsd@DefCommand
+      \let\edef\HyPsd@DefCommand
+      \let\xdef\HyPsd@DefCommand
+      \let\futurelet\HyPsd@LetCommand
+      \let\let\HyPsd@LetCommand
+      \Hy@temp#1{#2}%
+    \endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Postprocessing}
+%    If the string is empty time can be saved by omitting the
+%    postprocessing process.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx#1\@empty
+    \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Protecting spaces and removing grouping characters.}
+%    In order to check the tokens we must separate them. This will be
+%    done with \TeX's argument parsing. With this method
+%    we must the following item takes into account, that makes
+%    makes things a litte more complicate:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item \TeX{} does not accept a space as an undelimited argument,
+%    it cancels space tokens while looking for an undelimited
+%    argument. Therefore we must protect the spaces now.
+%    \item An argument can be a single token or a group of many tokens.
+%    And within curly braces tokens aren't find by \TeX's
+%    argument scanning process. Third curly braces as grouping characters
+%    cannot be expanded further, so they don't vanish by the string
+%    expansion above. So these characters with catcode 1 and 2 are
+%    removed in the following and replaced by an marker for the xspace
+%    support.
+%    \item \TeX{} silently removes the outmost pair of braces of an
+%      argument. To prevent this on unwanted places, in the following
+%    the character \verb+|+ is appended to the string to make an outer
+%    brace to an inner one.
+%    \end{itemize}
+%    First the top level spaces are protected by replacing. Then the
+%    string is scanned to detect token groups. Each token group
+%    will now be space protected and again scanned for another
+%    token groups.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \HyPsd@ProtectSpaces#1%
+      \let\HyPsd@String\@empty
+      \expandafter\HyPsd@RemoveBraces\expandafter{#1|}%
+      \global\let#1\HyPsd@String
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Check tokens.}
+%    After removing the spaces and the grouping characters
+%    the string now should only consists of the following tokens/catcodes:\\
+%    \begin{tabular}{rl}
+%      0&command names with start with an escape character.\\
+%      3&math shift\\
+%      4&alignment tabs\\
+%      6&parameter, but this is unlikely.\\
+%      7&superscript\\
+%      8&subscript\\
+%     11&letter\\
+%     12&other\\
+%     13&commands that are active characters.
+%    \end{tabular}
+%
+%    After \cs{HyPsd@CheckCatcodes} the command \cs{HyPsd@RemoveMask} is
+%    reused to remove the group protection character \verb+|+.
+%    This character is needed to ensure that the string at least
+%    consists of one token if \cs{HyPsd@CheckCatcodes}
+%    is called.
+%
+%    Because of internal local assignments and tabulars
+%    group braces are used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \let\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI\relax
+      {%
+         \let\HyPsd@String\@empty
+         \expandafter\HyPsd@CheckCatcodes#1\HyPsd@End
+         \global\let#1\HyPsd@String
+      }%
+      \expandafter\HyPsd@RemoveMask\expandafter
+        |\expandafter\@empty#1\HyPsd@End#1%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{HyPsd@CheckCatcodes} should no have removed the tokens with
+%    catcode 3, 4, 7, and 8. Because a parameter token (6) would
+%    cause to many errors before, there should now be only tokens
+%    with catcodes 11 or 12. So I think there is no need for
+%    a safety step like:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\xdef#1{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning#1}%
+%\end{verbatim}
+% \paragraph{Looking for wrong glyphs.}
+%    The case that glyphs aren't defined in the PD1 encoding
+%    is catched above in such a way, that the glyph name and
+%    a marker is inserted into the string. Now we can safely
+%    scan the string for this marker and provide a descriptive
+%    warning.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \expandafter\HyPsd@Subst\expandafter{\HyPsd@GLYPHERR}{\relax}#1%
+      \let\HyPsd@String\@empty
+      \expandafter\HyPsd@GlyphProcess#1\relax\@empty
+      \global\let#1\HyPsd@String
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Backslash.}
+%    The double backslash disturbs parsing octal sequenzes, for
+%    example in an string like |abc\\051| the sequence \cs{051}
+%    is detected although the second \cs{} belongs to the
+%    first backslash.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \HyPsd@StringSubst{\\}{\textbackslash}#1%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Spaces.}
+%    All spaces have already the form \cs{040}.
+%    The last postprocessing step will
+%    be an optimizing of the spaces, so we already introduce
+%    already the necessary command \cs{HyPsd@SPACEOPTI}.
+%    But first it is defined to be \cs{relax} in order to
+%    prevent a too early expansion by an \cs{edef}.
+%    Secondly a \cs{relax} serves as a marker for
+%    a token that is detected by \cs{xspace}.
+%
+%    The code of |frenchb.ldf| can produce an additional
+%    space before \cs{guillemotright}, because \cs{lastskip}
+%    and \cs{unskip} do not work. Therefore it is removed here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \ifHy@unicode
+        \expandafter\HyPsd@StringSubst\csname 80\040\endcsname
+          \HyPsd@SPACEOPTI#1%
+        \edef\Hy@temp@A{\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI\80\273}%
+        \expandafter\HyPsd@Subst\expandafter{\Hy@temp@A}%
+          {\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI\80\273}#1%
+      \else
+        \HyPsd@StringSubst{\040}\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI#1%
+        \expandafter\HyPsd@Subst\expandafter{%
+          \expandafter\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI\expandafter\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI
+          \string\273}{\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI\273}#1%
+      \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Right parenthesis.}
+%    Also \cs{xspace} detects a right parenthesis.
+%    For the \cs{xspace} support and the following
+%    parenthesis check the different parenthesis
+%    notations |)|, \cs{)}, and \cs{051} are converted
+%    to one type \cs{)} and before \cs{HyPsd@empty}
+%    with the meaning of \cs{relax} is introduced for
+%    \cs{xspace}. By redefining to \cs{@empty} \cs{HyPsd@empty}
+%    can easily removed later.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \ifHy@unicode
+        \HyPsd@StringSubst{\)}{\80\051}#1%
+        \HyPsd@Subst){\80\051}#1%
+        \let\HyPsd@empty\relax
+        \expandafter\HyPsd@StringSubst\csname 80\051\endcsname
+          {\HyPsd@empty\80\051}#1%
+      \else
+        \HyPsd@StringSubst{\)}{\051}#1%
+        \HyPsd@Subst){\051}#1%
+        \let\HyPsd@empty\relax
+        \HyPsd@StringSubst{\051}{\HyPsd@empty\string\)}#1%
+      \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Support for package \texttt{xspace}.}
+%    \cs{xspace} looks for the next token and decides if it
+%    expands to a space or not. Following tokens prevent its
+%    transformation to a space: Beginning and end of group,
+%    handled above by replacing by an italic correction,
+%    several punctuation marks, a closing parentheses, and
+%    several spaces.
+%
+%    Without package |xspace| there are tokens with catcode 11 and 12,
+%    \cs{HyPsd@empty} and \cs{HyPsd@SPACEOPTI}. With package |xspace|
+%    marker for the italic correction \cs{/} and \cs{xspace} come with.
+%    In the package |xspace| case the two markers are replaced by
+%    commands and an \cs{edef} performs the \cs{xspace} processing.
+%
+%    In the opposite of the original \cs{xspace} \cs{HyPsd@xspace} uses
+%    an argument instead of a \cs{futurelet}, so we have to provide
+%    such an argument, if \cs{HyPsd@xspace} comes last. Because
+%    \cs{HyPsd@Subst} with several equal tokens (|--|) needs a safe
+%    last token, in both cases
+%    the string gets an additional \cs{HyPsd@empty}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \expandafter\HyPsd@Subst\expandafter{\/}\HyPsd@empty#1%
+      \@ifundefined{@xspace}{%
+      }{%
+        \let\HyPsd@xspace\relax
+        \expandafter\HyPsd@Subst\expandafter
+          {\HyPsd@XSPACE}\HyPsd@xspace#1%
+        \let\HyPsd@xspace\HyPsd@doxspace
+      }%
+      \xdef#1{#1\HyPsd@empty}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Ligatures.}
+%    \TeX{} forms ligatures in its stomach, but the PDF strings are
+%    treated only by \TeX's mouth. The PDFDocEncoding contains
+%    some ligatures, but the current
+%    version 3 of the AcrobatReader lacks the |fi| and |fl| glyphs, and
+%    the Linux version lacks the |emdash| and |endash| glyphs.
+%    So the necessary code is provided here, but currently disabled,
+%    hoping that version 4 of the AcrobatReader is better.
+%    To break the ligatures the user can use an empty group,
+%    because it leads to an insertion of an \cs{HyPsd@empty}.
+%    If this ligature code will be enabled some day, then the italic
+%    correction should also break the ligatures. Currently this occurs
+%    only, if package |xspace| is loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%      \HyPsd@Subst{---}\textemdash#1%
+%      \HyPsd@Subst{--}\textendash#1%
+%      \HyPsd@Subst{fi}\textfi#1%
+%      \HyPsd@Subst{fl}\textfl#1%
+      \HyPsd@Subst{!`}\textexclamdown#1%
+      \HyPsd@Subst{?`}\textquestiondown#1%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%     With the next \cs{edef} we get rid of the token \cs{HyPsd@empty}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \let\HyPsd@empty\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Left parentheses.}
+%    Left parentheses are now converted to safe forms to avoid
+%    problems with unmatched ones (\cs{(} with PDFDocEncoding,
+%    the octal sequence with Unicode.
+%
+%    An optimization is possible. Matched parentheses can replaced
+%    by a |()| pair. But this code is removed to save \TeX{} memory
+%    and time.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \ifHy@unicode
+        \HyPsd@StringSubst\(\textparenleft#1%
+        \HyPsd@Subst(\textparenleft#1%
+      \else
+        \HyPsd@StringSubst\({\050}#1%
+        \HyPsd@Subst({\050}#1%
+        \HyPsd@StringSubst{\050}{\string\(}#1%
+      \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Optimizing spaces.}
+%    Spaces are often used, but they have a very long form \cs{040}.
+%    They are converted back to real spaces, but not all, so that
+%    no space follows after another. In the bookmark case several
+%    spaces are written to the |.out| file, but if the entries
+%    are read back, several spaces are merged to a single one.
+%
+%    With Unicode the spaces are replaced by their octal sequences.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \ifHy@unicode
+        \edef\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI{\80\040}%
+      \else
+        \let\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI\HyPsd@spaceopti
+      \fi
+      \xdef#1{#1\@empty}%
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Converting to Unicode.}
+%    At last the eight bit letters have to be converted to Unicode,
+%    the masks \cs{8} and \cs{9} are removed and the Unicode
+%    marker is added.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifHy@unicode
+      \HyPsd@ConvertToUnicode#1%
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{User hook.}
+%    The hook \cs{pdfstringdefPostHook} can be used
+%    for the purpose to postprocess the string further.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \pdfstringdefPostHook#1%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Encodings}
+% \subsubsection{PD1 encoding}
+%    The PD1 encoding implements the PDFDocEncoding for use with
+%    \LaTeXe's NFSS. Because the informational strings are not set by
+%    \TeX's typesetting mechanism but for interpreting by the PDF reader,
+%    the glyphs of the PD1 encoding are implemented to be safely written
+%    to a file (PDF output file, |.out| file).
+%
+%    The  PD1 encoding can be specified as an option of the 'fontenc'  package
+%    or loaded here. It does not matter what font family is selected,
+%    as \TeX{} does not process it anyway. So use CM.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{T@PD1}{\input{pd1enc.def}}{}
+\DeclareFontFamily{PD1}{pdf}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{PD1}{pdf}{m}{n}{ <-> cmr10 }{}
+\DeclareFontSubstitution{PD1}{pdf}{m}{n}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{PU encoding}
+%    The PU encoding implements the Unicode encoding for use with
+%    \LaTeX's NFSS. Because of large memory requirements the
+%    encoding file for Unicode support is only loaded, if option
+%    |unicode| is specified as package option.
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@InitUnicode}
+%    Because the file |puenc.def| takes a lot of memory, the loading
+%    is defined in the macro \cs{HyPsd@InitUnicode} called by
+%    the package option |unicode|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@InitUnicode{%
+  \@ifundefined{T@PU}{\input{puenc.def}}{}%
+  \DeclareFontFamily{PU}{pdf}{}%
+  \DeclareFontShape{PU}{pdf}{m}{n}{ <-> cmr10 }{}%
+  \DeclareFontSubstitution{PU}{pdf}{m}{n}%
+  \let\HyPsd@InitUnicode\relax
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Additional user commands}
+%
+% \subsubsection{^^A
+%   \texorpdfstring{\cs{texorpdfstring}}{\\texorpdfstring}^^A
+% }
+%    \begin{macro}{\texorpdfstring}
+%    While expanding the string in \cs{pdfstringdef} the switch
+%    \cs{ifHy@pdfstring} is set. This is used by the
+%    full expandible macro \cs{texorpdfstring}. It expects
+%    two arguments, the first contains the string that will be
+%    set and processed by \TeX's stomach, the second
+%    contains the replacement for PDF strings.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\texorpdfstring}{%
+   \ifHy@pdfstring
+     \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+   \else
+     \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+   \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Hooks for
+%    \texorpdfstring{\cs{pdfstringdef}}{\\pdfstringdef}^^A
+% }
+%    \begin{macro}{\pdfstringdefPreHook}
+%    \begin{macro}{\pdfstringdefPostHook}
+%    Default definition of the hooks for \cs{pdfstringdef}.
+%    The construct \cs{@ifundefined} with \cs{let} is a little bit
+%    faster than \cs{providecommand}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{pdfstringdefPreHook}{%
+  \let\pdfstringdefPreHook\@empty
+}{}
+\@ifundefined{pdfstringdefPostHook}{%
+  \let\pdfstringdefPostHook\@gobble
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\pdfstringdefDisableCommands}
+%    In \cmd{\pdfstringdefPreHook} the user can add
+%    code that is executed before the string, that have
+%    to be converted by \cmd{\pdfstringdef}, is expanded.
+%    So replacements for problematic macros can be given.
+%    The code in \cmd{\pdfstringdefPreHook} should not
+%    be replaced perhaps by an \cmd{\renewcommand},
+%    because a previous meaning gets lost.
+%
+%    Macro \cmd{\pdfstringdefDisableCommands} avoids this,
+%    because it reuses the old meaning of the hook and appends
+%    the new code to \cmd{\pdfstringdefPreHook}, e.g.:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+%  \let~\textasciitilde
+%  \def\url{\pdfstringdefWarn\url}%
+%  \let\textcolor\@gobble
+%}%
+%\end{verbatim}
+%    In the argument of \cmd{\pdfstringdefDisableCommands} the
+%    character |@| can be used in command names. So it is easy
+%    to use useful \LaTeX{} commands like \cmd{\@gobble} or
+%    \cmd{\@firstofone}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+  \begingroup
+    \makeatletter
+    \HyPsd@DisableCommands
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@DisableCommands}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\HyPsd@DisableCommands#1{%
+    \toks0=\expandafter{\pdfstringdefPreHook}%
+    \toks1={#1}%
+    \xdef\pdfstringdefPreHook{\the\toks0 \the\toks1}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\pdfstringdefWarn}
+%    The purpose of \cmd{\pdfstringdefWarn} is to produce
+%    a warning message, so the user can see, that something
+%    can go wrong with the conversion to PDF strings.
+%
+%    The prefix |\<>-| is added to the token. \cmd{\noexpand}
+%    protects the probably undefined one during the first
+%    expansion step. Then \cmd{\HyPsd@CheckCatcodes} can
+%    detect the not allowed token, \cmd{\HyPsd@CatcodeWarning}
+%    prints a warning message, after \cmd{\HyPsd@RemovePrefix}
+%    has removed the prefix.
+%
+%    \cmd{\pdfstringdefWarn} is intended for document authors or
+%    package writers, examples for use can be seen in the definition
+%    of \cmd{\HyPsd@ifnextchar} or \cmd{\HyPsd@protected@testopt}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdfstringdefWarn#1{%
+   \expandafter\noexpand\csname<>-\string#1\endcsname
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Help macros for expansion}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Babel languages}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifHy@next
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Nothing to do for english.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{danish}{%
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@danish{%
+    \declare@shorthand{danish}{"|}{}%
+    \declare@shorthand{danish}{"~}{-}%
+  }%
+}{}
+\Hy@nextfalse
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{dutch}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{afrikaans}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\ifHy@next
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@dutch{%
+    \declare@shorthand{dutch}{"|}{}%
+    \declare@shorthand{dutch}{"~}{-}%
+  }%
+\fi
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{finnish}{%
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@finnish{%
+    \declare@shorthand{finnish}{"|}{}%
+  }%
+}{}
+\Hy@nextfalse
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{frenchb}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{francais}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}
+\ifHy@next
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@frenchb{%
+    \def\guill@spacing{ }%
+  }%
+\fi
+\Hy@nextfalse
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{german}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{germanb}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{austrian}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\ifHy@next
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@german{%
+    \declare@shorthand{german}{"f}{f}%
+    \declare@shorthand{german}{"|}{}%
+    \declare@shorthand{german}{"~}{-}%
+  }%
+\fi
+\Hy@nextfalse
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{ngerman}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{ngermanb}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{naustrian}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\ifHy@next
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@ngerman{%
+    \declare@shorthand{german}{"|}{}%
+    \declare@shorthand{german}{"~}{-}%
+  }%
+\fi
+\Hy@nextfalse
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{usorbian}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{uppersorbian}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\ifHy@next
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@usorbian{%
+    \declare@shorthand{usorbian}{"f}{f}%
+    \declare@shorthand{usorbian}{"|}{}%
+  }%
+\fi
+\Hy@nextfalse
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{brazil}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{brazilian}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{portuges}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{portuguese}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+\ifHy@next
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@portuges{%
+    \declare@shorthand{portuges}{"|}{}%
+  }%
+\fi
+\Hy@nextfalse
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{russian}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{russianb}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}
+\ifHy@next
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@russian{%
+    \declare@shorthand{russian}{"|}{}%
+    \declare@shorthand{russian}{"~}{-}%
+  }%
+\fi
+\Hy@nextfalse
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{ukrainian}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{ukraineb}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}
+\ifHy@next
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@ukrainian{%
+    \declare@shorthand{ukrainian}{"|}{}%
+    \declare@shorthand{ukrainian}{"~}{-}%
+  }%
+\fi
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{macedonian}{%
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@macedonian{%
+    \declare@shorthand{macedonian}{"|}{}%
+    \declare@shorthand{macedonian}{"~}{-}%
+  }%
+}{}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{slovene}{%
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@slovene{%
+    \declare@shorthand{slovene}{"|}{}%
+  }%
+}{}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{swedish}{%
+  \def\HyPsd@babel@swedish{%
+    \declare@shorthand{swedish}{"|}{}%
+    \declare@shorthand{swedish}{"~}{-}%
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{CJK bookmarks}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@CJKhook}
+%    Some internal commands of package cjk are redefined
+%    to avoid error messages. For a rudimental support
+%    of CJK bookmarks the active characters are
+%    redefined so that they print themselves.
+%
+%    After preprocessing of Big5 encoded data the
+%    following string for a double-byte character
+%    is emitted:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%^^7f<arg1>^^7f<arg2>^^7f
+%\end{verbatim}
+%    \verb|<arg1>| is the first byte in the range (always $>$ 0x80);
+%    \verb|<arg2>| is the second byte in decimal notation
+%    ($\ge$ 0x40).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode"7F=\active
+  \toks@{%
+    \let\CJK@ignorespaces\empty
+    \def\CJK@char#1{\@gobbletwo}%
+    \let\CJK@charx\@gobblefour
+    \let\CJK@punctchar\@gobblefour
+    \def\CJK@punctcharx#1{\@gobblefour}%
+    \catcode"7F=\active
+    \def^^7f#1^^7f#2^^7f{%
+      \string #1\HyPsd@DecimalToOctal{#2}%
+    }%
+    % ... ?
+    \ifHy@unicode
+      \def\Hy@cjkpu{\80}%
+    \else
+      \let\Hy@cjkpu\@empty
+    \fi
+    \HyPsd@CJKActiveChars
+  }%
+  \count@=127
+  \@whilenum\count@<255 \do{%
+    \advance\count@ by 1
+    \lccode`\~=\count@
+    \lowercase{%
+      \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ ~}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@ !}%
+  \xdef\HyPsd@CJKhook{\the\toks@}%
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@CJKActiveChars}
+%    The macro \cmd{\HyPsd@CJKActiveChars} is only defined
+%    to limit the memory consumption of \cmd{\HyPsd@CJKhook}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@CJKActiveChars#1{%
+  \ifx#1!%
+    \let\HyPsd@CJKActiveChars\relax
+  \else
+    \edef#1{\noexpand\Hy@cjkpu\string#1}%
+  \fi
+  \HyPsd@CJKActiveChars
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@DecimalToOctal}
+%    A character, given by the decimal number is converted
+%    to a PDF character.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@DecimalToOctal#1{%
+  \ifcase #1 %
+        \000\or \001\or \002\or \003\or \004\or \005\or \006\or \007%
+    \or \010\or \011\or \012\or \013\or \014\or \015\or \016\or \017%
+    \or \020\or \021\or \022\or \023\or \024\or \025\or \026\or \027%
+    \or \030\or \031\or \032\or \033\or \034\or \035\or \036\or \037%
+    \or \040\or \041\or \042\or \043\or \044\or \045\or \046\or \047%
+    \or \050\or \051\or \052\or \053\or \054\or \055\or \056\or \057%
+    \or    0\or    1\or    2\or    3\or    4\or    5\or    6\or    7%
+    \or    8\or    9\or \072\or \073\or \074\or \075\or \076\or \077%
+    \or    @\or    A\or    B\or    C\or    D\or    E\or    F\or    G%
+    \or    H\or    I\or    J\or    K\or    L\or    M\or    N\or    O%
+    \or    P\or    Q\or    R\or    S\or    T\or    U\or    V\or    W%
+    \or    X\or    Y\or    Z\or \133\or \134\or \135\or \136\or \137%
+    \or \140\or    a\or    b\or    c\or    d\or    e\or    f\or    g%
+    \or    h\or    i\or    j\or    k\or    l\or    m\or    n\or    o%
+    \or    p\or    q\or    r\or    s\or    t\or    u\or    v\or    w%
+    \or    x\or    y\or    z\or \173\or \174\or \175\or \176\or \177%
+    \or \200\or \201\or \202\or \203\or \204\or \205\or \206\or \207%
+    \or \210\or \211\or \212\or \213\or \214\or \215\or \216\or \217%
+    \or \220\or \221\or \222\or \223\or \224\or \225\or \226\or \227%
+    \or \230\or \231\or \232\or \233\or \234\or \235\or \236\or \237%
+    \or \240\or \241\or \242\or \243\or \244\or \245\or \246\or \247%
+    \or \250\or \251\or \252\or \253\or \254\or \255\or \256\or \257%
+    \or \260\or \261\or \262\or \263\or \264\or \265\or \266\or \267%
+    \or \270\or \271\or \272\or \273\or \274\or \275\or \276\or \277%
+    \or \300\or \301\or \302\or \303\or \304\or \305\or \306\or \307%
+    \or \310\or \311\or \312\or \313\or \314\or \315\or \316\or \317%
+    \or \320\or \321\or \322\or \323\or \324\or \325\or \326\or \327%
+    \or \330\or \331\or \332\or \333\or \334\or \335\or \336\or \337%
+    \or \340\or \341\or \342\or \343\or \344\or \345\or \346\or \347%
+    \or \350\or \351\or \352\or \353\or \354\or \355\or \356\or \357%
+    \or \360\or \361\or \362\or \363\or \364\or \365\or \366\or \367%
+    \or \370\or \371\or \372\or \373\or \374\or \375\or \376\or \377%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{@inmathwarn}}{\\@inmathwarn}-Patch}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@inmathwarn}
+%    The patch of \cs{@inmathwarn} is needed to get rid of the
+%    infinite error loop with glyphs of other encodings
+%    (see the explanation above). Potentially the patch is
+%    dangerous, if the code in |ltoutenc.dtx| changes.
+%    Checked with \LaTeXe{} versions [1998/06/01] and
+%    [1998/12/01]. I expect that versions below [1995/12/01]
+%    don't work.
+%
+%    To understand the patch easier, the original code of
+%    \cs{@current@cmd} and \cs{@changed@cmd} follows
+%    (\LaTeXe{} release [1998/12/01]).
+%    In the normal case \cs{pdfstringdef} is executed in a context
+%    where \cs{protect} has the meaning of \cs{@typesetprotect}
+%    (=\cs{relax}).
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\def\@current@cmd#1{%
+%   \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
+%      \@inmathwarn#1%
+%   \else
+%      \noexpand#1\expandafter\@gobble
+%   \fi}
+%\def\@changed@cmd#1#2{%
+%   \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
+%      \@inmathwarn#1%
+%      \expandafter\ifx\csname\cf@encoding\string#1\endcsname\relax
+%         \expandafter\ifx\csname ?\string#1\endcsname\relax
+%            \expandafter\def\csname ?\string#1\endcsname{%
+%               \TextSymbolUnavailable#1%
+%            }%
+%         \fi
+%         \global\expandafter\let
+%               \csname\cf@encoding \string#1\expandafter\endcsname
+%               \csname ?\string#1\endcsname
+%      \fi
+%      \csname\cf@encoding\string#1%
+%         \expandafter\endcsname
+%   \else
+%      \noexpand#1%
+%   \fi}
+%\gdef\TextSymbolUnavailable#1{%
+%   \@latex@error{%
+%      Command \protect#1 unavailable in encoding \cf@encoding%
+%   }\@eha}
+%\def\@inmathwarn#1{%
+%   \ifmmode
+%      \@latex@warning{Command \protect#1 invalid in math mode}%
+%   \fi}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@inmathwarn#1#2{%
+  \ifx#2\expandafter
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname\cf@encoding\string#1\endcsname\relax
+      \HyPsd@GLYPHERR
+      \expandafter\@gobble\string#1%
+      >%
+      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\HyPsd@EndWithElse
+    \else
+      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\HyPsd@GobbleFiFi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \expandafter#2%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\HyPsd@GobbleFiFi#1\fi#2\fi{}
+\def\HyPsd@EndWithElse#1\else{\else}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{add@accent}}{\\@addaccent}-Patch}
+%    Unknown composite characters are built with \cs{add@accent},
+%    so it is redefined to provide a warning.
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@add@accent}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@add@accent#1#2{%
+  \HyPsd@GLYPHERR\expandafter\@gobble\string#1+\string#2>%
+  #2%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Unexpandable spaces}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@LetUnexpandableSpace}
+%    In \cmd{\HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces} the space tokens are replaced
+%    by not expandable commands, that work like spaces:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item So they can catched by undelimited arguments.
+%    \item And they work in number, dimen, and skip
+%          assignments.
+%    \end{itemize}
+%    These properties are used in \cmd{\HyPsd@CheckCatcodes}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@LetUnexpandableSpace#1{%
+  \expandafter\futurelet\expandafter#1\expandafter\@gobble\space\relax
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@UnexpandableSpace}
+%    \cmd{\HyPsd@UnexpandableSpace} is used
+%    in \cmd{\HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces}.
+%    In \cmd{HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces} the space tokens are replaced
+%    by unexpandable commands \cmd{\HyPsd@UnexpandableSpace},
+%    but that have the effect of spaces.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\HyPsd@LetUnexpandableSpace\HyPsd@UnexpandableSpace
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Marker for commands}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@XSPACE}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@ITALCORR}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@GLYPHERR}
+%    Some commands and informations cannot be utilized before
+%    the string expansion and the checking process.
+%    Command names are filtered out, so we need another way
+%    to transport the information: An unusual |#| with catcode
+%    12 marks the beginning of the extra information.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\edef\HyPsd@XSPACE{\string#\string X}
+\edef\HyPsd@ITALCORR{\string#\string I}
+\edef\HyPsd@GLYPHERR{\string#\string G}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{hspace}}{\\hspace} fix}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@hspace}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@hspace#1{\HyPsd@@hspace#1*\END}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@@hspace}
+%    \cs{HyPsd@@hspace} checks whether \cs{hspace}
+%    is called in its star form.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@@hspace#1*#2\END{%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \HyPsd@hspacetest{#1}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\HyPsd@hspacetest
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@hspacetest}
+%    \cs{HyPsd@hyspacetest} replaces the \cs{hspace} by a space, if
+%    the length is greater than zero.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@hspacetest#1{\ifdim#1>\z@\space\fi}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Fix for AMS classes}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{tocsection}{%
+  \let\HyPSD@AMSclassfix\relax
+}{%
+  \def\HyPSD@AMSclassfix{%
+    \let\tocpart\HyPSD@tocsection
+    \let\tocchapter\HyPSD@tocsection
+    \let\tocappendix\HyPSD@tocsection
+    \let\tocsection\HyPSD@tocsection
+    \let\tocsubsection\HyPSD@tocsection
+    \let\tocsubsubsection\HyPSD@tocsection
+    \let\tocparagraph\HyPSD@tocsection
+  }%
+  \def\HyPSD@tocsection#1#2#3{%
+    \if @#2@\else\if @#1@\else#1 \fi#2. \fi
+    #3%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Reference commands}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@ref}
+%    Macro \cs{HyPsd@ref} calls the macro \cs{HyPsd@@ref} for star checking.
+%    The same methods like in \cs{HyPsd@hspace} is used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@ref#1{\HyPsd@@ref#1*\END}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@@ref}
+%    Macro \cs{HyPsd@@ref} checks if a star is present.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@@ref#1*#2\END{%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \HyPsd@@@ref{#1}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\HyPsd@@@ref
+  \fi
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@@@ref}
+%    \cs{HyPsd@@@ref} does the work and extracts the first argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@@@ref#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax
+    ??%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@car\csname r@#1\endcsname\@nil
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@pageref}
+%    Macro \cs{HyPsd@pageref} calls the macro \cs{HyPsd@@pageref} for star checking.
+%    The same methods like in \cs{HyPsd@hspace} is used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@pageref#1{\HyPsd@@pageref#1*\END}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@@pageref}
+%    Macro \cs{HyPsd@@pageref} checks if a star is present.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@@pageref#1*#2\END{%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \HyPsd@@@pageref{#1}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\HyPsd@@@pageref
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@@@pageref}
+%    \cs{HyPsd@@@pageref} does the work and extracts the second argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@@@pageref#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax
+    ??%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@car
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble
+    \csname r@#1\endcsname\@nil
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Redefining the defining commands}
+% \label{defcmd}
+%    Definitions aren't allowed, because they aren't executed in
+%    an only expanding context. So the command to be defined
+%    isn't defined and can perhaps be undefined. This would causes
+%    TeX to stop with an error message.
+%    With a deep trick it is possible to define commands in such
+%    a context: \cs{csname} does the job, it defines the command
+%    to be \cs{relax}, if it has no meaning.
+%
+%    Active characters cannot be defined with this trick. It is
+%    possible to define all undefined active characters
+%    (perhaps that they have the meaning of \cs{relax}).
+%    To avoid side effects this should be done in \cs{pdfstringdef}
+%    shortly before the \cs{xdef} job. But checking and defining
+%    all possible active characters of the full range (0 until 255)
+%    would take a while. \cs{pdfstringdef} is slow enough, so
+%    this isn't done.
+%
+%    \cs{HyPsd@DefCommand} and \cs{HyPsd@LetCommand} expands to the
+%    commands \cs{<def>-command} and \cs{<let>-command}
+%    with the meaning of \cs{def} and \cs{let}. So it is detected by
+%    \cs{HyPsd@CheckCatcodes} and the command name \cs{<def>-command}
+%    or \cs{<let>-command} should indicate a forbidden definition
+%    command.
+%
+%    The command to be defined is converted to a string and back
+%    to a command name with the help of \cs{csname}. If the
+%    command is already defined, \cs{noexpand} prevents a
+%    further expansion, even though the command would
+%    expand to legal stuff. If the command don't have the meaning
+%    of \cs{relax}, \cs{HyPsd@CheckCatcodes} will produce a warning.
+%    (The command itself can be legal, but the warning is legitimate
+%    because of the position after a defining command.)
+%
+%    The difference between \cs{HyPsd@DefCommand} and
+%    \cs{HyPsdLetCommand} is that the first one also cancels this
+%    arguments, the parameter and definition text. The right side
+%    of the \cs{let} commands cannot be canceled with an undelimited
+%    parameter because of a possible space token after \cs{futurelet}.
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@DefCommand}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@LetCommand}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \def\x#1#2{%
+    \endgroup
+    \let#1\def
+    \def\HyPsd@DefCommand##1##2##{%
+      #1%
+      \expandafter\noexpand
+        \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string##1\@empty\endcsname
+      \@gobble
+    }%
+    \let#2\let
+    \def\HyPsd@LetCommand##1{%
+      #2%
+      \expandafter\noexpand
+        \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string##1\@empty\endcsname
+    }%
+  }%
+\expandafter\x\csname <def>-command\expandafter\endcsname
+              \csname <let>-command\endcsname
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{^^A
+%   \texorpdfstring{\cs{ifnextchar}}{\\ifnextchar}^^A
+% }
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@ifnextchar}
+%    In \cs{pdfstringdef} \cs{@ifnextchar} is disabled
+%    via a \cs{let} command to save time. First a
+%    warning message is given, then the three arguments
+%    are canceled. \cs{@ifnextchar} cannot work in a correct
+%    manner, because it uses \cs{futurelet}, but this is a
+%    stomach feature, that doesn't work in an expanding context.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@ifnextchar{%
+  \pdfstringdefWarn\@ifnextchar
+  \expandafter\@gobbletwo\@gobble
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{^^A
+%   \texorpdfstring{\cs{@protected@testoptifnextchar}}^^A
+%     {\\@protected@testopt}^^A
+% }
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@protected@testopt}
+%    Macros with optional arguments doesn't work properly, because
+%    they call \cmd{\@ifnextchar} to detect the optional argument
+%    (see the explanation of \cmd{\HyPsd@ifnextchar}).
+%    But a warning, that \cmd{\@ifnextchar} doesn't work, doesn't
+%    help the user very much. Therefore \cmd{\@protected@testopt}
+%    is also disabled, because its first argument is the problematic
+%    macro with the optional argument and it is called before
+%    \cmd{\@ifnextchar}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@protected@testopt#1{%
+  \pdfstringdefWarn#1%
+  \@gobbletwo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Help macros for postprocessing}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generic warning.}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@Warning}
+%    For several reasons \cs{space} is masked and does not have its
+%    normal meaning. But it is used in warning messages, so it is
+%    redefined locally:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@Warning#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \def\space{ }%
+    \Hy@Warning{#1}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Protecting spaces}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@ProtectSpaces}
+%    \cs{HyPsd@ProtectSpaces} calls with the expanded
+%    string \cs{HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces}. The expanded string is
+%    protected by \verb+|+ at the beginning and end of
+%    the expanded string. Because of this there can be no group
+%    at the beginning or end of the string and grouping characters
+%    are not removed by the call of \cs{HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@ProtectSpaces#1{%
+  \expandafter\HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces
+    \expandafter|\expandafter\@empty#1| \HyPsd@End#1%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces}
+%    The string can contain command tokens, so it is better
+%    to use an \cs{def} instead of an \cs{edef}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces#1 #2\HyPsd@End#3{%
+  \ifx\scrollmode#2\scrollmode
+    \HyPsd@RemoveMask#1\HyPsd@End#3%
+  \else
+    \gdef#3{#1\HyPsd@UnexpandableSpace#2}%
+    \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+      \expandafter\HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces#3\HyPsd@End#3%
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \paragraph{Remove mask.}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@RemoveMask}
+%    \cs{HyPsd@RemoveMask} removes the protecting \verb+|+.
+%    It is used by \cs{HyPsd@@ProtectSpaces} and by the code in
+%    \cs{pdfstringdef} that removes the grouping chararcters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@RemoveMask|#1|\HyPsd@End#2{%
+  \toks@\expandafter{#1}%
+  \xdef#2{\the\toks@}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Remove grouping braces}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@RemoveBraces}
+%    |#1| contains the expanded string, the result will
+%    be locally written in command \cs{HyPsd@String}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@RemoveBraces#1{%
+  \ifx\scrollmode#1\scrollmode
+  \else
+    \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+      \HyPsd@@RemoveBraces#1\HyPsd@End{#1}%
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@@RemoveBraces}
+%    \cs{HyPsd@@RemoveBraces} is called with the expanded string,
+%    the end marked by \cs{HyPsd@End}, the expanded string again, but
+%    enclosed in braces and the string command. The first expanded
+%    string is scanned by the parameter text |#1#2|.
+%    By a comparison with the original form in |#3| we can decide
+%    whether |#1| is a single token or a group. To avoid the
+%    case that |#2| is a group, the string is extended by a \verb+|+
+%    before.
+%
+%    While removing the grouping braces an italic correction
+%    marker is inserted for supporting package |xspace| and
+%    letting ligatures broken.
+%
+%    Because the string is already expanded, the \cs{if} commands
+%    should disappeared. So we can move some parts out
+%    of the argument of \cs{Hy@ReturnAfterFi}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@@RemoveBraces#1#2\HyPsd@End#3{%
+  \def\Hy@temp@A{#1#2}%
+  \def\Hy@temp@B{#3}%
+  \ifx\Hy@temp@A\Hy@temp@B
+    \expandafter\def\expandafter\HyPsd@String\expandafter{%
+      \HyPsd@String#1%
+    }%
+    \Hy@ReturnAfterElseFi{%
+      \ifx\scrollmode#2\scrollmode
+      \else
+        \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+          \HyPsd@RemoveBraces{#2}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \else
+    \def\Hy@temp@A{#1}%
+    \HyPsd@AppendItalcorr\HyPsd@String
+    \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+      \ifx\Hy@temp@A\@empty
+        \Hy@ReturnAfterElseFi{%
+          \HyPsd@RemoveBraces{#2}%
+        }%
+      \else
+        \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+          \HyPsd@ProtectSpaces\Hy@temp@A
+          \HyPsd@AppendItalcorr\Hy@temp@A
+          \expandafter\HyPsd@RemoveBraces\expandafter
+            {\Hy@temp@A#2}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@AppendItalcorr}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@@AppendItalcorr}
+%    The string can contain commands yet, so it is better
+%    to use \cs{def} instead of a shorter \cs{edef}.
+%    The two help macros limit the count of \cs{expandafter}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@AppendItalcorr#1{%
+  \expandafter\HyPsd@@AppendItalcorr\expandafter{\/}#1%
+}
+\def\HyPsd@@AppendItalcorr#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter#2\expandafter{#2#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Catcode check}
+% \paragraph{Check catcodes.}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@CheckCatcodes}
+%    Because \cs{ifcat} expands its arguments, this is
+%    prevented by \cs{noexpand}. In case of command tokens
+%    and active characters \cs{ifcat} now sees a \cs{relax}.
+%    After protecting spaces and removing braces |#1| should
+%    be a single token, no group of several tokens, nor an
+%    empty group. (So the \cs{expandafter}\cs{relax} between
+%    \cs{ifcat} and \cs{noexpand} is only for safety and
+%    it should be possible to remove it.)
+%
+%    \cs{protect} and \cs{relax} should be removed silently.
+%    But it is too dangerous and breaks some code giving them
+%    the meaning of \cs{@empty}. So commands with the meaning
+%    of \cs{protect} are removed here. (\cs{protect} should
+%    have the meaning of \cs{@typeset@protect} that
+%    is equal to \cs{relax}).
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@CheckCatcodes#1#2\HyPsd@End{%
+  \global\let\HyPsd@Rest\relax
+  \ifcat\relax\noexpand#1\relax
+    \ifx#1\protect
+    \else
+      \ifx#1\penalty
+        \setbox\z@=\hbox{%
+          \afterassignment\HyPsd@AfterCountRemove
+          \count@=#2\HyPsd@End
+        }%
+      \else
+        \ifx#1\kern
+          \setbox\z@=\hbox{%
+            \afterassignment\HyPsd@AfterDimenRemove
+            \dimen@=#2\HyPsd@End
+          }%
+        \else
+          \ifx#1\hskip
+            \setbox\z@=\hbox{%
+              \afterassignment\HyPsd@AfterSkipRemove
+              \skip@=#2\HyPsd@End
+            }%
+          \else
+            \HyPsd@CatcodeWarning{#1}%
+          \fi
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifcat#1 %SPACE
+      \expandafter\def\expandafter\HyPsd@String\expandafter{%
+        \HyPsd@String\HyPsd@SPACEOPTI
+      }%
+    \else
+      \ifcat$#1%
+        \HyPsd@CatcodeWarning{math shift}%
+      \else
+        \ifcat&#1%
+          \HyPsd@CatcodeWarning{alignment tab}%
+        \else
+          \ifcat^#1%
+            \HyPsd@CatcodeWarning{superscript}%
+          \else
+            \ifcat_#1%
+              \HyPsd@CatcodeWarning{subscript}%
+            \else
+              \expandafter\def\expandafter\HyPsd@String\expandafter{%
+                \HyPsd@String#1%
+              }%
+            \fi
+          \fi
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \ifx\HyPsd@Rest\relax
+    \Hy@ReturnAfterElseFi{%
+      \ifx\scrollmode#2\scrollmode
+      \else
+        \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+          \HyPsd@CheckCatcodes#2\HyPsd@End
+        }%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \else
+    \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+      \ifx\HyPsd@Rest\@empty
+      \else
+        \expandafter\HyPsd@CheckCatcodes\HyPsd@Rest\HyPsd@End
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \paragraph{Remove counts, dimens, skips.}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@AfterCountRemove}
+%    Counts like \cs{penalty} are removed silently.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@AfterCountRemove#1\HyPsd@End{%
+  \gdef\HyPsd@Rest{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@AfterDimenRemove}
+%    If the value of the dimen (\cs{kern}) is zero, it can be
+%    removed silently. All other values are difficult to interpret.
+%    Negative values do not work in bookmarks. Should positive
+%    values be removed or should they be replaced by space(s)?
+%    The following code replaces positive values greater than
+%    |1ex| with a space and removes them else.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@AfterDimenRemove#1\HyPsd@End{%
+  \ifdim\ifx\HyPsd@String\@empty\z@\else\dimen@\fi>1ex
+    \HyPsd@ReplaceSpaceWarning{\string\kern\space\the\dimen@}%
+    \gdef\HyPsd@Rest{\HyPsd@UnexpandableSpace #1}%
+  \else
+    \ifdim\dimen@=\z@
+    \else
+      \HyPsd@RemoveSpaceWarning{\string\kern\space\the\dimen@}%
+    \fi
+    \gdef\HyPsd@Rest{#1}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@AfterSkipRemove}
+%    The glue part of skips do not work in PDF strings and are ignored.
+%    Skips (\cs{hskip}), that are not zero, have the same
+%    interpreting problems like dimens (see above).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@AfterSkipRemove#1\HyPsd@End{%
+  \ifdim\ifx\HyPsd@String\@empty\z@\else\skip@\fi>1ex
+    \HyPsd@ReplaceSpaceWarning{\string\hskip\space\the\skip@}%
+    \gdef\HyPsd@Rest{\HyPsd@UnexpandableSpace #1}%
+  \else
+    \ifdim\skip@=\z@
+    \else
+      \HyPsd@RemoveSpaceWarning{\string\kern\space\the\skip@}%
+    \fi
+    \gdef\HyPsd@Rest{#1}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \paragraph{Catcode warnings.}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@CatcodeWarning}
+%    \cs{HyPsd@CatcodeWarning} produces a warning for the user.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@CatcodeWarning#1{%
+  \HyPsd@Warning{%
+    Token not allowed in a PDFDocEncoded string,%
+    \MessageBreak removing `\HyPsd@RemoveCmdPrefix#1'%
+  }%
+}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\|=0
+  \catcode`\\=12
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \SpecialEscapechar{\|}
+%    \vspace{-2\MacrocodeTopsep}
+%    \vspace{-\parskip}
+%    \vspace{-\partopsep}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  |gdef|HyPsd@RemoveCmdPrefix#1{%
+    |expandafter|HyPsd@@RemoveCmdPrefix
+      |string#1|@empty\<>-|@empty|@empty
+  }%
+  |gdef|HyPsd@@RemoveCmdPrefix#1\<>-#2|@empty#3|@empty{#1#2}%
+|endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \SpecialEscapechar{\\}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@RemoveSpaceWarning}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@RemoveSpaceWarning#1{%
+  \HyPsd@Warning{%
+    Token not allowed in a PDFDocEncoded string:%
+    \MessageBreak #1\MessageBreak
+    removed%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@ReplaceSpaceWarning}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@ReplaceSpaceWarning#1{%
+  \HyPsd@Warning{%
+    Token not allowed in a PDFDocEncoded string:%
+    \MessageBreak #1\MessageBreak
+    replaced by space%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Check for wrong glyphs}
+%    A wrong glyph is marked with \cs{relax}, the glyph
+%    name follows, delimited by |>|. \cs{@empty} ends
+%    the string.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@GlyphProcess#1\relax#2\@empty{%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\HyPsd@String\expandafter{%
+    \HyPsd@String#1%
+  }%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+  \else
+    \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+      \HyPsd@GlyphProcessWarning#2\@empty
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\HyPsd@GlyphProcessWarning#1>#2\@empty{%
+  \HyPsd@Warning{%
+    Glyph not defined in %
+    P\ifHy@unicode U\else D1\fi\space encoding,\MessageBreak
+    removing `\@backslashchar#1'%
+  }%
+  \HyPsd@GlyphProcess#2\@empty
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \paragraph{Spaces.}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@spaceopti}
+%    In the string the spaces are represented by \cs{HyPsd@spaceopti}
+%    tokens. Within an \cs{edef} it prints itself as
+%    a simple space and looks for its next argument.
+%    If another space follows, so it replaces the next \cs{HyPsd@spaceopti}
+%    by an protected space \cs{040}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@spaceopti#1{ % first space
+  \ifx\HyPsd@spaceopti#1%
+    \040%
+  \else
+    #1%
+  \fi
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Replacing tokens}
+% \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@Subst}
+%    To save tokens \cs{HyPsd@StringSubst} is an wrapper for the
+%    command \cs{HyPsd@Subst} that does all the work:
+%    In string stored in command |#3| it replaces the tokens
+%    |#1| with |#2|.\\
+%    \begin{tabular}{ll}
+%    |#1|& Exact the tokens that should be replaced.\\
+%    |#2|& The replacement (don't need to be expanded).\\
+%    |#3|& Command with the string.
+%    \end{tabular}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@Subst#1#2#3{%
+  \def\HyPsd@@Replace##1#1##2\END{%
+    ##1%
+    \ifx\\##2\\%
+    \else
+      #2%
+      \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+        \HyPsd@@Replace##2\END
+      }%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \xdef#3{%
+    \expandafter\HyPsd@@Replace#3#1\END
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@StringSubst}
+%    To save tokens in \cs{pdfstringdef} \cs{HyPsd@StringSubst} is a wrapper,
+%    that expands argument |#1| before calling \cs{HyPsd@Subst}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@StringSubst#1{%
+  \expandafter\HyPsd@Subst\expandafter{\string#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Support for package \texttt{xspace}}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@doxspace}
+%    \cs{xspace} does not work, because it uses a \cs{futurelet}
+%    that cannot be executed in \TeX's mouth. So this implementation
+%    uses an argument to examine the next token. In a previous version
+%    I reused \cs{@xspace}, but this version is shorter and easier
+%    to understand.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@doxspace#1{%
+  \ifx#1\relax\else
+   \ifx#1.\else
+    \ifx#1:\else
+     \ifx#1,\else
+      \ifx#1;\else
+       \ifx#1!\else
+        \ifx#1?\else
+         \ifx#1/\else
+          \ifx#1-\else
+           \ifx#1'\else
+             \HyPsd@SPACEOPTI
+           \fi
+          \fi
+         \fi
+        \fi
+       \fi
+      \fi
+     \fi
+    \fi
+   \fi
+  \fi
+  #1%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Converting to Unicode}
+%    Eight bit characters are converted to the sixteen bit ones,
+%    \cs{8} is replaced by \cs{00}, and \cs{9} is removed.
+%    The result should be a valid Unicode PDF string without the
+%    Unicode marker at the beginning.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\|=0
+  \catcode`\\=12
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \SpecialEscapechar{\|}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@ConvertToUnicode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  |gdef|HyPsd@ConvertToUnicode#1{%
+    |xdef#1{%
+      \376\377%
+      |expandafter|HyPsd@DoConvert#1|@empty|@empty|@empty
+    }%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@DoConvert}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  |gdef|HyPsd@DoConvert#1{%
+    |ifx#1|@empty
+    |else
+      |Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+        |ifx#1\%
+          \%
+          |expandafter|HyPsd@DoEscape
+        |else
+          \000#1%
+          |expandafter|HyPsd@DoConvert
+        |fi
+      }%
+    |fi
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@DoEscape}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  |gdef|HyPsd@DoEscape#1{%
+    |ifx#19%
+      |expandafter|HyPsd@GetTwoBytes
+    |else
+      |Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+        |ifx#18%
+          00%
+          |expandafter|HyPsd@GetTwoBytes
+        |else
+          #1%
+          |expandafter|HyPsd@GetOneByte
+        |fi
+      }%
+    |fi
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@GetTwoBytes}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  |gdef|HyPsd@GetTwoBytes#1\#2#3#4{%
+    #1\#2#3#4%
+    |HyPsd@DoConvert
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@GetOneBye}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  |gdef|HyPsd@GetOneByte#1#2{%
+    #1#2%
+    |HyPsd@DoConvert
+  }
+|endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \SpecialEscapechar{\\}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPsd@@GetNextTwoTokens}
+%    \TeX{} does only allow nine parameters, so we need another macro
+%    to get more arguments.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyPsd@GetNextTwoTokens#1#2#3\END#4{%
+  \xdef#4{#4#1#2}%
+  \HyPsd@@ConvertToUnicode#3\END#4%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Support of other packages}
+%
+% \subsection{Package subfigure}
+%    Added fix for version 2.1. Here \cmd{\sub@label} is defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{subfigure}{%
+  \@ifundefined{sub@label}{%
+    \Hy@hypertexnamesfalse
+  }{%
+    \renewcommand*{\sub@label}[1]{%
+      \@bsphack
+      \subfig@oldlabel{#1}%
+      \begingroup
+        \edef\@currentlabstr{%
+          \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@currentlabelname
+        }%
+        \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+          \string\newlabel{sub@#1}{%
+            {\@nameuse{@@thesub\@captype}}%
+            {\thepage}%
+            {\expandafter\strip@period\@currentlabstr\relax.\relax\@@@}%
+            {\@currentHref}%
+            {}%
+          }%
+        }%
+      \endgroup
+      \@esphack
+    }%
+    \@ifpackagelater{subfigure}{2002/03/26}{}{%
+      \providecommand*{\toclevel@subfigure}{1}%
+      \providecommand*{\toclevel@subtable}{1}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Package xr and xr-hyper}
+%    The beta version of xr that supports \cmd{\XR@addURL} is called
+%    \verb|xr-hyper|. Therefore we test for the macro itself and not
+%    for the package name:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{XR@addURL}{%
+}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If reading external aux files check whether they have a non zero
+% fourth field in |\newlabel| and if so, add the URL as the fifth field.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\XR@addURL#1{\XR@@dURL#1{}{}{}{}\\}%
+  \def\XR@@dURL#1#2#3#4#5\\{%
+    {#1}{#2}%
+    \if!#4!%
+    \else
+      {#3}{#4}{\XR@URL}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@true{true}
+\def\Hy@false{false}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Providing dummy definitions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\literalps@out\@gobble
+\newcommand\pdfbookmark[3][]{}
+\let\Acrobatmenu\@gobble
+\def\Hy@writebookmark#1#2#3#4#5{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Help macros for links}
+% Anchors get created on the baseline of where they occur.   If an
+% XYZ PDF view is set, this means that the link places the top of the
+% screen \emph{on the baseline} of the target. If this is an equation,
+% for instance, it means that you cannot see anything. Some links, of
+% course, are created at the start of environments, and so it works. To
+% allow for this, anchors are raised, where possible, by some small
+% amount. This defaults to |\baselineskip|, but users can set it to
+% something else in two ways (thanks to Heiko Oberdiek for suggesting this):
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Redefine |\HyperRaiseLinkDefault| to be eg the height of a |\strut|
+% \item Redefine  |\HyperRaiseLinkHook| to do something complicated;
+%  it must give a value to |\HyperRaiseLinkLength|, which is what
+%  actually gets used
+% \end{enumerate}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\HyperRaiseLinkLength\@tempdima
+\let\HyperRaiseLinkHook\@empty
+\def\HyperRaiseLinkDefault{\baselineskip}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    |\HyperRaiseLinkHook| allows the user to reassign
+%    |\HyperRaiseLinkLength|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@raisedlink#1{%
+  \setlength\HyperRaiseLinkLength\HyperRaiseLinkDefault
+  \HyperRaiseLinkHook
+  \ifvmode
+    #1%
+  \else
+    \smash{\raise\HyperRaiseLinkLength\hbox{#1}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@SaveLastskip}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@RestoreLastskip}
+%    Inserting a \cmd{\special} command to set a
+%    destination destroys the \cmd{\lastskip} value.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@SaveLastskip{%
+  \let\Hy@RestoreLastskip\relax
+  \ifvmode
+    \ifdim\lastskip=\z@
+      \let\Hy@RestoreLastskip\nobreak
+    \else
+      \begingroup
+        \skip@=-\lastskip
+        \edef\x{%
+          \endgroup
+          \def\noexpand\Hy@RestoreLastskip{%
+            \noexpand\ifvmode
+              \noexpand\nobreak
+              \vskip\the\skip@
+              \vskip\the\lastskip\relax
+            \noexpand\fi
+          }%
+        }%
+      \x
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifhmode
+      \ifdim\lastskip=\z@
+        \let\Hy@RestoreLastskip\nobreak
+      \else
+        \begingroup
+          \skip@=-\lastskip
+          \edef\x{%
+            \endgroup
+            \def\noexpand\Hy@RestoreLastskip{%
+              \noexpand\ifhmode
+                \noexpand\nobreak
+                \hskip\the\skip@
+                \hskip\the\lastskip\relax
+              \noexpand\fi
+            }%
+          }%
+        \x
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Options}
+%
+% \subsection{Help macros}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@boolkey}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@boolkey{\@dblarg\Hy@@boolkey}
+\def\Hy@@boolkey[#1]#2#3{%
+  \lowercase{\def\Hy@tempa{#3}}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty
+    \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@true
+  \fi
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@true
+  \else
+    \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@false
+    \else
+      \let\Hy@tempa\relax
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\relax
+    \Hy@WarnOptionValue{#3}{#1}{`true' or 'false'}%
+  \else
+    \Hy@Info{Option `#1' set `\Hy@tempa'}%
+    \csname Hy@#2\Hy@tempa\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@WarnOptionValue}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@WarnOptionValue#1#2#3{%
+  \Hy@Warning{%
+    Unexpected value `#1'\MessageBreak
+    of option `#2' instead of\MessageBreak
+    #3%
+  }
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@DisableOption}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@DisableOption#1{%
+  \@ifundefined{KV@Hyp@#1@default}{%
+    \define@key{Hyp}{#1}%
+  }{%
+    \define@key{Hyp}{#1}[]%
+  }%
+  {\Hy@WarnOptionDisabled{#1}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@WarnOptionDisabled}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@WarnOptionDisabled#1{%
+  \Hy@Warning{%
+    Option `#1' has already been used,\MessageBreak
+    setting the option has no effect%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Defining the options}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{implicit}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{implicit}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{draft}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{draft}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{final}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{draft}{#1}%
+  \ifHy@draft
+    \Hy@draftfalse
+  \else
+    \Hy@drafttrue
+  \fi
+}
+\let\KV@Hyp@nolinks\KV@Hyp@draft
+\define@key{Hyp}{a4paper}[true]{%
+  \def\special@paper{210mm,297mm}%
+  \def\Hy@pageheight{842}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{a5paper}[true]{%
+  \def\special@paper{148mm,210mm}%
+  \def\Hy@pageheight{595}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{b5paper}[true]{%
+  \def\special@paper{176mm,250mm}%
+  \def\Hy@pageheight{709}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{letterpaper}[true]{%
+  \def\special@paper{8.5in,11in}%
+  \def\Hy@pageheight{792}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{legalpaper}[true]{%
+  \def\special@paper{8.5in,14in}%
+  \def\Hy@pageheight{1008}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{executivepaper}[true]{%
+  \def\special@paper{7.25in,10.5in}%
+  \def\Hy@pageheight{720}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{setpagesize}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{setpagesize}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{debug}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[debug]{verbose}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{linktocpage}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{linktocpage}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{extension}{\def\XR@ext{#1}}
+\def\XR@ext{dvi}
+\define@key{Hyp}{verbose}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{verbose}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{typexml}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{typexml}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If we are going to PDF via HyperTeX |\special| commands,
+% the dvips (-z option)  processor does not know
+% the \emph{height} of a link, as it works solely on the
+% position of the closing |\special|. If we use this option,
+% the |\special| is raised up by the right amount, to fool
+% the dvi processor.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{raiselinks}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{raiselinks}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Most PDF-creating drivers do not allow links to be broken
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{breaklinks}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{breaklinks}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Determines whether an automatic anchor is put on each page
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pageanchor}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{pageanchor}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Are the page links done as plain arabic numbers, or do
+% they follow the formatting of the package? The latter loses
+% if you put in typesetting like |\textbf| or the like.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{plainpages}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{plainpages}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Are the names for anchors made as per the HyperTeX system,
+% or do they simply use what \LaTeX\ provides?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{naturalnames}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{naturalnames}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Completely ignore the names as per the HyperTeX system,
+% and use unique counters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{hypertexnames}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{hypertexnames}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Currently, |dvips| doesn't allow anchors nested within targets,
+% so this option tries to stop that happening. Other processors
+% may be able to cope.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{nesting}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{nesting}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{unicode}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{unicode}{#1}%
+  \HyPsd@InitUnicode
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Options for different drivers}\label{drivers}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{hyperref}[true]{}
+\define@key{Hyp}{tex4ht}[true]{%
+  \def\XR@ext{html}%
+  \Hy@texhttrue
+  \def\Hy@raisedlink{}%
+  \setkeys{Hyp}{colorlinks=true}%
+  \def\BeforeTeXIVht{\usepackage{color}}%
+  \def\Hy@driver{htex4ht}%
+  \def\MaybeStopEarly{%
+    \typeout{Hyperref stopped early}%
+    \AfterBeginDocument{\PDF@FinishDoc}%
+    \endinput
+  }%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdftex}[true]{%
+  \def\Hy@driver{hpdftex}%
+  \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+  \PassOptionsToPackage{pdftex}{color}%
+  \Hy@breaklinkstrue
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{dvipdf}[true]{%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{nativepdf}[true]{%
+  \def\Hy@driver{hdvips}%
+  \def\Hy@raisedlink{}%
+  \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{dvipdfm}[true]{%
+  \def\Hy@driver{hdvipdfm}%
+  \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+  \Hy@breaklinkstrue
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfmark}[true]{%
+  \def\Hy@driver{hdvips}%
+  \def\Hy@raisedlink{}%
+  \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{dvips}[true]{%
+  \def\Hy@driver{hdvips}%
+  \def\Hy@raisedlink{}%
+  \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{hypertex}[true]{%
+  \def\Hy@driver{hypertex}%
+}
+\let\Hy@MaybeStopNow\relax
+\define@key{Hyp}{vtex}[true]{%
+  \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname OpMode\endcsname\relax
+    \@latex@error{Non-VTeX processor}{}%
+    \global\let\Hy@MaybeStopNow\endinput
+    \endinput
+  \else
+    \ifnum 0\ifnum\OpMode<1 1\fi \ifnum\OpMode>3 1\fi =0 %
+      \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+      \def\Hy@driver{hvtex}%
+    \else
+      \ifnum\OpMode=10\relax
+        \def\XR@ext{htm}%
+        \def\Hy@driver{hvtexhtm}%
+        \def\MaybeStopEarly{%
+           \typeout{Hyperref stopped early}%
+           \AfterBeginDocument{\PDF@FinishDoc}%
+           \endinput
+        }%
+      \else
+        \@latex@error{Mode (\the\OpMode) has no hyperref driver}{}%
+        \global\let\Hy@MaybeStopNow\endinput
+        \endinput
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{vtexpdfmark}[true]{%
+  \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname OpMode\endcsname\relax
+    \@latex@error{Non-VTeX processor}{}%
+    \let\Hy@MaybeStopNow\endinput
+    \endinput
+  \else
+    \ifnum 0\ifnum\OpMode<1 1\fi \ifnum\OpMode>3 1\fi =0 %
+      \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+      \def\Hy@driver{hvtexmrk}%
+      \def\Hy@raisedlink{}%
+    \else
+      \@latex@error{Mode (\the\OpMode) has no hyperref driver}{}%
+      \let\Hy@MaybeStopNow\endinput
+      \endinput
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{dviwindo}[true]{%
+  \def\Hy@driver{hdviwind}%
+  \setkeys{Hyp}{colorlinks}%
+  \PassOptionsToPackage{dviwindo}{color}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{dvipsone}[true]{%
+  \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+  \def\Hy@driver{hdvipson}%
+  \def\Hy@raisedlink{}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{textures}[true]{%
+  \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+  \def\Hy@driver{htexture}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{latex2html}[true]{%
+  \AtBeginDocument{\@@latextohtmlX}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% No more special treatment for ps2pdf. Let it sink or swim.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{ps2pdf}[true]{%
+  \def\Hy@driver{hdvips}%
+  \def\Hy@raisedlink{}%
+  \providecommand\@pdfborder{0 0 1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Options to add extra features}\label{features}
+%    Make included figures (assuming they use the standard graphics
+%     package) be hypertext links. Off by default. Needs more work.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{hyperfigures}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[hyperfigures]{figures}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    The automatic footnote linking can be disabled
+%    by option hyperfootnotes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{hyperfootnotes}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{hyperfootnotes}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Set up back-referencing to be hyper links, by page,
+%     slide or section number,
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\back@none{none}
+\def\back@section{section}
+\def\back@page{page}
+\def\back@slide{slide}
+\define@key{Hyp}{backref}[section]{%
+  \lowercase{\def\Hy@tempa{#1}}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty
+    \let\Hy@tempa\back@section
+  \fi
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@false
+    \let\Hy@tempa\back@none
+  \fi
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\back@slide
+    \let\Hy@tempa\back@section
+  \fi
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\back@page
+    \PassOptionsToPackage{hyperpageref}{backref}%
+    \Hy@backreftrue
+  \else
+    \ifx\Hy@tempa\back@section
+      \PassOptionsToPackage{hyperref}{backref}%
+      \Hy@backreftrue
+    \else
+      \ifx\Hy@tempa\back@none
+        \Hy@backreffalse
+      \else
+        \Hy@WarnOptionValue{#1}{backref}{%
+          `section', `slide', `page', `none',\MessageBreak
+          or `false'}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pagebackref}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\def\Hy@tempa{#1}}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty
+    \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@true
+  \fi
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@true
+    \PassOptionsToPackage{hyperpageref}{backref}%
+    \Hy@backreftrue
+  \else
+    \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@false
+      \Hy@backreffalse
+    \else
+      \Hy@WarnOptionValue{#1}{pagebackref}{`true' or `false'}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Make index entries be links back to the relevant pages. By default
+% this is turned on, but may be stopped.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{hyperindex}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{hyperindex}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Configuration of encap char.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{encap}[\|]{%
+  \def\HyInd@EncapChar{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Language options}
+%
+%    The \cmd{\autoref} feature depends on the language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyLang@english{%
+  \def\equationautorefname{Equation}%
+  \def\footnoteautorefname{footnote}%
+  \def\itemautorefname{item}%
+  \def\figureautorefname{Figure}%
+  \def\tableautorefname{Table}%
+  \def\partautorefname{Part}%
+  \def\appendixautorefname{Appendix}%
+  \def\chapterautorefname{chapter}%
+  \def\sectionautorefname{section}%
+  \def\subsectionautorefname{subsection}%
+  \def\subsubsectionautorefname{subsubsection}%
+  \def\paragraphautorefname{paragraph}%
+  \def\subparagraphautorefname{subparagraph}%
+  \def\FancyVerbLineautorefname{line}%
+  \def\theoremautorefname{Theorem}%
+}
+\def\HyLang@german{%
+  \def\equationautorefname{Gleichung}%
+  \def\footnoteautorefname{Fu\ss note}%
+  \def\itemautorefname{Punkt}%
+  \def\figureautorefname{Abbildung}%
+  \def\tableautorefname{Tabelle}%
+  \def\partautorefname{Teil}%
+  \def\appendixautorefname{Anhang}%
+  \def\chapterautorefname{Kapitel}%
+  \def\sectionautorefname{Abschnitt}%
+  \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterabschnitt}%
+  \def\subsubsectionautorefname{Unterunterabschnitt}%
+  \def\paragraphautorefname{Absatz}%
+  \def\subparagraphautorefname{Unterabsatz}%
+  \def\FancyVerbLineautorefname{Zeile}%
+  \def\theoremautorefname{Theorem}%
+}
+\def\HyLang@portuges{%
+  \def\equationautorefname{Equa\c c\~ao}%
+  \def\footnoteautorefname{Nota de rodap\'e}%
+  \def\itemautorefname{Item}%
+  \def\figureautorefname{Figura}%
+  \def\tableautorefname{Tabela}%
+  \def\partautorefname{Parte}%
+  \def\appendixautorefname{Ap\^endice}%
+  \def\chapterautorefname{Cap\'itulo}%
+  \def\sectionautorefname{Se\c c\~ao}%
+  \def\subsectionautorefname{Subse\c c\~ao}%
+  \def\subsubsectionautorefname{Subsubse\c c\~ao}%
+  \def\paragraphautorefname{par\'agrafo}%
+  \def\subparagraphautorefname{subpar\'agrafo}%
+  \def\FancyVerbLineautorefname{linha}%
+  \def\theoremautorefname{Teorema}%
+}
+\def\HyLang@spanish{%
+  \def\equationautorefname{Ecuaci\'on}%
+  \def\footnoteautorefname{Nota a pie de p\'agina}%
+  \def\itemautorefname{Elemento}%
+  \def\figureautorefname{Figura}%
+  \def\tableautorefname{Tabla}%
+  \def\partautorefname{Parte}%
+  \def\appendixautorefname{Ap\'endice}%
+  \def\chapterautorefname{Cap\'itulo}%
+  \def\sectionautorefname{Secci\'on}%
+  \def\subsectionautorefname{Subsecci\'on}%
+  \def\subsubsectionautorefname{Subsubsecci\'on}%
+  \def\paragraphautorefname{P\'arrafo}%
+  \def\subparagraphautorefname{Subp\'arrafo}%
+  \def\FancyVerbLineautorefname{L\'inea}%
+  \def\theoremautorefname{Teorema}%
+}
+\def\HyLang@afrikaans{%
+  \def\equationautorefname{Vergelyking}%
+  \def\footnoteautorefname{Voetnota}%
+  \def\itemautorefname{Item}%
+  \def\figureautorefname{Figuur}%
+  \def\tableautorefname{Tabel}%
+  \def\partautorefname{Deel}%
+  \def\appendixautorefname{Bylae}%
+  \def\chapterautorefname{Hoofstuk}%
+  \def\sectionautorefname{Afdeling}%
+  \def\subsectionautorefname{Subafdeling}%
+  \def\subsubsectionautorefname{Subsubafdeling}%
+  \def\paragraphautorefname{Paragraaf}%
+  \def\subparagraphautorefname{Subparagraaf}%
+  \def\FancyVerbLineautorefname{Lyn}%
+  \def\theoremautorefname{Teorema}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Instead of package babel's definition of \cmd{\addto} the
+%    implementation of package varioref is used. Additionally
+%    argument |#1| is checked for \cmd{\relax}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyLang@addto#1#2{%
+  #2%
+  \@temptokena{#2}%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+    \let#1\@empty
+  \fi
+  \ifx#1\undefined
+     \edef#1{\the\@temptokena}%
+  \else
+     \toks@\expandafter{#1}%
+     \edef#1{\the\toks@\the\@temptokena}%
+  \fi
+  \@temptokena{}\toks@\@temptokena
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyLang@DeclareLang#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \edef\x##1##2{%
+      \noexpand\ifx##2\relax
+        \errmessage{No definitions for language #2' found!}%
+      \noexpand\fi
+      \endgroup
+      \noexpand\define@key{Hyp}{#1}[]{%
+        \noexpand\HyLang@addto{\noexpand##1}{\noexpand##2}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \expandafter\x\csname extras#1\expandafter\endcsname
+                \csname HyLang@#2\expandafter\endcsname
+}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{english}{english}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{UKenglish}{english}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{british}{english}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{USenglish}{english}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{american}{english}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{german}{german}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{austrian}{german}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{ngerman}{german}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{naustrian}{german}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{brazil}{portuges}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{brazilian}{portuges}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{portuguese}{portuges}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{spanish}{spanish}
+\HyLang@DeclareLang{afrikaans}{afrikaans}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Options to change appearance of links}\label{appearance}
+% Colouring links at the \LaTeX\ level is useful for debugging, perhaps.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{colorlinks}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{colorlinks}{#1}%
+  \ifHy@colorlinks
+    \def\@pdfborder{0 0 0}%
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{frenchlinks}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{frenchlinks}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Bookmarking}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{bookmarks}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{bookmarks}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{bookmarksopen}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{bookmarksopen}{#1}%
+}
+% `bookmarksopenlevel' to specify the open level. From Heiko Oberdiek.
+\define@key{Hyp}{bookmarksopenlevel}{%
+  \def\@bookmarksopenlevel{#1}%
+}
+\def\@bookmarksopenlevel{\maxdimen}
+% `bookmarkstype' to specify which `toc' file to mimic
+\define@key{Hyp}{bookmarkstype}{%
+  \def\Hy@bookmarkstype{#1}%
+}
+\def\Hy@bookmarkstype{toc}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Richard Curnow <richard@curnow.demon.co.uk> suggested this
+% functionality. It adds section numbers etc to bookmarks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{bookmarksnumbered}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{bookmarksnumbered}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Option CJKbookmarks enables the patch for
+%    CJK bookmarks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{CJKbookmarks}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{CJKbookmarks}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrcode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{linkcolor}{\def\@linkcolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{anchorcolor}{\def\@anchorcolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{citecolor}{\def\@citecolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{urlcolor}{\def\@urlcolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{menucolor}{\def\@menucolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{filecolor}{\def\@filecolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pagecolor}{\def\@pagecolor{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Default values:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@linkcolor{red}
+\def\@anchorcolor{black}
+\def\@citecolor{green}
+\def\@filecolor{cyan}
+\def\@urlcolor{magenta}
+\def\@menucolor{red}
+\def\@pagecolor{red}
+\def\hyperbaseurl#1{\def\@baseurl{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{baseurl}{\hyperbaseurl{#1}}
+\let\@baseurl\@empty
+\def\hyperlinkfileprefix#1{\def\Hy@linkfileprefix{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{linkfileprefix}{\hyperlinkfileprefix{#1}}
+\hyperlinkfileprefix{file:}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{PDF-specific options}\label{pdfopt}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@pdfpagetransition}
+%    The value of option |pdfpagetransition| is stored in
+%    \cmd{\@pdfpagetransition}. Its initial value is set
+%    to \cmd{\relax} in order to be able to differentiate
+%    between a not used option and an option with an empty
+%    value.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@pdfpagetransition\relax
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfpagetransition}{\def\@pdfpagetransition{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\@pdfpageduration}
+%    The value of option |pdfpageduration| is stored in
+%    \cmd{\@pdfpageduration}. Its initial value is set
+%    to \cmd{\relax} in order to be able to differentiate
+%    between a not used option and an option with an empty
+%    value.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@pdfpageduration\relax
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfpageduration}{\def\@pdfpageduration{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    The entry for the |/Hid| key in the page object is
+%    only necessary, if it is used and set to true for
+%    at least one time. If it is always false, then
+%    the |/Hid| key is not written to the pdf page
+%    object in order not to enlarge the pdf file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifHy@useHidKey
+\Hy@useHidKeyfalse
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfpagehidden}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey{pdfpagehidden}{#1}%
+  \ifHy@pdfpagehidden
+    \global\Hy@useHidKeytrue
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{Hyp}{linkbordercolor}{\def\@linkbordercolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{urlbordercolor}{\def\@urlbordercolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{menubordercolor}{\def\@menubordercolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{filebordercolor}{\def\@filebordercolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{runbordercolor}{\def\@runbordercolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{citebordercolor}{\def\@citebordercolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pagebordercolor}{\def\@pagebordercolor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfhighlight}{\def\@pdfhighlight{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfborder}{\def\@pdfborder{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfpagemode}{%
+  \def\Hy@tempa{#1}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty
+    \let\@pdfpagemode\@empty
+  \else
+    \def\@pdfpagemode{/#1 }%
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfnonfullscreenpagemode}{%
+  \def\Hy@tempa{#1}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty
+    \let\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode\@empty
+  \else
+    \def\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode{/#1 }%
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfusetitle}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[pdfusetitle]{usetitle}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdftitle}{\pdfstringdef\@pdftitle{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfauthor}{\pdfstringdef\@pdfauthor{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfproducer}{\pdfstringdef\@pdfproducer{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfcreator}{\pdfstringdef\@pdfcreator{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfsubject}{\pdfstringdef\@pdfsubject{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfkeywords}{\pdfstringdef\@pdfkeywords{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfview}{\calculate@pdfview#1 \\}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdflinkmargin}{\setpdflinkmargin{#1}}
+\let\setpdflinkmargin\@gobble
+\def\calculate@pdfview#1 #2\\{%
+  \def\@pdfview{#1}%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \def\@pdfviewparams{ -32768}%
+  \else
+    \def\@pdfviewparams{ #2}%
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfstartpage}{\def\@pdfstartpage{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfstartview}{%
+  \ifx\\#1\\%
+    \def\@pdfstartview{}%
+  \else
+    \hypercalcbpdef\@pdfstartview{ /#1 }%
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfpagescrop}{\edef\@pdfpagescrop{#1}}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdftoolbar}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[pdftoolbar]{toolbar}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfmenubar}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[pdfmenubar]{menubar}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfwindowui}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[pdfwindowui]{windowui}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdffitwindow}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[pdffitwindow]{fitwindow}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfcenterwindow}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[pdfcenterwindow]{centerwindow}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfdisplaydoctitle}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[pdfdisplaydoctitle]{displaydoctitle}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfnewwindow}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[pdfnewwindow]{newwindow}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfpagelayout}{\def\pdf@pagelayout{#1}}
+\def\pdf@pagelayout{}
+\define@key{Hyp}{pdfpagelabels}[true]{%
+  \Hy@boolkey[pdfpagelabels]{pagelabels}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Default values:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@linkbordercolor{1 0 0}
+\def\@urlbordercolor{0 1 1}
+\def\@menubordercolor{1 0 0}
+\def\@filebordercolor{0 .5 .5}
+\def\@runbordercolor{0 .7 .7}
+\def\@citebordercolor{0 1 0}
+\def\@pagebordercolor{1 1 0}
+\def\@pdfhighlight{/I}
+\def\@pdfpagemode{}
+\def\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode{}
+\def\@pdftitle{}
+\def\@pdfauthor{}
+\def\@pdfproducer{}
+\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with hyperref package}
+\def\@pdfsubject{}
+\def\@pdfkeywords{}
+\def\@pdfpagescrop{}
+\def\@pdfstartview{ /Fit }
+\def\@pdfstartpage{1}
+\let\PDF@SetupDoc\@empty
+\let\PDF@FinishDoc\@empty
+\let\phantomsection\@empty
+\@ifundefined{stockwidth}{%
+  \edef\special@paper{\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}
+}{%
+  \edef\special@paper{\the\stockwidth,\the\stockheight}
+}
+\begingroup
+  \dimen@=\@ifundefined{stockheight}{\paperheight}{\stockheight}\relax
+  \dimen@=0.99626401\dimen@
+  \xdef\Hy@pageheight{\strip@pt\dimen@}
+\endgroup
+\def\HyInd@EncapChar{\|}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hypersetup{\setkeys{Hyp}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Allow the user to use |\ExecuteOptions| in the cfg file even though
+% this package does not use the normal option mechanism.
+% Use |\hyper@normalise| as a scratch macro, since it is going to
+% be defined in a couple of lines anyway.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\hyper@normalise\ExecuteOptions
+\let\ExecuteOptions\hypersetup
+\Hy@RestoreCatcodes
+\InputIfFileExists{hyperref.cfg}{}{}
+\Hy@SetCatcodes
+\let\ExecuteOptions\hyper@normalise
+\Hy@MaybeStopNow
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% To add flexibility, we will not use the ordinary processing of
+% package options, but put them through the \emph{keyval} package.
+% This section was written by David Carlisle.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ProcessOptionsWithKV#1{%
+  \let\@tempc\relax
+  \let\Hy@tempa\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Add any global options that are known to KV to the start of the list
+% being built in |\Hy@tempa| and mark them used (by removing them from
+% the unused option list).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{%
+    \@ifundefined{KV@#1@\CurrentOption}%
+    {}%
+    {%
+      \edef\Hy@tempa{\Hy@tempa,\CurrentOption,}%
+      \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption
+        \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist
+    }%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now stick the package options at the end of the list and wrap in a call
+% to |\setkeys|. Can simply use |\edef|, normally KV takes care to avoid
+% expansion, but the package system has already fully expanded the package
+% option list before passing it to the package, so no more harm can occur
+% here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \edef\Hy@tempa{%
+    \noexpand\setkeys{#1}{%
+      \Hy@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}%
+    }%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Do it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \Hy@tempa
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Add option |tex4ht| if package |tex4ht| is loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}{%
+  \@ifpackagewith{hyperref}{tex4ht}{}{%
+    \PassOptionsToPackage{tex4ht}{hyperref}%
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\ReadBookmarks\relax
+\ProcessOptionsWithKV{Hyp}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    After processing options.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifHy@draft
+    \let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble
+    \gdef\hyper@link#1#2#3{#3}%
+    \let\hyper@anchorstart\@gobble
+    \let\hyper@anchorend\@empty
+    \let\hyper@linkstart\@gobbletwo
+    \let\hyper@linkend\@empty
+    \def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{#1}%
+    \def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{#1}%
+    \def\Acrobatmenu#1#2{#2}%
+    \let\PDF@SetupDoc\@empty
+    \let\PDF@FinishDoc\@empty
+    \let\@fifthoffive\@secondoftwo
+    \let\@secondoffive\@secondoftwo
+    \let\ReadBookmarks\relax
+    \let\WriteBookmarks\relax
+    \Hy@WarningNoLine{ draft mode on}%
+  \fi
+  \Hy@DisableOption{draft}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{nolinks}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{final}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    If option |unicode| is already processed, then the
+%    command \cs{HyPsd@InitUnicode} is cleared after
+%    execution. Then the option code only sets
+%    the meaning of the switch \cs{ifHy@unicode}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\HyPsd@InitUnicode\relax
+  \define@key{Hyp}{unicode}[true]{%
+    \Hy@boolkey{unicode}{#1}%
+  }
+\else
+  \define@key{Hyp}{unicode}[true]{%
+    \Hy@boolkey{unicode}{#1}%
+    \ifHy@unicode
+      \Hy@WarningNoLine{Set package option `unicode' first\MessageBreak
+                  in order to load unicode support%
+      }%
+      \Hy@unicodefalse
+    \fi
+  }
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    The macro \cs{HyPsd@InitUnicode} is no longer needed.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\HyPsd@InitUnicode\@undefined
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Patch for babel's
+%    \texorpdfstring{\cs{texttilde}}{\\texttilde}}
+%    Babel does not define \cmd{\texttilde} in NFSS2 manner,
+%    so the NFSS2 definitions of PD1 or PU encoding is not
+%    compatible. To fix this, \cmd{\texttilde} is defined
+%    in babel manner.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Hy@nextfalse
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{spanish}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{galician}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}
+\@ifpackagewith{babel}{estonian}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}
+\ifHy@next
+  \let\texttilde\~%
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@figures
+  \Hy@Info{Hyper figures ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{Hyper figures OFF}
+\fi
+\ifHy@nesting
+  \Hy@Info{Link nesting ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{Link nesting OFF}
+\fi
+\ifHy@hyperindex
+  \Hy@Info{Hyper index ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{Hyper index OFF}
+\fi
+\ifHy@plainpages
+  \Hy@Info{Plain pages ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{Plain pages OFF}
+\fi
+\ifHy@backref
+  \Hy@Info{Backreferencing ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{Backreferencing OFF}
+\fi
+\ifHy@typexml
+   \AtEndOfPackage{\RequirePackage{color}\RequirePackage{nameref}}
+\fi
+\Hy@DisableOption{typexml}
+\ifHy@implicit
+  \typeout{Implicit mode ON; LaTeX internals redefined}%
+\else
+  \typeout{Implicit mode OFF; no redefinition of LaTeX internals}%
+  \def\MaybeStopEarly{%
+    \typeout{Hyperref stopped early}%
+    \AfterBeginDocument{\PDF@FinishDoc}%
+    \endinput
+  }%
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \let\autoref\ref
+    \ifx\@pdfpagemode\@empty
+      \gdef\@pdfpagemode{/UseNone}%
+    \fi
+    \global\Hy@backreffalse
+  }%
+  \AtEndOfPackage{%
+    \global\let\ReadBookmarks\relax
+    \global\let\WriteBookmarks\relax
+  }%
+\fi
+\Hy@DisableOption{implicit}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Driver loading}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndOfPackage{%
+  \@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}{%
+    \def\Hy@driver{htex4ht}%
+    \Hy@texhttrue
+  }{}%
+  \ifx\Hy@driver\@empty
+    \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex}%
+    \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname pdfoutput\endcsname\relax
+      \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+      \expandafter\ifx\csname OpMode\endcsname\relax
+        \let\Hy@driver\Hy@defaultdriver
+      \else
+        \ifnum 0\ifnum\OpMode<1 1\fi \ifnum\OpMode>3 1\fi =0 %
+          \def\Hy@driver{hvtex}%
+          \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+        \else
+          \ifnum\OpMode=10\relax
+            \def\XR@ext{htm}%
+            \def\Hy@driver{hvtexhtm}%
+            \def\MaybeStopEarly{%
+              \typeout{Hyperref stopped early}%
+              \AfterBeginDocument{\PDF@FinishDoc}%
+              \endinput
+            }%
+          \else
+            \let\Hy@driver\Hy@defaultdriver
+          \fi
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \ifcase\pdfoutput
+        \let\Hy@driver\Hy@defaultdriver
+      \else
+        \def\Hy@driver{hpdftex}%
+        \def\XR@ext{pdf}%
+        \PassOptionsToPackage{pdftex}{color}%
+        \Hy@breaklinkstrue
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \typeout{*hyperref using default driver \Hy@driver*}%
+  \else
+    \typeout{*hyperref using driver \Hy@driver*}%
+  \fi
+  \input{\Hy@driver.def}%
+  \let\@unprocessedoptions\relax
+  \Hy@RestoreCatcodes
+}
+\Hy@DisableOption{tex4ht}
+\Hy@DisableOption{pdftex}
+\Hy@DisableOption{dvipdf}
+\Hy@DisableOption{nativepdf}
+\Hy@DisableOption{dvipdfm}
+\Hy@DisableOption{pdfmark}
+\Hy@DisableOption{dvips}
+\Hy@DisableOption{hypertex}
+\Hy@DisableOption{vtex}
+\Hy@DisableOption{vtexpdfmark}
+\Hy@DisableOption{dviwindo}
+\Hy@DisableOption{dvipsone}
+\Hy@DisableOption{textures}
+\Hy@DisableOption{latex2html}
+\Hy@DisableOption{ps2pdf}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Bookmarks}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\WriteBookmarks{0}
+\def\@bookmarkopenstatus#1{%
+  \ifHy@bookmarksopen
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    The purpose of the |\@firstofone|-number-space-construct
+%    is that no |\relax| will be inserted by \TeX{} before the |\else|:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifnum#1<\expandafter\@firstofone\expandafter
+             {\number\@bookmarksopenlevel} % explicit space
+    \else
+      -%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    -%
+  \fi
+}
+\ifHy@bookmarks
+  \Hy@Info{Bookmarks ON}%
+  \ifx\@pdfpagemode\@empty
+    \def\@pdfpagemode{/UseOutlines }%
+  \fi
+\else
+  \def\@bookmarkopenstatus#1{}%
+  \Hy@Info{Bookmarks OFF}%
+  \AtEndOfPackage{%
+    \global\let\ReadBookmarks\relax
+    \global\let\WriteBookmarks\relax
+  }
+  \ifx\@pdfpagemode\@empty
+    \def\@pdfpagemode{/UseNone}%
+  \fi
+\fi
+\Hy@DisableOption{bookmarks}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifHy@colorlinks
+    \ifHy@typexml\else\RequirePackage{color}\fi
+    \def\Hy@colorlink#1{\begingroup\color{#1}}%
+    \def\Hy@endcolorlink{\endgroup}%
+    \Hy@Info{Link coloring ON}%
+  \else
+    \ifHy@frenchlinks
+      \def\Hy@colorlink#1{\begingroup\fontshape{sc}\selectfont}%
+      \def\Hy@endcolorlink{\endgroup}%
+      \Hy@Info{French linking ON}%
+    \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    for grouping consistency:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \def\Hy@colorlink#1{\begingroup}%
+      \def\Hy@endcolorlink{\endgroup}%
+      \Hy@Info{Link coloring OFF}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \Hy@DisableOption{colorlinks}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{frenchlinks}%
+  \ifHy@texht
+    \long\def\@firstoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#1}%
+    \long\def\@secondoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#2}%
+    \long\def\@thirdoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#3}%
+    \long\def\@fourthoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#4}%
+    \long\def\@fifthoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#5}%
+    \providecommand*\@safe@activestrue{}%
+    \providecommand*\@safe@activesfalse{}%
+    \def\T@ref#1{%
+      \@safe@activestrue
+      \expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@firstoffive{#1}%
+      \@safe@activesfalse
+    }%
+    \def\T@pageref#1{%
+      \@safe@activestrue
+      \expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@secondoffive{#1}%
+      \@safe@activesfalse
+    }%
+  \else
+    \ifHy@typexml\else\RequirePackage{nameref}\fi
+  \fi
+  \DeclareRobustCommand\ref{\@ifstar\@refstar\T@ref}%
+  \DeclareRobustCommand\pageref{%
+    \@ifstar\@pagerefstar\T@pageref
+  }%
+}
+\AfterBeginDocument{%
+  \ifHy@texht
+  \else
+    \ReadBookmarks
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@backref
+  \RequirePackage{backref}
+\else
+  \let\Hy@backout\@gobble
+\fi
+\Hy@DisableOption{backref}
+\Hy@DisableOption{pagebackref}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Hy@activeanchorfalse
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{User hypertext macros}\label{usermacros}
+% We need to normalise all user commands taking a URL argument;
+% Within the argument the following special definitions apply:
+% |\#|, |\%|, |~| produce |#|, |%|, |~| respectively.
+% for consistency |\~| produces |~| as well.
+% At the \emph{top level only} ie not within the argument of another
+% command, you can use |#| and |%| unescaped, to produce themselves.
+% even if, say, |#| is entered as |#| it will be converted to |\#|
+% so it does not die if written to an aux file etc. |\#| will write
+% as |#| locally while making |\special|s.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \endlinechar=-1
+  \catcode`\^^M\active
+  \catcode`\%\active
+  \catcode`\#\active
+  \catcode`\_\active
+  \gdef\hyper@normalise{
+    \begingroup
+    \catcode`\^^M\active
+    \def^^M{ }
+    \catcode`\%\active
+    \let%\@percentchar
+    \let\%\@percentchar
+    \catcode`\#\active
+    \def#{\hyper@hash}
+    \def\#{\hyper@hash}
+    \edef\textunderscore{\string_}
+    \let\_\textunderscore
+    \catcode`\_\active
+    \let_\textunderscore
+    \let~\hyper@tilde
+    \let\~\hyper@tilde
+    \let\textasciitilde\hyper@tilde
+    \ifx\@safe@activestrue\@undefined\else\@safe@activestrue\fi
+    \hyper@n@rmalise
+  }
+  \catcode`\#=6
+  \gdef\hyper@n@rmalise#1#2{
+    \edef\Hy@tempa{
+      \endgroup
+      \noexpand#1{\Hy@RemovePercentCr#2%^^M\@nil}
+    }
+    \Hy@tempa
+  }
+  \gdef\Hy@RemovePercentCr#1%^^M#2\@nil{
+    #1
+    \ifx\limits#2\limits
+    \else
+      \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{
+        \Hy@RemovePercentCr #2\@nil
+      }
+    \fi
+  }
+\endgroup
+\providecommand\hyper@chars{%
+  \let\#\hyper@hash
+  \let\%\@percentchar
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyperlink#1#2{%
+  \hyper@@link{}{#1}{#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\href}{\hyper@normalise\href@}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\$=6
+  \catcode`\#=12
+  \gdef\href@$1{\expandafter\href@split$1##\\}
+  \gdef\href@split$1#$2#$3\\{%
+    \hyper@@link{$1}{$2}%
+  }
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Load package |url.sty| and save the meaning of
+%    the original \cmd{\url} in \cmd{\nolinkurl}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{url}
+\let\HyOrg@url\url
+\def\Hurl{\begingroup \Url}
+\let\nolinkurl\Hurl
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\url}{\hyper@normalise\url@}
+\def\url@#1{\hyper@linkurl{\Hurl{#1}}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\hyperimage}{\hyper@normalise\hyper@image}
+\providecommand\hyper@image[2]{#2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hypertarget#1#2{%
+  \ifHy@nesting
+    \hyper@@anchor{#1}{#2}%
+  \else
+    \hyper@@anchor{#1}{\relax}#2%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |\hyperref| is more complicated, as it includes the concept of a
+% category of link, used to make the name. This is not really used in this
+% package.  |\hyperdef| sets up an anchor in the same way. They each have
+% three  parameters of category, linkname, and marked text, and |\hyperref|
+% also has a first parameter of URL.
+% If there is an optional first parameter to |\hyperdef|,
+% it is the name of a \LaTeX\ label which can be used in
+% a short form of |\hyperref| later, to avoid
+% remembering the name and category.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\hyperref}{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\Hy@babelnormalise\label@hyperref}\@hyperref
+}
+\def\Hy@babelnormalise#1[#2]{%
+  \begingroup
+    \csname @safe@activestrue\endcsname
+    \edef\Hy@tempa{%
+      \endgroup
+      \noexpand#1[{#2}]%
+    }%
+  \Hy@tempa
+}
+\def\@hyperref{\hyper@normalise\@@hyperref}
+\def\@@hyperref#1#2#3{%
+  \edef\ref@one{\ifx\\#2\\\else#2.\fi#3}%
+  \expandafter\tryhyper@link\ref@one\\{#1}%
+}
+\def\tryhyper@link#1\\#2{%
+ \hyper@@link{#2}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyperdef{\@ifnextchar[{\label@hyperdef}{\@hyperdef}}
+\def\@hyperdef#1#2#3{%, category, name, text
+  \ifHy@nesting
+    \hyper@@anchor{#1.#2}{#3}%
+  \else
+    \hyper@@anchor{#1.#2}{\relax}#3%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We also have a need to give a \LaTeX\ \emph{label} to a
+% hyper reference, to ease the pain of referring to it later.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\label@hyperref[#1]{%
+  \expandafter\label@@hyperref\csname r@#1\endcsname{#1}%
+}%
+\def\label@@hyperref#1#2#3{%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+    \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
+    \@latex@warning{%
+      Hyper reference `#2' on page \thepage \space undefined%
+    }%
+    \hyper@@link{}{??}{#3}%
+  \else
+    \hyper@@link{\expandafter\@fifthoffive#1}%
+      {\expandafter\@fourthoffive#1\@empty\@empty}{#3}%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\label@hyperdef[#1]#2#3#4{% label name, category, name,
+                                % anchor text
+  \@bsphack
+  \protected@write\@auxout{}%
+    {\string\newlabel{#1}{{}{}{}\##2.#3}}%
+  \@esphack
+  \ifHy@nesting
+    \hyper@@anchor{#2.#3}{#4}%
+  \else
+    \hyper@@anchor{#2.#3}{\relax}#4%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \section{Underlying basic hypertext macros}\label{coremacros}
+% Links have an optional type, a filename (possibly a URL),
+% an internal name, and some marked text. (Caution: the internal
+% name may contain babel shorthand characters.)
+% If the second parameter is empty, its an internal link,
+% otherwise we need to open another file or a URL.
+% A link start has a type, and a URL.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@@link{\let\Hy@reserved@a\relax
+  \@ifnextchar[{\hyper@link@}{\hyper@link@[link]}%
+}
+\def\hyper@link@[#1]#2#3#4{%
+  \begingroup
+    \protected@edef\Hy@tempa{#2}%
+    \csname @safe@activestrue\endcsname
+    \edef\x{#3}%
+    \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty
+      \toks0{\hyper@link{#1}}%
+    \else
+      \toks0{\expandafter\hyper@readexternallink#2\\{#1}}%
+    \fi
+    \toks1{{#4}}%
+    \edef\x{\endgroup
+      \the\toks0 {\x}\the\toks1 %
+    }%
+  \x
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The problem here is that the first (URL) parameter may be a
+% local \texttt{file:} reference
+% (in which case some browsers treat it differently)
+% or a genuine URL, in which case we'll have to activate
+% a real Web browser.
+% Note that a simple name is also a URL, as that is interpreted
+% as a relative file name. We have to worry about |#| signs in a local
+% file as well.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@readexternallink#1\\#2#3#4{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Parameters are:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item The URL or file name
+% \item The type
+% \item The internal name
+% \item The link string
+% \end{enumerate}
+% We need to get the 1st parameter properly expanded,
+% so we delimit the arguments rather than passing it inside a group.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\@hyper@readexternallink{#2}{#3}{#4}#1::\\{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now (potentially), we are passed:
+% 1) The link type
+% 2) The internal name,
+% 3) the link string,
+% 4) the URL type (http, mailto, file etc),
+% 5) the URL details
+% 6) anything after a real : in the URL
+% 7) the whole URL again
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@pdftempwordfile{file}%
+\def\@pdftempwordrun{run}%
+\def\@hyper@readexternallink#1#2#3#4:#5:#6\\#7{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If there are no colons at all (|#6| is blank), its a local
+% file; if the URL type (|#4|) is blank, its probably a Mac filename,
+% so treat it like a \texttt{file:} URL. The only flaw is if
+% its a relative Mac path, with several colon-separated elements ---
+% then we lose. Such names must be prefixed with an explicit |dvi:|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifx\\#6\\%
+    \expandafter\@hyper@linkfile file:#7\\{#3}{#2}%
+  \else
+    \ifx\\#4\\%
+      \expandafter\@hyper@linkfile file:#7\\{#3}{#2}%
+    \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the URL type is `file', pass it for local opening
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \def\@pdftempa{#4}%
+      \ifx\@pdftempa\@pdftempwordfile
+        \expandafter\@hyper@linkfile#7\\{#3}{#2}%
+      \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% if it starts `run:', its to launch an application.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \ifx\@pdftempa\@pdftempwordrun
+          \expandafter\@hyper@launch#7\\{#3}{#2}%
+        \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% otherwise its a URL
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \hyper@linkurl{#3}{#7\ifx\\#2\\\else\##2\fi}%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  By default, turn |run:| into |file:|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@hyper@launch run:#1\\#2#3{% filename, anchor text, linkname
+   \hyper@linkurl{#2}{\Hy@linkfileprefix#1\ifx\\#3\\\else\##3\fi}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% D P Story <story@uakron.edu> pointed out that relative paths
+% starting .. fell over. Switched to using |\filename@parse| to
+% solve this.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@hyper@linkfile file:#1\\#2#3{%
+     %file url,link string, name
+  \filename@parse{#1}%
+  \ifx\filename@ext\relax
+    \edef\filename@ext{\XR@ext}%
+  \fi
+  \def\use@file{\filename@area\filename@base.\filename@ext}%
+  \ifx\filename@ext\XR@ext
+    \hyper@linkfile{#2}{\use@file}{#3}%
+  \else
+    \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+      \hyper@linkurl{#2}{%
+        \Hy@linkfileprefix\use@file\ifx\\#3\\\else\##3\fi
+      }%
+    \else
+      \hyper@linkurl{#2}{\use@file\ifx\\#3\\\else\##3\fi}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Anchors have a name, and marked text.
+% We have to be careful with the marked text, as if we break
+% off part of something to put a |\special| around it, all hell breaks
+% loose. Therefore, we check the category code of the first token,
+% and only proceed if its safe. Tanmoy sorted this out.
+%
+% A curious case arises if the original parameter
+% was in braces. That means that |#2| comes here a multiple
+% letters, and the |noexpand| just looks at the first one,
+% putting the rest in the output. Yuck.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\hyper@@anchor#1#2{\@hyper@@anchor#1\relax#2\relax}
+\long\def\@hyper@@anchor#1\relax#2#3\relax{%
+  \ifx\\#1\\%
+    #2\Hy@WarningNoLine{empty link? #1: #2#3}%
+  \else
+    \def\anchor@spot{#2#3}%
+    \let\put@me@back\@empty
+    \ifx\relax#2\relax
+    \else
+      \ifHy@nesting
+      \else
+        \ifcat a\noexpand#2\relax
+        \else
+          \ifcat 0\noexpand#2 \relax
+          \else
+%            \typeout{Anchor start is not alphanumeric %
+%              on input line\the\inputlineno%
+%            }%
+            \let\anchor@spot\@empty
+            \def\put@me@back{#2#3}%
+          \fi
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifHy@activeanchor
+      \anchor@spot
+    \else
+      \hyper@anchor{#1}%
+    \fi
+    \expandafter\put@me@back
+  \fi
+  \let\anchor@spot\@empty
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \section{Compatibility with the \emph{\LaTeX{}2html} package}\label{latex2html}
+% Map our macro names on to Nikos', so that documents prepared
+% for that system will work without change.
+%
+% Note, however, that the whole complicated structure for
+% segmenting documents is not supported; it is assumed that the user
+% will load |html.sty| first, and then |hyperref.sty|, so that the
+% definitions in |html.sty| take effect, and are then overridden
+% in a few circumstances by this package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\htmladdimg\hyperimage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\htmladdnormallink#1#2{\href{#2}{#1}}
+\def\htmladdnormallinkfoot#1#2{\href{#2}{#1}\footnote{#2}}
+\def\htmlref#1#2{% anchor text, label
+  \label@hyperref[{#2}]{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This is really too much. The \LaTeX2html package defines its own
+% |\hyperref| command, with a different syntax. Was this always here?
+% Its weird, anyway. We interpret it in the `printed' way, since
+% we are about fidelity to the page.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@latextohtmlX{%
+  \let\hhyperref\hyperref
+  \def\hyperref##1##2##3##4{% anchor text for HTML
+                     % text to print before label in print
+                     % label
+                     % post-label text in print
+    ##2\ref{##4}##3%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Forms creation}
+% Allow for creation of PDF or HTML forms. The effects here are
+% limited somewhat by the need to support both output formats,
+% so it may not be as clever as something which only wants
+% to make PDF forms.
+%
+% I could not have started this without the encouragement of T V Raman.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifFld@checked
+\newif\ifFld@hidden
+\newif\ifFld@multiline
+\newif\ifFld@readonly
+\newif\ifFld@disabled
+\newif\ifFld@password
+\newif\ifFld@radio
+\newif\ifFld@combo
+\newif\ifFld@popdown
+\Fld@multilinefalse
+\Fld@checkedfalse
+\Fld@hiddenfalse
+\Fld@readonlyfalse
+\Fld@disabledfalse
+\Fld@radiofalse
+\Fld@combofalse
+\Fld@popdownfalse
+\Fld@passwordfalse
+\newcount\Fld@menulength
+\newdimen\Field@Width
+\newdimen\Fld@charsize
+\Fld@charsize=10\p@
+\def\Fld@maxlen{0}
+\def\Fld@align{0}
+\def\Fld@color{0 0 0}
+\def\Fld@bcolor{1 1 1}
+\def\Fld@bordercolor{1 0 0}
+\def\Fld@bordersep{1\p@}
+\def\Fld@borderwidth{1}
+\def\Fld@borderstyle{S}
+\def\Fld@cbsymbol{4}
+\newtoks\Choice@toks
+\def\Form{\@ifnextchar[{\@Form}{\@Form[]}}
+\def\endForm{\@endForm}
+\newif\ifForm@html
+\Form@htmlfalse
+\def\Form@boolkey#1#2{%
+  \csname Form@#2\ifx\relax#1\relax true\else#1\fi\endcsname
+}
+\define@key{Form}{action}{%
+  \def\Form@action{#1}%
+}
+\def\enc@@html{html}
+\define@key{Form}{encoding}{%
+  \def\Hy@tempa{#1}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\enc@@html
+    \Form@htmltrue
+  \else
+    \typeout{hyperref: form `encoding' key set to #1 %
+      -- unknown type%
+    }%
+    \Form@htmlfalse
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Form}{method}{%
+  \def\Form@method{#1}%
+}
+\def\Form@method{}
+\def\Field@boolkey#1#2{%
+  \csname Fld@#2\ifx\relax#1\relax true\else#1\fi\endcsname
+}
+\newtoks\Field@toks
+\Field@toks={ }%
+\def\Field@addtoks#1#2{%
+  \edef\@processme{\Field@toks{\the\Field@toks\space #1="#2"}}%
+  \@processme
+}
+\def\Fld@checkequals#1=#2=#3\\{%
+  \def\@currDisplay{#1}%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \def\@currValue{#1}%
+  \else
+    \def\@currValue{#2}%
+  \fi
+}
+\define@key{Field}{loc}{%
+  \def\Fld@loc{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{multiline}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\Field@boolkey{#1}}{multiline}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{checked}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\Field@boolkey{#1}}{checked}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{hidden}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\Field@boolkey{#1}}{hidden}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{readonly}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\Field@boolkey{#1}}{readonly}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{disabled}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\Field@boolkey{#1}}{disabled}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{password}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\Field@boolkey{#1}}{password}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{radio}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\Field@boolkey{#1}}{radio}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{combo}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\Field@boolkey{#1}}{combo}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{popdown}[true]{%
+  \lowercase{\Field@boolkey{#1}}{popdown}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{accesskey}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{accesskey}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{tabkey}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{tabkey}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{name}{%
+  \def\Fld@name{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{width}{%
+  \def\Fld@width{#1}%
+  \Field@Width#1\setbox0=\hbox{m}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{maxlen}{%
+  \def\Fld@maxlen{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{menulength}{%
+  \Fld@menulength=#1\relax
+}
+\define@key{Field}{height}{%
+  \def\Fld@height{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{charsize}{%
+  \Fld@charsize#1%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{fillcolor}{%
+  \def\Fld@fillcolor{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{bordercolor}{%
+  \def\Fld@bordercolor{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{color}{%
+  \def\Fld@color{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{borderwidth}{%
+  \def\Fld@borderwidth{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{borderstyle}{%
+  \def\Fld@borderstyle{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{bordersep}{%
+  \def\Fld@bordersep{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{default}{%
+  \def\Fld@default{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{align}{%
+  \def\Fld@align{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{value}{%
+  \def\Fld@value{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{backgroundcolor}{%
+  \def\Fld@bcolor{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{checkboxsymbol}{%
+  \def\Fld@cbsymbol{#1}%
+}
+\def\Fld@format@code{}
+\def\Fld@validate@code{}
+\def\Fld@calculate@code{}
+\def\Fld@keystroke@code{}
+\def\Fld@onfocus@code{}
+\def\Fld@onblur@code{}
+\def\Fld@onmousedown@code{}
+\def\Fld@onmouseup@code{}
+\def\Fld@onenter@code{}
+\def\Fld@onexit@code{}
+\define@key{Field}{keystroke}{%
+  \def\Fld@keystroke@code{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{format}{%
+  \def\Fld@format@code{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{validate}{%
+  \def\Fld@validate@code{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{calculate}{%
+  \def\Fld@calculate@code{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onfocus}{%
+  \def\Fld@onfocus@code{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onblur}{%
+  \def\Fld@onblur@code{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onenter}{%
+  \def\Fld@onenter@code{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onexit}{%
+  \def\Fld@onexit@code{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onselect}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onselect}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onchange}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onchange}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onclick}{%
+  \def\Fld@onclick{#1}%
+  \Field@addtoks{onclick}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{ondblclick}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{ondblclick}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onmousedown}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onmousedown}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onmouseup}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onmouseup}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onmouseover}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onmouseover}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onmousemove}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onmousemove}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onmouseout}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onmouseout}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onkeypress}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onkeypress}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onkeydown}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onkeydown}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{Field}{onkeyup}{%
+  \Field@addtoks{onkeyup}{#1}%
+}
+%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\TextField{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\@TextField}{\@TextField[]}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ChoiceMenu{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\@ChoiceMenu}{\@ChoiceMenu[]}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\CheckBox{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\@CheckBox}{\@CheckBox[]}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\PushButton{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\@PushButton}{\@PushButton[]}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Gauge{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\@Gauge}{\@Gauge[]}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Submit{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\@Submit}{\@Submit[]}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Reset{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\@Reset}{\@Reset[]}%
+}
+\def\LayoutTextField#1#2{% label, field
+  #1 #2%
+}
+\def\LayoutChoiceField#1#2{% label, field
+  #1 #2%
+}
+\def\LayoutCheckField#1#2{% label, field
+  #1 #2%
+}
+\def\LayoutPushButtonField#1{% button
+  #1%
+}
+\def\MakeRadioField#1#2{\vbox to #2{\hbox to #1{\hfill}\vfill}}
+\def\MakeCheckField#1#2{\vbox to #2{\hbox to #1{\hfill}\vfill}}
+\def\MakeTextField#1#2{\vbox to #2{\hbox to #1{\hfill}\vfill}}
+\def\MakeChoiceField#1#2{\vbox to #2{\hbox to #1{\hfill}\vfill}}
+\def\MakeButtonField#1{%
+  \sbox0{%
+    \hskip\Fld@borderwidth bp#1\hskip\Fld@borderwidth bp%
+  }%
+  \@tempdima\ht0
+  \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+  \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+  \ht0\@tempdima
+  \@tempdima\dp0
+  \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+  \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+  \dp0\@tempdima
+  \box0\relax
+}
+\def\DefaultHeightofSubmit{14pt}
+\def\DefaultWidthofSubmit{2cm}
+\def\DefaultHeightofReset{14pt}
+\def\DefaultWidthofReset{2cm}
+\def\DefaultHeightofCheckBox{\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofCheckBox{\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofChoiceMenu{\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofChoiceMenu{\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofText{\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Setup}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@figures
+  \Hy@Info{Hyper figures ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{Hyper figures OFF}
+\fi
+\ifHy@nesting
+  \Hy@Info{Link nesting ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{Link nesting OFF}
+\fi
+\ifHy@hyperindex
+  \Hy@Info{Hyper index ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{Hyper index OFF}
+\fi
+\ifHy@backref
+  \Hy@Info{backreferencing ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{backreferencing OFF}
+\fi
+\ifHy@colorlinks
+  \Hy@Info{Link coloring ON}
+\else
+  \Hy@Info{Link coloring OFF}
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \section{Low-level utility macros}
+% We need unrestricted access to the |#|, |~| and |"| characters, so make
+% them nice macros.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\edef\hyper@hash{\string#}
+\edef\hyper@tilde{\string~}
+\edef\hyper@quote{\string"}
+\let\@currentHref\@empty
+\let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We give the start of document a special label; this is used
+% in backreferencing-by-section, to allow for cites before
+% any sectioning commands. Set up PDF info.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AfterBeginDocument{%
+  \Hy@pdfstringtrue
+  \PDF@SetupDoc
+  \let\PDF@SetupDoc\@empty
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfpagescrop}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfpagemode}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfnonfullscreenpagemode}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfstartview}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfstartpage}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdftoolbar}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfmenubar}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfwindowui}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdffitwindow}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcenterwindow}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfdisplaydoctitle}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfpagelayout}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{baseurl}%
+  \ifHy@texht\else\hyper@anchorstart{Doc-Start}\hyper@anchorend\fi
+  \Hy@pdfstringfalse
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Localized nullifying of package}
+% Sometimes we just don't want the wretched package interfering
+% with us. Define an environment we can put in manually, or include
+% in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything.
+% This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop
+% |hyperref| playing havoc in the front matter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\NoHyper{%
+  \def\hyper@link@[##1]##2##3##4{##4}%
+  \def\hyper@@anchor##1{}%
+  \global\let\hyper@livelink\hyper@link
+  \gdef\hyper@link##1##2##3{##3}%
+  \def\hyper@anchorstart##1{}%
+  \let\hyper@anchorend\@empty
+  \def\hyper@linkstart##1##2{}%
+  \let\hyper@linkend\@empty
+  \def\hyper@linkurl##1##2{##1}%
+  \def\hyper@linkfile##1##2##3{##1}%
+  \let\Hy@backout\@gobble
+}
+\def\stop@hyper{%
+  \def\hyper@link@[##1]##2##3##4{##4}%
+  \let\Hy@backout\@gobble
+  \def\hyper@@anchor##1{}%
+  \def\hyper@link##1##2##3{##3}%
+  \def\hyper@anchorstart##1{}%
+  \let\hyper@anchorend\@empty
+  \def\hyper@linkstart##1##2{}%
+  \let\hyper@linkend\@empty
+  \def\hyper@linkurl##1##2{##1}%
+  \def\hyper@linkfile##1##2##3{##1}%
+}
+\def\endNoHyper{%
+  \global\let\hyper@link\hyper@livelink
+}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Package nohyperref}
+%
+%    This package is introduced by Sebastian Rahtz.
+%
+%    Package nohyperref is a dummy package that defines
+%    some low level and some top-level commands.
+%    It is done for jadetex, which calls hyperref
+%    low-level commands, but it would also be useful with people using
+%    normal hyperref, who really do not want the package loaded at all.
+%
+%    Some low-level commands:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*nohyperref>
+\let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{#3}%
+\let\hyper@anchorstart\@gobble
+\let\hyper@anchorend\@empty
+\let\hyper@linkstart\@gobbletwo
+\let\hyper@linkend\@empty
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{#1}%
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{#1}%
+\let\PDF@SetupDoc\@empty
+\let\PDF@FinishDoc\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Some top-level commands:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\Acrobatmenu\@gobble
+\let\pdfstringdefDisableCommands\@gobbletwo
+\let\texorpdfstring\@firstoftwo
+\let\pdfbookmark\@undefined
+\newcommand\pdfbookmark[3][]{}
+\let\phantomsection\@empty
+\let\hypersetup\@gobble
+\let\hyperbaseurl\@gobble
+\let\href\@gobble
+\let\hyperdef\@gobbletwo
+\let\hyperlink\@gobble
+\let\hypertarget\@gobble
+\def\hyperref{\@ifnextchar[\@gobbleopt{\expandafter\@gobbletwo\@gobble}}
+\long\def\@gobbleopt[#1]{}
+\let\hyperpage\@empty
+%</nohyperref>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{The Mangling Of Aux and Toc Files}
+% Some extra tests so that the hyperref package may be removed or added
+% to a document without having to remove .aux and .toc files
+% (this section is by David Carlisle)
+% All the code is delayed to |\begin{document}|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+\AfterBeginDocument{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First the code to deal with removing the hyperref package from
+% a document.
+%
+% Write some stuff into the aux file so if the next run is done
+% without hyperref, then |\contentsline| and |\newlabel| are defined
+% to cope with the extra arguments.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \if@filesw
+   \ifHy@typexml
+     \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+     \immediate\openout\@mainaux\jobname.aux
+     \immediate\write\@auxout{<relaxxml>\relax}%
+   \fi
+   \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \string\ifx\string\hyper@anchor\string\@undefined^^J%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \global\let\string\oldcontentsline\string\contentsline^^J%
+        \gdef\string\contentsline%
+          \string#1\string#2\string#3\string#4{%
+          \string\oldcontentsline%
+            {\string#1}{\string#2}{\string#3}}^^J%
+        \global\let\string\oldnewlabel\string\newlabel^^J%
+        \gdef\string\newlabel\string#1\string#2{%
+           \string\newlabelxx{\string#1}\string#2}^^J%
+        \gdef\string\newlabelxx%
+           \string#1\string#2\string#3\string#4\string#5\string#6{%
+           \string\oldnewlabel{\string#1}{{\string#2}{\string#3}}}^^J%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% But the new aux file will be read again at the end, with the normal
+% definitions expected, so better put things back as they were.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \string\AtEndDocument{%
+          \let\string\contentsline\string\oldcontentsline^^J%
+          \let\string\newlabel\string\oldnewlabel}^^J%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the document is being run with hyperref put this definition
+% into the aux file, so we can spot it on the next run.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \string\else^^J%
+        \global\let\string\hyper@last\relax^^J%
+      \string\fi^^J%
+    }%
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now the code to deal with adding the hyperref package to a document
+% with aux and toc written the standard way.
+%
+% If hyperref was used last time, do nothing. If it was not used,
+% or an old version of hyperref was used, don't use that TOC at all
+% but generate a warning. Not ideal, but better than failing
+% with pre-5.0 hyperref TOCs.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifx\hyper@last\@undefined
+    \def\@starttoc#1{%
+      \begingroup
+        \makeatletter
+        \IfFileExists{\jobname.#1}{%
+          \Hy@WarningNoLine{%
+            old #1 file detected, not used; run LaTeX again%
+          }%
+        }{}%
+        \if@filesw
+          \expandafter\newwrite\csname tf@#1\endcsname
+          \immediate\openout\csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax
+        \fi
+        \@nobreakfalse
+      \endgroup
+    }%
+    \def\newlabel#1#2{\@newl@bel r{#1}{#2{}{}{}{}}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Title strings}
+%
+%    If options |pdftitle| and |pdfauthor| are not used,
+%    these informations for the pdf information dictionary
+%    can be extracted by the \title and \author.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@usetitle
+  \let\HyOrg@title\title
+  \let\HyOrg@author\author
+  \def\title{\@ifnextchar[{\Hy@scanopttitle}{\Hy@scantitle}}%
+  \def\Hy@scanopttitle[#1]{%
+    \gdef\Hy@title{#1}%
+    \HyOrg@title[{#1}]%
+  }%
+  \def\Hy@scantitle#1{%
+    \gdef\Hy@title{#1}%
+    \HyOrg@title{#1}%
+  }
+  \def\author{\@ifnextchar[{\Hy@scanoptauthor}{\Hy@scanauthor}}%
+  \def\Hy@scanoptauthor[#1]{%
+    \gdef\Hy@author{#1}%
+    \HyOrg@author[{#1}]%
+  }%
+  \def\Hy@scanauthor#1{%
+    \gdef\Hy@author{#1}%
+    \HyOrg@author{#1}%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    The case, that \title, or \author are given before
+%    hyperref is loaded, is much more complicate, because
+%    LaTeX initializes the macros \@title and \@author with
+%    LaTeX error and warning messages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \begingroup
+    \def\process@me#1\@nil#2{%
+      \expandafter\let\expandafter\x\csname @#2\endcsname
+      \edef\y{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\x}%
+      \def\c##1#1##2\@nil{%
+        \ifx\\##1\\%
+        \else
+         \expandafter\gdef\csname Hy@#2\expandafter\endcsname
+              \expandafter{\x}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \expandafter\c\y\relax#1\@nil
+    }%
+    \expandafter\process@me\string\@latex@\@nil{title}%
+    \expandafter\process@me\string\@latex@\@nil{author}%
+  \endgroup
+\fi
+\Hy@DisableOption{pdfusetitle}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Macro |\Hy@UseMaketitleInfos| is used in the driver files,
+%    before the information entries are used.
+%
+%    The newline macro |\newline| or |\\| is much more
+%    complicate. In the title a good replacement can be
+%    a space, but can be already a space after |\\| in
+%    the title string. So this space is removed by
+%    scanning for the next non-empty argument.
+%
+%    In the macro |\author| the newline can perhaps
+%    separate the different authors, so the newline
+%    expands here to a comma with space.
+%
+%    The possible arguments such as space or the optional
+%    argument after the newline macros are not detected.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@UseMaketitleString#1{%
+  \@ifundefined{Hy@#1}{}{%
+    \begingroup
+      \let\Hy@saved@hook\pdfstringdefPreHook
+      \pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+        \expandafter\let\expandafter\\\csname Hy@newline@#1\endcsname
+        \let\newline\\%
+      }%
+      \expandafter\ifx\csname @pdf#1\endcsname\@empty
+        \expandafter\pdfstringdef\csname @pdf#1\endcsname{%
+          \csname Hy@#1\endcsname\@empty
+        }%
+      \fi
+      \global\let\pdfstringdefPreHook\Hy@saved@hook
+    \endgroup
+  }%
+}
+\def\Hy@newline@title#1{ #1}
+\def\Hy@newline@author#1{, #1}
+\def\Hy@UseMaketitleInfos{%
+  \Hy@UseMaketitleString{title}%
+  \Hy@UseMaketitleString{author}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Page numbers}
+%    This stuff is done by Heiko Oberdiek.
+%
+% \subsection{PDF /PageLabels}
+%    Internal macros of this module are marked with |\HyPL@|.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@pagelabels
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\thispdfpagelabel}
+%    The command \cmd{\thispdfpagelabel} allows to label a special
+%    page without the redefinition of \cmd{\thepage} for the page.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\thispdfpagelabel#1{%
+    \gdef\HyPL@thisLabel{#1}%
+  }
+  \global\let\HyPL@thisLabel\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@Labels}
+%    The page labels are collected in \cmd{\HyPL@Labels} and
+%    set at the end of the document.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@Labels{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@abspage}
+%    We have to know the the absolute page number and introduce
+%    a new counter for that.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \newcount\Hy@abspage
+  \Hy@abspage=0
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    For comparisons with the values of the previous page, some
+%    variables are needed:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@LastType{init}%
+  \def\HyPL@LastNumber{0}%
+  \def\HyPL@LastPrefix{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Definitions for the PDF names of the \LaTeX{} pendents.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@arabic{D}%
+  \def\HyPL@Roman{R}%
+  \def\HyPL@roman{r}%
+  \def\HyPL@Alph{A}%
+  \def\HyPL@alph{a}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@EveryPage}
+%    If a page is shipout and the page number is known,
+%    \cmd{\HyPL@EveryPage} has to be called. It stores the
+%    current page label.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@EveryPage{%
+    \begingroup
+      \ifx\HyPL@thisLabel\relax
+        \let\HyPL@page\thepage
+      \else
+        \let\HyPL@page\HyPL@thisLabel
+        \global\let\HyPL@thisLabel\relax
+      \fi
+      \let\HyPL@Type\relax
+      \ifnum\the\c@page>0
+        \expandafter\HyPL@CheckThePage\HyPL@page\@nil
+      \fi
+      \let\Hy@temp Y%
+      \ifx\HyPL@Type\HyPL@LastType
+      \else
+        \let\Hy@temp N%
+      \fi
+      \ifx\HyPL@Type\relax
+         \pdfstringdef\HyPL@Prefix{\HyPL@page}%
+      \else
+         \pdfstringdef\HyPL@Prefix\HyPL@Prefix
+      \fi
+      \ifx\HyPL@Prefix\HyPL@LastPrefix
+      \else
+        \let\Hy@temp N%
+      \fi
+      \if Y\Hy@temp
+        \advance\c@page by -1
+        \ifnum\HyPL@LastNumber=\the\c@page\relax
+        \else
+          \let\Hy@temp N%
+        \fi
+        \Hy@StepCount\c@page
+      \fi
+      \if N\Hy@temp
+        \ifx\HyPL@Type\relax
+          \HyPL@StorePageLabel{/P (\HyPL@Prefix)}%
+        \else
+          \HyPL@StorePageLabel{%
+            \ifx\HyPL@Prefix\@empty
+            \else
+              /P (\HyPL@Prefix)
+            \fi
+            /S /\csname HyPL\HyPL@Type\endcsname
+            \ifnum\the\c@page=1
+            \else
+              \space/St \the\c@page
+            \fi
+          }%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+      \xdef\HyPL@LastNumber{\the\c@page}%
+      \global\let\HyPL@LastType\HyPL@Type
+      \global\let\HyPL@LastPrefix\HyPL@Prefix
+    \endgroup
+    \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@abspage
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@CheckThePage}
+%    Macro \cmd{\HyPL@CheckThePage} calls \cmd{\HyPL@@CheckThePage}
+%    that does the job.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@CheckThePage#1\@nil{%
+    \HyPL@@CheckThePage{#1}#1\csname\endcsname\c@page\@nil
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@@CheckThePage}
+%    The first check is, is \cmd{\thepage} is defined
+%    such as in \LaTeX, e.\,g.: |\csname @arabic\endcsname\c@page|.
+%    In the current implemenation the check fails, if there is
+%    another \cmd{\csname} before.
+%
+%    The second check tries to detect |\arabic{page}| at the
+%    end of the definition text of \cmd{\thepage}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@@CheckThePage#1#2\csname#3\endcsname\c@page#4\@nil{%
+    \def\Hy@tempa{#4}%
+    \def\Hy@tempb{\csname\endcsname\c@page}%
+    \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@tempb
+      \expandafter\ifx\csname HyPL#3\endcsname\relax
+      \else
+        \def\HyPL@Type{#3}%
+        \def\HyPL@Prefix{#2}%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \begingroup
+        \let\Hy@next\endgroup
+        \let\HyPL@found\@undefined
+        \def\arabic{\HyPL@Format{arabic}}%
+        \def\Roman{\HyPL@Format{Roman}}%
+        \def\roman{\HyPL@Format{roman}}%
+        \def\Alph{\HyPL@Format{Alph}}%
+        \def\alph{\HyPL@Format{alph}}%
+        \protected@edef\Hy@temp{#1}%
+        \ifx\HyPL@found\relax
+          \toks@\expandafter{\Hy@temp}%
+          \edef\Hy@next{\endgroup
+            \noexpand\HyPL@@@CheckThePage\the\toks@
+               \noexpand\HyPL@found\relax\noexpand\@nil
+          }%
+        \fi
+      \Hy@next
+    \fi
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@Format}
+%    The help macro \cmd{\HyPL@Format} is executed while
+%    a \cmd{\protected@edef} in the second check
+%    method of \cmd{\HyPL@@CheckPage}.
+%    The first occurences of, for example, |\arabic{page}| is
+%    marked by \cmd{\HyPL@found} that is also defined by
+%    \cmd{\csname}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@Format#1#2{%
+    \ifx\HyPL@found\@undefined
+      \expandafter\ifx\csname c@#2\endcsname\c@page
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname HyPL@found\endcsname{#1}%
+      \else
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname{#2}%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname{#2}%
+    \fi
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@@@CheckThePage}
+%    If the second check method is successful,
+%    \cmd{\HyPL@@@CheckThePage} scans the result of
+%    \cmd{\HyPL@Format} and stores the found values.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@@@CheckThePage#1\HyPL@found#2#3\@nil{%
+    \def\Hy@tempa{#3}%
+    \def\Hy@tempb{\HyPL@found\relax}%
+    \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@tempb
+      \def\HyPL@Type{@#2}%
+      \def\HyPL@Prefix{#1}%
+    \fi
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@StorePageLabel}
+%    Dummy for drivers that does not support /PageLabel.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \providecommand*{\HyPL@StorePageLabel}[1]{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%   \begin{macro}{\HyPL@Useless}
+%   The |/PageLabels| entry does not make sense,
+%   if the absolute page numbers and the page labels are the
+%   same. Then \cmd{\HyPL@Labels} has the meaning of \cmd{\HyPL@Useless}.
+%   \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@Useless{0 << /S /D >> }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@SetPageLabels}
+%    The page labels are written to the PDF cataloge.
+%    The command \cmd{\Hy@PutCatalog} is defined in the
+%    driver files.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@SetPageLabels{%
+    \ifx\HyPL@Labels\@empty
+    \else
+      \ifx\HyPL@Labels\HyPL@Useless
+      \else
+        \Hy@PutCatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\HyPL@Labels] >>}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  }
+%   \end{macrocode}
+%   \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@EveryPage}
+%    Without option `pdfpagelabels' we need a dummy for
+%    \cmd{\HyPL@EveryPage}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\else
+  \let\HyPL@EveryPage\@empty
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    Option `pdfpagelabels' has been used and is now disabled.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Hy@DisableOption{pdfpagelabels}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{pdfTeX and VTeX}
+%
+%    Because of pdfTeX's \cmd{\pdfcatalog} command
+%    the /PageLabels entry can set at end of document
+%    in the first run.
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@PutCatalog}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<pdftex>\let\Hy@PutCatalog\pdfcatalog
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    The code for VTeX is more complicate, because it does
+%    not allow the direct access to the /Catalog object.
+%    The command scans its argument and looks
+%    for a /PageLabels entry.
+%
+%    VTeX 6.59g is the first version, that
+%    implements \verb|\special{!pdfpagelabels...}|.
+%    For this version \cmd{\VTeXversion} reports 660.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*vtex>
+\edef\Hy@VTeXversion{%
+  \ifx\VTeXversion\@undefined
+    \z@
+  \else
+    \ifx\VTeXversion\relax
+      \z@
+    \else
+      \VTeXversion
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\begingroup
+  \ifnum\Hy@VTeXversion<660 %
+    \gdef\Hy@PutCatalog#1{%
+      \Hy@WarningNoLine{%
+        VTeX 6.59g or above required for pdfpagelabels%
+      }%
+    }
+  \else
+    \gdef\Hy@PutCatalog#1{%
+      \Hy@vt@PutCatalog#1/PageLabels <<>>\@nil
+    }
+    \gdef\Hy@vt@PutCatalog#1/PageLabels <<#2>>#3\@nil{%
+      \ifx\\#2\\%
+      \else
+        \immediate\special{!pdfpagelabels #2}%
+      \fi
+    }
+  \fi
+\endgroup
+%</vtex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pdftex|vtex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@StorePageLabel}
+%    This macro adds the entry |#1| to \cmd{\HyPL@Labels}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@pagelabels
+  \def\HyPL@StorePageLabel#1{%
+    \toks@\expandafter{\HyPL@Labels}%
+    \xdef\HyPL@Labels{%
+      \the\toks@
+      \the\Hy@abspage\space<< #1 >> %
+    }%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    At the end of the document, \cmd{\clearpage} tries
+%    to make sure, that no further pages will follow.
+%    Then the PDF catalog entry for |\PageLabels| is set.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \AtEndDocument{\clearpage\HyPL@SetPageLabels}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+%</pdftex|vtex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{pdfmarkbase, dvipdfm}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@PutCatalog}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<dvipdfm>\def\Hy@PutCatalog#1{\@pdfm@mark{docview << #1 >>}}
+%<*pdfmarkbase>
+\def\Hy@PutCatalog#1{%
+  \pdfmark{pdfmark=/PUT,Raw={\string{Catalog\string} << #1 >>}}%
+}
+%</pdfmarkbase>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pdfmarkbase|dvipdfm>
+\ifHy@pagelabels
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@StorePageLabel}
+%    This macro writes a string to the .aux file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@StorePageLabel#1{%
+    \if@filesw
+      \begingroup
+        \edef\Hy@tempa{\the\Hy@abspage\space<< #1 >> }%
+        \immediate\write\@mainaux{%
+          \string\HyPL@Entry{\Hy@tempa}%
+        }%
+      \endgroup
+    \fi
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    Write a dummy definition of \cmd{\HyPL@Entry} for the case,
+%    that the next run is done without hyperref.
+%    A marker for the rerun warning is set and the /PageLabels
+%    is written.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \AfterBeginDocument{%
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\write\@mainaux{%
+        \string\providecommand\string*\string\HyPL@Entry[1]{}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \ifx\HyPL@Labels\@empty
+      \Hy@WarningNoLine{Rerun to get /PageLabels entry}%
+    \else
+      \HyPL@SetPageLabels
+    \fi
+    \let\HyPL@Entry\@gobble
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\HyPL@Entry}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\HyPL@Entry#1{%
+    \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\HyPL@Labels\expandafter{%
+      \HyPL@Labels
+      #1%
+    }%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+%</pdfmarkbase|dvipdfm>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\MaybeStopEarly
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Automated \LaTeX\ hypertext cross-references}\label{latexxref}
+% Anything which can be referenced advances some counter; we overload
+% this to put in a hypertext starting point (with no visible anchor),
+% and make a note of that for later use in |\label|.
+% This will fail badly if |\theH<name>|
+% does not expand to a sensible reference. This means that classes
+% or package which introduce new elements need to define
+% an equivalent  |\theH<name>|  for every  |\the<name>|. We do make
+% a trap to make |\theH<name>| be the same as |\arabic{<name>}|,
+% if |\theH<name>| is not defined, but this is not necessarily a good idea.
+% Alternatively, the `naturalnames' option uses whatever \LaTeX\
+% provides, which may be useable. But then its up to you to make
+% sure these are legal PDF and HTML names. The `hypertexnames=false' option
+% just makes up arbitrary names.
+%
+% All the shenanigans is to make sure section numbers etc
+% are always arabic, separated by dots. Who knows how people
+% will set up |\@currentlabel|? If they put spaces in, or brackets
+% (quite legal) then the hypertext processors will get upset.
+%
+% But this is flaky, and open to abuse. Styles like
+% |subeqn| will mess it up, for starters. Appendices are an issue, too.
+% We just hope to cover most situations. We can at least cope
+% with the standard sectioning structure, allowing for |\part|
+% and |\chapter|.
+%
+% Start with a fallback for equations
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\theHequation{\theHsection.\arabic{equation}}
+\@ifundefined{thepart}{}{\newcommand\theHpart{\arabic{part}}}
+\@ifundefined{thechapter}{%
+  \newcommand\theHsection    {\arabic{section}}
+  \newcommand\theHfigure     {\arabic{figure}}
+  \newcommand\theHtable      {\arabic{table}}
+}{%
+  \newcommand\theHchapter    {\arabic{chapter}}
+  \newcommand\theHfigure     {\theHchapter.\arabic{figure}}
+  \newcommand\theHtable      {\theHchapter.\arabic{table}}
+  \newcommand\theHsection    {\theHchapter.\arabic{section}}
+}
+\newcommand\theHsubsection   {\theHsection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\newcommand\theHsubsubsection{\theHsubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\newcommand\theHparagraph    {\theHsubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\newcommand\theHsubparagraph {\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+\newcommand\theHtheorem      {\theHsection.\arabic{theorem}}
+\newcommand\theHthm          {\theHsection.\arabic{thm}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Thanks to Greta Meyer (gbd@pop.cwru.edu) for making me realize
+% that enumeration starts at 0 for every list! But |\item|
+% occurs inside |\trivlist|, so check if its a real |\item| before
+% incrementing counters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\H@item\item
+\newcounter{Item}
+\def\theHItem{\arabic{Item}}
+\def\item{%
+  \@hyper@itemfalse
+  \if@nmbrlist\@hyper@itemtrue\fi
+  \H@item
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\theHenumi     {\theHItem}
+\newcommand\theHenumii    {\theHItem}
+\newcommand\theHenumiii   {\theHItem}
+\newcommand\theHenumiv    {\theHItem}
+\newcommand\theHHfootnote {\arabic{Hfootnote}}
+\newcommand\theHmpfootnote{\arabic{mpfootnote}}
+\let\theHHmpfootnote\theHHfootnote
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Tanmoy asked for this default handling of undefined |\theH<name>|
+% situations. It really isn't clear what would be ideal, whether to
+% turn off hyperizing of unknown elements, to pick up the textual
+% definition of the counter, or to default it to something like
+% |\arabic{name}|. We take the latter course, slightly worriedly.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\H@refstepcounter\refstepcounter
+\edef\name@of@eq{equation}%
+\edef\name@of@slide{slide}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We do not want the handler for |\refstepcounter| to cut in
+% during the processing of |\item| (we handle that separately),
+% so we provide a bypass conditional.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if@hyper@item
+\newif\if@skiphyperref
+\@hyper@itemfalse
+\@skiphyperreffalse
+\def\refstepcounter#1{%
+  \H@refstepcounter{#1}%
+  \edef\This@name{#1}%
+  \ifx\This@name\name@of@slide
+  \else
+    \if@skiphyperref
+    \else
+      \if@hyper@item
+        \stepcounter{Item}%
+        \hyper@refstepcounter{Item}%
+      \else
+        \hyper@refstepcounter{#1}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% AMS\LaTeX\ processes all equations twice; we want to make sure
+% that the hyper stuff is not executed twice, so we use the AMS
+% |\ifmeasuring@|, initialized if AMS math is not used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{}{\newif\ifmeasuring@\measuring@false}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\hyper@refstepcounter}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@refstepcounter#1{%
+  \edef\This@name{#1}%
+  \ifx\This@name\name@of@eq
+    \make@stripped@name{\theequation}%
+    \let\theHequation\newname
+  \fi
+  \@ifundefined{theH#1}{%
+    \expandafter\def\csname theH#1\endcsname{\arabic{#1}}%
+  }{}%
+  \hyper@makecurrent{#1}%
+  \ifmeasuring@
+  \else
+    \Hy@raisedlink{%
+      \hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    After \cmd{\appendix} ``chapter'' should be replaced
+%    by ``appendix'' to get \cmd{\autoref} work.
+%    Macro \cmd{\Hy@chapapp} contains the current valid
+%    name like \cmd{\@chapapp}, which cannot be used,
+%    because this string depends on the current language.
+%
+%    The ``french'' package defines counter \cmd{\thechapter}
+%    by \cmd{\newcounter{chapter}}, if \cmd{\@ifundefined{chapter}}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@chapterstring{chapter}
+\def\Hy@appendixstring{appendix}
+\def\Hy@chapapp{\Hy@chapterstring}
+\let\HyOrg@appendix\appendix
+\def\appendix{%
+  \@ifundefined{chapter}%
+    {\gdef\theHsection{\Alph{section}}}%
+    {\gdef\theHchapter{\Alph{chapter}}}%
+  \xdef\Hy@chapapp{\Hy@appendixstring}%
+  \HyOrg@appendix
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\hyper@makecurrent}
+% Because of Babel mucking around, nullify |\textlatin| when making names.
+% And |\@number| because of babel's lrbabel.def.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@makecurrent#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \edef\Hy@param{#1}%
+    \ifx\Hy@param\Hy@chapterstring
+      \let\Hy@param\Hy@chapapp
+    \fi
+    \ifHy@hypertexnames
+      \let\@number\@firstofone
+      \ifHy@naturalnames
+        \let\textlatin\@firstofone
+        \xdef\@currentHlabel{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+      \else
+        \xdef\@currentHlabel{\csname theH#1\endcsname}%
+      \fi
+      \xdef\@currentHref{%
+        \Hy@param.\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@currentHlabel
+      }%
+    \else
+      \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+      \xdef\@currentHref{\Hy@param.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+    \fi
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{fancyvrb}{%
+  \def\FV@StepLineNo{%
+    \FV@SetLineNo
+    \def\FV@StepLineNo{\H@refstepcounter{FancyVerbLine}}%
+    \FV@StepLineNo
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Package lastpage support}
+%    Package lastpage directly writes the |\newlabel| command to the
+%    aux file. Because package hyperref requires additional arguments,
+%    the internal command |\lastpage@putlabel| is redefined.
+%    The patch is deferred by |\AtBeginDocument|, because it is possible
+%    that package lastpage is loaded after package hyperref.
+%    The same algorithm (options hypertexnames and plainpages)
+%    is used to get the page anchor name as
+%    in |\@hyperfixhead| (see sec. \ref{pagenum}).
+%    The link will not work if option pageanchor is set to false.
+%    \begin{macro}{\lastpage@putlabel}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \@ifpackageloaded{lastpage}{%
+    \ifHy@pageanchor
+    \else
+      \Hy@WarningNoLine{%
+        The \string\pageref{LastPage} link doesn't work\MessageBreak
+        with disabled option `pageanchor'%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \def\lastpage@putlabel{%
+      \addtocounter{page}{-1}%
+      \if@filesw
+        \begingroup
+          \let\@number\@firstofone
+          \ifHy@pageanchor
+            \ifHy@hypertexnames
+              \ifHy@plainpages
+                \def\Hy@temp{\arabic{page}}%
+              \else
+                \let\textlatin\@firstofone
+                \edef\Hy@temp{\thepage}%
+              \fi
+            \else
+              \def\Hy@temp{\the\Hy@pagecounter}%
+            \fi
+          \fi
+          \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+            \string\newlabel
+              {LastPage}{{}{\thepage}{}{%
+                \ifHy@pageanchor page.\Hy@temp\fi}{}}%
+          }%
+        \endgroup
+      \fi
+      \addtocounter{page}{1}%
+    }%
+  }{}%
+}
+%</package>
+%<*check>
+\checkpackage{lastpage}[1994/06/25]
+\checkcommand\def\lastpage@putlabel{%
+  \addtocounter{page}{-1}%
+  \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+    \string\newlabel{LastPage}{{}{\thepage}}%
+  }%
+  \addtocounter{page}{1}%
+}
+%</check>
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Package ifthen support}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\hypergetpageref}
+%    Package ifthen's \cmd{\isodd} does not work with
+%    \cmd{\pageref} because of the extra link and the
+%    star form. Therefore we need an expandable variant:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\hypergetpageref}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\Hy@getpageref\csname r@#1\endcsname{#1}%
+}
+\def\Hy@getpageref#1#2{%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+    0%
+    \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
+    \@latex@warning{Reference `#2' on page \thepage\space
+      undefined%
+    }%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\Hy@GetSecondArg#1\@nil
+  \fi
+}
+\long\def\Hy@GetSecondArg#1#2#3\@nil{#2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\hypergetref}
+%    The corresponding macro of \cmd{\hypergetpageref} is
+%    \cmd{\hypergetref}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\hypergetref}[1]{%
+  \expandafter\Hy@getref\csname r@#1\endcsname{#1}%
+}
+\def\Hy@getref#1#2{%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+    ??%
+    \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
+    \@latex@warning{Reference `#2' on page \thepage\space
+      undefined%
+    }%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@car#1\@nil
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@TE@begingroup}
+%    Unfortunately there is no hook in \cmd{\ifthenelse} in order
+%    to provide expandable versions without link of \cmd{\ref}
+%    and \cmd{\pageref}. As possible target I could only find
+%    \cmd{\begingroup}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{ifthen}{%
+  \let\HyOrg@ifthenelse\ifthenelse
+  \def\ifthenelse{%
+    \let\begingroup\Hy@TE@begingroup
+    \HyOrg@ifthenelse
+  }%
+  \let\HyOrg@begingroup\begingroup
+  \def\Hy@TE@begingroup{%
+    \let\begingroup\HyOrg@begingroup
+    \begingroup
+    \let\ref\hypergetref
+    \let\pageref\hypergetpageref
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Package titlesec and titletoc support}
+%
+%    This code is contributed by Javier Bezos
+%    (Email: \Email{jbezos@arrakis.es}).
+%
+%    Package titlesec support:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{titlesec}{%
+  \def\ttl@Hy@steplink#1{%
+    \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+    \xdef\@currentHref{#1*.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+    \def\ttl@Hy@saveanchor{%
+      \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \def\ttl@Hy@refstepcounter#1{%
+    \let\ttl@b\Hy@raisedlink
+    \def\Hy@raisedlink##1{\def\ttl@Hy@saveanchor{\Hy@raisedlink{##1}}}%
+    \refstepcounter{#1}%
+    \let\Hy@raisedlink\ttl@b
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Package titletoc support:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{titletoc}{%
+  \def\ttl@gobblecontents#1#2#3#4{\ignorespaces}%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Package varioref support}
+%
+%    Package nameref uses five arguments for the ref system.
+%    Fix provided by Felix Neubauer (\Email{felix.neubauer@gmx.net}).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{varioref}{%
+  \def\vref@pagenum#1#2{%
+    \@ifundefined{r@#2}{%
+      \@namedef{r@#2}{{??}{??}{}{}{}}%
+    }{}%
+    \edef#1{\hypergetpageref{#2}}%
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Package longtable support}
+%
+%    Sometimes the anchor of the longtable goes to the previous
+%    page. Thus the following patch separates the anchor setting
+%    and counter incrementation by hyperref's \verb|\refstepcounter|
+%    and the anchor setting is moved after \verb|\vskip\LTpre|.
+%
+%    Patch of \cmd{\LT@array}:
+%    replace \cmd{\refstepcounter} by the original
+%    \cmd{\H@refstepcounter} without anchor generation
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{longtable}{%
+  \begingroup
+    \def\y{\LT@array}%
+    \@ifundefined{scr@LT@array}{}{\def\y{\scr@LT@array}}%
+    \long\def\x\refstepcounter#1#2\@sharp#3#4\@nil{%
+      \expandafter\endgroup
+      \expandafter\def\y[##1]##2{%
+        \H@refstepcounter{#1}%
+        \hyper@makecurrent{table}%
+        #2\@sharp#####4%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\x\y[#1]{#2}\@nil
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Patch of \cmd{\LT@start}:
+%    add anchor before first line after \verb|\vskip\LTpre|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \begingroup
+    \def\x#1\ifvoid\LT@firsthead\copy#2\@nil{%
+      \endgroup
+      \def\LT@start{%
+        #1%
+        \hyper@refstepcounter{table}%
+        \ifvoid\LT@firsthead\copy
+        #2%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \expandafter\x\LT@start\@nil
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Equations}\label{equations}
+% We want to  make the whole equation a target anchor.
+% Overload equation, temporarily reverting to original
+% |\refstepcounter|. If, however, it is in AMS math, we do not
+% do anything, as the tag mechanism is used there (see section \ref{ams}).
+% The execption is that we move the equation incrementation inside
+% the math environment to avoid specials outside and a wrong vertical
+% spacing of equation environments.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\new@refstepcounter\refstepcounter
+\let\H@equation\equation
+\let\H@endequation\endequation
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{%
+  \long\def\Hy@temp{%
+    \incr@eqnum
+    \mathdisplay@push
+    \st@rredfalse \global\@eqnswtrue
+    \mathdisplay{equation}%
+  }%
+  \ifx\Hy@temp\equation
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname if@fleqn\expandafter\endcsname
+                    \csname iftrue\endcsname
+    \else
+      \long\def\equation{%
+        \mathdisplay@push
+        \st@rredfalse \global\@eqnswtrue
+        \mathdisplay{equation}%
+        \incr@eqnum
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}{%
+  \def\equation{%
+    \let\refstepcounter\H@refstepcounter
+    \H@equation
+    \make@stripped@name{\theequation}%
+    \let\theHequation\newname
+    \hyper@makecurrent{equation}%
+    \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}}%
+    \let\refstepcounter\new@refstepcounter
+  }%
+  \def\endequation{\Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorend}\H@endequation}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% My goodness, why can't \LaTeX{} be consistent? Why is |\eqnarray|
+% set up differently from other objects?
+%
+% People (you know who you are, Thomas Beuth) sometimes make
+% an eqnarray where \emph{all} the lines end with  |\notag|,
+% so there is no suitable anchor at all. In this case, pass by
+% on the other side.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if@eqnstar
+\@eqnstarfalse
+\let\H@eqnarray\eqnarray
+\let\H@endeqnarray\endeqnarray
+\def\eqnarray{%
+  \let\Hy@reserved@a\relax
+  \def\@currentHref{}%
+  \H@eqnarray
+  \if@eqnstar
+  \else
+    \ifx\\\@currentHref\\%
+    \else
+      \make@stripped@name{\theequation}%
+      \let\theHequation\newname
+      \hyper@makecurrent{equation}%
+      \hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}{}\hyper@anchorend
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\def\endeqnarray{%
+  \H@endeqnarray
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This is quite heavy-handed, but it works for now. If its an |eqnarray*|
+% we need to disable the hyperref actions. There may well be a cleaner
+% way to trap this. Bill Moss found this.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@namedef{eqnarray*}{%
+  \def\@eqncr{\nonumber\@seqncr}\@eqnstartrue\eqnarray
+}
+\@namedef{endeqnarray*}{%
+  \nonumber\endeqnarray\@eqnstarfalse
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Then again, we have the \emph{subeqnarray}
+% package. Tanmoy provided some code for this:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{subeqnarray}{}{%
+  \let\H@subeqnarray\subeqnarray
+  \let\H@endsubeqnarray\endsubeqnarray
+  \def\subeqnarray{%
+    \let\Hy@reserved@a\relax
+    \H@subeqnarray
+    \make@stripped@name{\theequation}%
+    \let\theHequation\newname
+    \hyper@makecurrent{equation}%
+    \hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}{}\hyper@anchorend
+  }%
+  \def\endsubeqnarray{%
+    \H@endsubeqnarray
+  }%
+  \newcommand\theHsubequation{\theHequation\alph{subequation}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The aim of this macro is to produce a sanitized version of
+% its argument, to make it a safe label.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\make@stripped@name#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \escapechar\m@ne
+    \global\let\newname\@empty
+    \protected@edef\Hy@tempa{#1}%
+    \edef\@tempb{%
+      \noexpand\@tfor\noexpand\Hy@tempa:=%
+        \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@tempa
+    }%
+    \@tempb\do{%
+      \if{\Hy@tempa\else
+        \if}\Hy@tempa\else
+          \xdef\newname{\newname\Hy@tempa}%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Footnotes}\label{footnotes}
+% The footnote mark is a hypertext link, and the text is a target.
+% We separately number the footnotes sequentially through the
+% text, separately from whatever labels the text assigns. Too hard
+% to keep track of markers otherwise. If the raw forms |\footnotemark|
+% and |\footnotetext| are used, force them to use un-hyper original.
+%
+% Tabularx causes footnote problems, disable the linking if that is loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{tabularx}{\Hy@hyperfootnotesfalse}{}
+\ifHy@hyperfootnotes
+  \newcounter{Hfootnote}
+  \let\H@@footnotetext\@footnotetext
+  \let\H@@footnotemark\@footnotemark
+  \def\@xfootnotenext[#1]{%
+    \begingroup
+      \csname c@\@mpfn\endcsname #1\relax
+      \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfn}%
+    \endgroup
+    \ifx\@footnotetext\@mpfootnotetext
+      \expandafter\H@@mpfootnotetext
+    \else
+      \expandafter\H@@footnotetext
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \def\@xfootnotemark[#1]{%
+    \begingroup
+      \c@footnote #1\relax
+      \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\thefootnote}%
+    \endgroup
+    \H@@footnotemark
+  }%
+  \let\H@@mpfootnotetext\@mpfootnotetext
+  \long\def\@mpfootnotetext#1{%
+    \H@@mpfootnotetext{%
+      \ifHy@nesting
+        \hyper@@anchor{\Hy@footnote@currentHref}{#1}%
+      \else
+        \Hy@raisedlink{%
+          \hyper@@anchor{\Hy@footnote@currentHref}{\relax}%
+        }#1%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  }%
+  \long\def\@footnotetext#1{%
+    \H@@footnotetext{%
+      \ifHy@nesting
+        \hyper@@anchor{\Hy@footnote@currentHref}{#1}%
+      \else
+        \Hy@raisedlink{%
+          \hyper@@anchor{\Hy@footnote@currentHref}{\relax}%
+        }%
+        \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@footnote@currentHlabel
+        \let\@currentHref\Hy@footnote@currentHref
+        \let\@currentlabelname\@empty
+        #1%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Redefine \verb+\@footnotemark+, borrowing its code (at the
+%    cost of getting out of sync with latex.ltx), to take
+%    advantage of its white space and hyphenation fudges. If we just
+%    overload it, we can get variant documents (the word before the
+%    footnote is treated differently). Thanks to David Carlisle and
+%    Brian Ripley for confusing and helping me on this.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@footnotemark{%
+    \leavevmode
+    \ifhmode\edef\@x@sf{\the\spacefactor}\nobreak\fi
+    \stepcounter{Hfootnote}%
+    \global\let\Hy@saved@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel
+    \global\let\Hy@saved@currentHref\@currentHref
+    \hyper@makecurrent{Hfootnote}%
+    \global\let\Hy@footnote@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel
+    \global\let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\@currentHref
+    \global\let\@currentHlabel\Hy@saved@currentHlabel
+    \global\let\@currentHref\Hy@saved@currentHref
+    \hyper@linkstart{link}{\Hy@footnote@currentHref}%
+    \@makefnmark
+    \hyper@linkend
+    \ifhmode\spacefactor\@x@sf\fi
+    \relax
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Support for footnotes in p columns of longtable.
+%    Here \verb+\footnote+ commands are splitted into
+%    \verb+\footnotemark+ and a call of \verb+\footnotetext+
+%    with the optional argument, that is not supported
+%    by hyperref. The result is a link by \verb+\footnotemark+
+%    without valid anchor.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \@ifpackageloaded{longtable}{%
+    \CheckCommand*{\LT@p@ftntext}[1]{%
+      \edef\@tempa{%
+        \the\LT@p@ftn
+        \noexpand\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]%
+      }%
+      \global\LT@p@ftn\expandafter{\@tempa{#1}}%
+    }%
+    \long\def\LT@p@ftntext#1{%
+      \edef\@tempa{%
+        \the\LT@p@ftn
+        \begingroup
+          \noexpand\c@footnote=\the\c@footnote\relax
+          \noexpand\protected@xdef
+              \noexpand\@thefnmark{\noexpand\thempfn}%
+          \noexpand\protected@xdef\noexpand\@thefnmark{%
+            \noexpand\thempfn
+          }%
+          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand
+          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Hy@LT@footnotetext
+          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+            \expandafter\Hy@footnote@currentHref\expandafter
+          }\expandafter{\Hy@footnote@currentHlabel}%
+      }%
+      \global\LT@p@ftn\expandafter{%
+          \@tempa{#1}%
+        \endgroup
+      }%
+    }%
+    \long\def\Hy@LT@footnotetext#1#2#3{%
+      \H@@footnotetext{%
+        \ifHy@nesting
+          \hyper@@anchor{#1}{#3}%
+        \else
+          \Hy@raisedlink{%
+            \hyper@@anchor{#1}{\relax}%
+          }%
+          \def\@currentHlabel{#2}%
+          \def\@currentHref{#1}%
+          \let\@currentlabelname\@empty
+          #3%
+        \fi
+      }%
+    }%
+  }{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    But the special footnotes
+%    in |\maketitle| are much too hard to deal with
+%    properly. Let them revert to plain behaviour.
+%    The koma classes add an optional argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \let\HyOrg@maketitle\maketitle
+  \def\maketitle{%
+    \let\Hy@saved@footnotemark\@footnotemark
+    \let\Hy@saved@footnotetext\@footnotetext
+    \let\@footnotemark\H@@footnotemark
+    \let\@footnotetext\H@@footnotetext
+    \@ifnextchar[\Hy@maketitle@optarg{% ]
+      \HyOrg@maketitle
+      \Hy@maketitle@end
+    }%
+  }%
+  \def\Hy@maketitle@optarg[#1]{%
+    \HyOrg@maketitle[{#1}]%
+    \Hy@maketitle@end
+  }%
+  \def\Hy@maketitle@end{%
+    \ifx\@footnotemark\H@@footnotemark
+      \let\@footnotemark\Hy@saved@footnotemark
+    \fi
+    \ifx\@footnotetext\H@@footnotetext
+      \let\@footnotetext\Hy@saved@footnotetext
+    \fi
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\realfootnote}
+%    Does anyone remember the function and purpose of \cmd{\realfootnote}?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\realfootnote{%
+    \@ifnextchar[\@xfootnote{%
+      \stepcounter{\@mpfn}%
+      \protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfn}%
+      \H@@footnotemark\H@@footnotetext
+    }%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\fi
+\Hy@DisableOption{hyperfootnotes}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%<*check>
+\checklatex
+\checkcommand\def\@xfootnotenext[#1]{%
+  \begingroup
+    \csname c@\@mpfn\endcsname #1\relax
+    \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfn}%
+  \endgroup
+  \@footnotetext
+}
+\checkcommand\def\@xfootnotemark[#1]{%
+  \begingroup
+    \c@footnote #1\relax
+    \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\thefootnote}%
+  \endgroup
+  \@footnotemark
+}
+\checkcommand\def\@footnotemark{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \ifhmode\edef\@x@sf{\the\spacefactor}\nobreak\fi
+  \@makefnmark
+  \ifhmode\spacefactor\@x@sf\fi
+  \relax
+}
+%</check>
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Float captions}\label{captions}
+% Make the float caption the hypertext anchor; curiously enough,
+% we can't just copy the definition of |\@caption|. Its all to do
+% with expansion. It screws up. Sigh.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption{%
+  \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+    \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+    \expandafter\@gobble
+  \else
+    \H@refstepcounter\@captype
+    \@ifundefined{fst@\@captype}{%
+      \let\Hy@tempa\@caption
+    }{%
+      \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption
+    }%
+    \expandafter\@firstofone
+  \fi
+  {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}%
+}
+\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+  \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+  \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{%
+    \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}%
+  }%
+  \begingroup
+    \@parboxrestore
+    \if@minipage
+      \@setminipage
+    \fi
+    \normalsize
+    \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{%
+      \ignorespaces
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If we cannot have nesting, the anchor is empty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \ifHy@nesting
+        \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}%
+      \else
+        \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3%
+      \fi
+    }%
+    \par
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Compatibility with float.sty: anchor setting at the top
+%    of the float, if the float is controlled by float.sty.
+%    Several \verb|\caption| commands inside one float are
+%    not supported.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\Hy@float@caption\@caption
+\@ifpackageloaded{float}{%
+  \def\Hy@float@caption{%
+    \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+    \float@caption
+  }
+  \let\HyOrg@float@makebox\float@makebox
+  \renewcommand{\float@makebox}[1]{%
+    \HyOrg@float@makebox{%
+      #1\relax
+      \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%<*check>
+\checklatex[1999/06/01 - 2000/06/01]
+\checkcommand\def\caption{%
+  \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+    \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+    \expandafter\@gobble
+  \else
+    \refstepcounter\@captype
+    \expandafter\@firstofone
+  \fi
+  {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}%
+}
+\checkcommand\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+  \par
+  \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+    {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}%
+  \begingroup
+    \@parboxrestore
+    \if@minipage
+      \@setminipage
+    \fi
+    \normalsize
+    \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+  \endgroup
+}
+%</check>
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Bibliographic references}\label{bib}
+% This is not very robust, since many styles redefine these things.
+% The package used to redefine |\@citex| and the like; then we tried
+% adding the hyperref call explicitly into the .aux file.
+% Now we redefine |\bibcite|; this still breaks some citation packages
+% so we have to work around them. But this remains extremely dangerous.
+% Any or all of \emph{achemso}, \emph{chapterbib},
+% and \emph{drftcite} may break.
+%
+% However, lets make an attempt to get \emph{natbib} right, because
+% thats a powerful, important package.
+% Patrick Daly (\Email{daly@linmpi.mpg.de})  has
+% provided hooks for us, so all we need to do is activate them.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@natlinkstart#1{%
+  \Hy@backout{#1}%
+  \hyper@linkstart{cite}{cite.#1}%
+  \def\hyper@nat@current{#1}%
+}
+\def\hyper@natlinkend{%
+  \hyper@linkend
+}
+\def\hyper@natlinkbreak#1#2{%
+  \hyper@linkend#1\hyper@linkstart{cite}{cite.#2}%
+}
+\def\hyper@natanchorstart#1{%
+  \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{cite.#1}}%
+}
+\def\hyper@natanchorend{\hyper@anchorend}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Do not play games if we have natbib support.
+% Macro \@extra@binfo added for chapterbib support.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{NAT@parse}{%
+  \def\bibcite#1#2{%
+    \@newl@bel{b}{#1\@extra@binfo}{\hyper@@link[cite]{}{cite.#1}{#2}}%
+  }%
+  \gdef\@extra@binfo{}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Package |babel| redefines \cmd{\bibcite} with
+%    macro \cmd{\bbl@cite@choice}. It needs to be overwritten
+%    to avoid the warning ``Label(s) may have changed.''.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \let\Hy@bibcite\bibcite
+  \begingroup
+    \@ifundefined{bbl@cite@choice}{}{%
+      \g@addto@macro\bbl@cite@choice{%
+        \let\bibcite\Hy@bibcite
+      }%
+    }%
+  \endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% |\@BIBLABEL| is working around a `feature' of Rev\TeX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \providecommand*{\@BIBLABEL}{\@biblabel}%
+  \def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{%
+    \@skiphyperreftrue
+    \H@item[%
+      \ifx\Hy@raisedlink\@empty
+        \hyper@anchorstart{cite.#2}\@BIBLABEL{#1}\hyper@anchorend
+      \else
+        \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{cite.#2}\hyper@anchorend}%
+        \@BIBLABEL{#1}%
+      \fi
+      \hfill
+    ]%
+    \@skiphyperreffalse
+    \if@filesw
+      \begingroup
+        \let\protect\noexpand
+        \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+          \string\bibcite{#2}{#1}%
+        }%
+      \endgroup
+    \fi
+    \ignorespaces
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Since |\bibitem| is doing its own labelling, call the raw
+% version of |\item|, to avoid extra spurious labels
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@bibitem#1{%
+    \@skiphyperreftrue\H@item\@skiphyperreffalse
+    \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{cite.#1}\relax\hyper@anchorend}%
+    \if@filesw
+      \begingroup
+        \let\protect\noexpand
+        \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+          \string\bibcite{#1}{\the\value{\@listctr}}%
+        }%
+      \endgroup
+    \fi
+    \ignorespaces
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%<*check>
+\checklatex
+\checkcommand\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{%
+  \item[\@biblabel{#1}\hfill]%
+  \if@filesw
+    {%
+      \let\protect\noexpand
+      \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+        \string\bibcite{#2}{#1}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+\checkcommand\def\@bibitem#1{%
+  \item
+  \if@filesw
+    \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+      \string\bibcite{#1}{\the\value{\@listctr}}%
+    }%
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+%</check>
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Revtex (bless its little heart) takes over |\bibcite| and looks
+% at the result to measure something. Make this a hypertext link
+% and it goes ape. Therefore, make an anodyne result first, call
+% its business, then go back to the real thing.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifclassloaded{revtex}{%
+  \Hy@Info{*** compatibility with revtex **** }%
+  \def\revtex@checking#1#2{%
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\T@temp\csname b@#1\endcsname
+    \expandafter\def\csname b@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+    \@SetMaxRnhefLabel{#1}%
+    \expandafter\let\csname b@#1\endcsname\T@temp
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Tanmoy provided this replacement for CITEX. Lord knows what it does.
+% For chapterbib added: \@extra@b@citeb
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \@ifundefined{@CITE}{\def\@CITE{\@cite}}{}%
+  \providecommand*{\@extra@b@citeb}{}%
+  \def\@CITEX[#1]#2{%
+    \let\@citea\@empty
+    \leavevmode
+    \unskip
+    $^{%
+      \scriptstyle
+      \@CITE{%
+        \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%
+          \@citea
+          \def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }%
+          \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
+          \if@filesw
+            \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}%
+          \fi
+          \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb\extra@b@citeb}{%
+            \mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}%
+            \G@refundefinedtrue
+            \@latex@warning{%
+              Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined%
+            }%
+          }{%
+            {\csname b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb\endcsname}%
+          }%
+        }%
+      }{#1}%
+    }$%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% No, life is too short. I am not going to understand the
+% Revtex |\@collapse| macro, I shall
+% just restore the original behaviour of |\@citex|;
+% sigh. This is SO vile.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@citex[#1]#2{%
+    \let\@citea\@empty
+    \@cite{%
+      \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%
+        \@citea
+        \def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }%
+        \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
+        \if@filesw
+          \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}%
+        \fi
+        \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{%
+          \mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}%
+          \G@refundefinedtrue
+          \@latex@warning{%
+            Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined%
+          }%
+        }{%
+          \hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb\endcsname}%
+        }%
+      }%
+    }{#1}%
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Package harvard}
+%
+% Override Peter Williams' Harvard package; we have to
+% a) make each of the citation types into a link; b) make
+% each citation write a backref entry, and c) kick off a backreference
+% section for each bibliography entry.
+%
+% The redefinitions have to be deferred to |\begin{document}|,
+% because if harvard.sty is loaded and html.sty is present and
+% detects pdf\TeX, then hyperref is already loaded at the begin
+% of harvard.sty, and the |\newcommand| macros causes error
+% messages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{harvard}{%
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \Hy@Info{*** compatibility with harvard **** }%
+    \Hy@raiselinksfalse
+    \def\harvardcite#1#2#3#4{%
+      \global\@namedef{HAR@fn@#1}{\hyper@@link[cite]{}{cite.#1}{#2}}%
+      \global\@namedef{HAR@an@#1}{\hyper@@link[cite]{}{cite.#1}{#3}}%
+      \global\@namedef{HAR@yr@#1}{\hyper@@link[cite]{}{cite.#1}{#4}}%
+      \global\@namedef{HAR@df@#1}{\csname HAR@fn@#1\endcsname}%
+    }%
+    \def\HAR@citetoaux#1{%
+      \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#1}}\fi%
+      \ifHy@backref
+        \ifx\@empty\@currentlabel
+        \else
+          \@bsphack
+          \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+            \string\@writefile{brf}{%
+              \string\backcite{#1}{%
+                {\thepage}{\@currentlabel}{\@currentHref}%
+              }%
+            }%
+          }%
+          \@esphack
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    }%
+    \def\harvarditem{%
+      \@ifnextchar[{\@harvarditem}{\@harvarditem[\null]}%
+    }%
+    \def\@harvarditem[#1]#2#3#4#5\par{%
+      \item[]%
+      \hyper@anchorstart{cite.#4}\relax\hyper@anchorend
+      \if@filesw
+        \begingroup
+          \def\protect##1{\string ##1\space}%
+          \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\null}}%
+            {\def\next{{#4}{#2}{#2}{#3}}}%
+            {\def\next{{#4}{#2}{#1}{#3}}}%
+          \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\harvardcite\codeof\next}%
+       \endgroup
+      \fi
+      \protect\hspace*{-\labelwidth}%
+      \protect\hspace*{-\labelsep}%
+      \ignorespaces
+      #5%
+      \ifHy@backref
+        \newblock
+        \backref{\csname br@#4\endcsname}%
+      \fi
+      \par
+    }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\HAR@checkcitations}
+%    Package hyperref has added \cmd{\hyper@@link}, so
+%    the original test \cmd{\HAR@checkcitations} will
+%    fail every time and always will appear the ``Changed
+%    labels'' warning. So we have to redefine
+%    \cmd{\Har@checkcitations}:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \long\def\HAR@checkcitations#1#2#3#4{%
+      \def\HAR@tempa{\hyper@@link[cite]{}{cite.#1}{#2}}%
+      \expandafter\ifx\csname HAR@fn@#1\endcsname\HAR@tempa
+        \def\HAR@tempa{\hyper@@link[cite]{}{cite.#1}{#3}}%
+        \expandafter\ifx\csname HAR@an@#1\endcsname\HAR@tempa
+          \def\HAR@tempa{\hyper@@link[cite]{}{cite.#1}{#4}}%
+          \expandafter\ifx\csname HAR@yr@#1\endcsname\HAR@tempa
+          \else
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi
+        \else
+          \@tempswatrue
+        \fi
+      \else
+        \@tempswatrue
+      \fi
+    }%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Package chicago}
+%    The links by \cmd{\citeN} and \cmd{\shortciteN} should
+%    include the closing parentheses.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{chicago}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\citeN}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\citeN{%
+    \def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
+    \def\@cite##1##2{##1}%
+    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1 (##3\@cite@opt)}%
+    \@citedata@opt
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\shortciteN}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\shortciteN{%
+    \def\@citeseppen{-1000}%
+    \def\@cite##1##2{##1}%
+    \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2 (##3\@cite@opt)}%
+    \@citedata@opt
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\@citedata@opt}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@citedata@opt{%
+    \let\@cite@opt\@empty
+    \@ifnextchar [{%
+      \@tempswatrue
+      \@citedatax@opt
+    }{%
+      \@tempswafalse
+      \@citedatax[]%
+    }%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\@citedatax@opt}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\@citedatax@opt[#1]{%
+    \def\@cite@opt{, #1}%
+    \@citedatax[{#1}]%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Page numbers}\label{pagenum}
+% Give every page an automatic number anchor. This involves, sigh,
+% overloading \LaTeX's output bits and pieces, which must be dangerous.
+% This used to be |\@shipoutsetup|, now |\@begindvi|. We cannot even
+% overload this, as it sets itself to null. SIGH.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@begindvi{%
+  \unvbox \@begindvibox
+  \Hy@begindvi
+  \global\let\@begindvi\Hy@begindvi
+}
+\def\Hy@begindvi{%
+  \ifHy@pageanchor
+    \@hyperfixhead
+  \fi
+  \HyPL@EveryPage
+}
+\def\pagenumbering#1{%
+  \global\c@page \@ne
+  \gdef\thepage{\csname @#1\endcsname\c@page}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This is needed for some unremembered reason\ldots
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\HYPERPAGEANCHOR\hyperpageanchor
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Macro \cmd{\@hyperfixhead} calls \cmd{\hyper@pagetransition}
+%    and \cmd{\hyper@pageduration}. Therefore empty definitions
+%    are provided for drivers that do not define these macros.
+%
+%    The last page should not contain a /Dur key, because there
+%    is no page after the last page. Therefore at the last page
+%    there should be a command |\hypersetup{pdfpageduration={}}|.
+%    This can be set with \cmd{\AtEndDocument}, but it can
+%    be too late, if the last page is already finished, or too
+%    early, if lots of float pages will follow.
+%    Therefore currently nothing is done by hyperref.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\hyper@pagetransition{}
+\providecommand\hyper@pageduration{}
+\providecommand\hyper@pagehidden{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This where we supply a destination for each page. Test to see
+% if there is some sort of header. The test used to be
+% |\expandafter\ifx\expandafter\@empty\H@old@thehead|.
+%    \begin{macro}{\@hyperfixhead}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@hyperfixhead{%
+  \Hy@DistillerDestFix
+  \ifHy@hypertexnames
+    \ifHy@plainpages
+      \gdef\Hy@TempPageAnchor{\hyper@@anchor{page.\the\c@page}}%
+    \else
+      \begingroup
+        \let\@number\@firstofone
+        \let\textlatin\@firstofone
+        \xdef\@the@H@page{\thepage}%
+      \endgroup
+      \gdef\Hy@TempPageAnchor{\hyper@@anchor{page.\@the@H@page}}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@pagecounter
+    \gdef\Hy@TempPageAnchor{\hyper@@anchor{page.\the\Hy@pagecounter}}%
+  \fi
+  \let\H@old@thehead\@thehead
+  \if^\@thehead^%
+    \def\H@old@thehead{\hfil}%
+  \fi
+  \ifHy@texht
+    \def\@thehead{}%
+  \else
+    \ifHy@seminarslides
+      \begingroup
+        \let\leavevmode\relax
+        \Hy@TempPageAnchor\relax
+        \hyper@pagetransition
+        \hyper@pageduration
+        \hyper@pagehidden
+      \endgroup
+    \else
+      \def\@thehead{%
+        \Hy@TempPageAnchor\relax
+        \hyper@pagetransition
+        \hyper@pageduration
+        \hyper@pagehidden
+        \H@old@thehead
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \ifx\PDF@FinishDoc\@empty
+  \else
+    \PDF@FinishDoc
+    \gdef\PDF@FinishDoc{}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%\section{Table of contents}\label{toc}
+% TV Raman noticed that people who add arbitrary material into the TOC
+% generate a bad or null link. We avoid that by checking if the current
+% destination is empty. But if `the most recent destination' is not
+% what you expect, you will be in trouble.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
+  \def\toclevel@part{0}
+\else
+  \def\toclevel@part{-1}
+\fi
+\def\toclevel@chapter{0}
+\def\toclevel@section{1}
+\def\toclevel@subsection{2}
+\def\toclevel@subsubsection{3}
+\def\toclevel@paragraph{4}
+\def\toclevel@subparagraph{5}
+\def\toclevel@figure{0}
+\def\toclevel@table{0}
+\@ifpackageloaded{listings}{%
+  \def\theHlstlisting{\thelstlisting}%
+  \def\toclevel@lstlisting{0}%
+}{}
+\@ifpackageloaded{listing}{%
+  \def\theHlisting{\thelisting}%
+  \def\toclevel@listing{0}%
+}{}
+\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{% toc extension, type, tag
+  \begingroup
+    \let\label\@gobble
+    \let\textlatin\@firstofone
+    \ifx\@currentHref\@empty
+      \Hy@Warning{%
+        No destination for bookmark of \string\addcontentsline,%
+        \MessageBreak destination is added%
+      }%
+      \phantomsection
+    \fi
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname toclevel@#2\endcsname\relax
+      \begingroup
+        \def\Hy@tempa{#1}%
+        \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@bookmarkstype
+          \Hy@WarningNoLine{bookmark level for unknown #2 defaults to 0}%
+        \else
+          \Hy@Info{bookmark level for unknown #2 defaults to 0}%
+        \fi
+      \endgroup
+      \expandafter\gdef\csname toclevel@#2\endcsname{0}%
+    \fi
+    \edef\Hy@toclevel{\csname toclevel@#2\endcsname}%
+    \Hy@writebookmark{\csname the#2\endcsname}%
+      {#3}%
+      {\@currentHref}%
+      {\Hy@toclevel}%
+      {#1}%
+    \ifHy@verbose
+      \typeout{pdftex: bookmark at \the\inputlineno:
+        {\csname the#2\endcsname}
+        {#3}
+        {\@currentHref}%
+        {\Hy@toclevel}%
+        {#1}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \addtocontents{#1}{%
+      \protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{\@currentHref}%
+    }%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\contentsline#1#2#3#4{%
+  \ifx\\#4\\%
+    \csname l@#1\endcsname{#2}{#3}%
+  \else
+    \ifHy@linktocpage
+      \csname l@#1\endcsname{{#2}}{%
+        \hyper@linkstart{link}{#4}{#3}\hyper@linkend
+      }%
+    \else
+      \csname l@#1\endcsname{%
+        \hyper@linkstart{link}{#4}{#2}\hyper@linkend
+      }{#3}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%<*check>
+\checklatex
+\checkcommand\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+  \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}}%
+}
+\checkcommand\def\contentsline#1{\csname l@#1\endcsname}
+%</check>
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{New counters}\label{counters}
+% The whole theorem business makes up new counters on the fly;
+% we are going to intercept this. Sigh. Do it at the level where
+% new counters are defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\H@definecounter\@definecounter
+\def\@definecounter#1{%
+  \H@definecounter{#1}%
+  \expandafter\def\csname theH#1\endcsname{\arabic{#1}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% But what if they have used the optional argument to e.g. |\newtheorem|
+% to determine when the numbering is reset? OK, we'll trap that too.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\H@newctr\@newctr
+\def\@newctr#1[#2]{%
+  \H@newctr#1[{#2}]%
+  \expandafter\def\csname theH#1\endcsname{%
+    \csname the\@ifundefined{theH#2}{}{H}#2\endcsname.\arabic{#1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \section{AMS\LaTeX\ compatibility}\label{ams}
+% Oh, no, they don't use anything as simple as |\refstepcounter|
+% in the AMS! We need to intercept some low-level operations
+% of theirs. Damned if we are going to try and work out what
+% they get up to. Just stick a label of `AMS' on the front, and use the
+% label \emph{they} worked out. If that produces something invalid, I give
+% up. They'll change all the code again anyway, I expect.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\Hmake@df@tag@@\make@df@tag@@
+\def\make@df@tag@@#1{%
+  \Hmake@df@tag@@{#1}%
+  \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+  \xdef\@currentHref{AMS.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+  \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+}
+\let\Hmake@df@tag@@@\make@df@tag@@@
+\def\make@df@tag@@@#1{%
+  \Hmake@df@tag@@@{#1}%
+  \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+  \xdef\@currentHref{AMS.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+  \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Only play with |\seteqlebal| if we are using pdftex. Other drivers
+% cause problems; requested by Michael Downes (AMS).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackagewith{hyperref}{pdftex}{%
+   \let\H@seteqlabel\@seteqlabel
+   \def\@seteqlabel#1{%
+     \H@seteqlabel{#1}%
+     \xdef\@currentHref{AMS.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+     \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+   }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This code I simply cannot remember what I was trying to achieve.
+% The final result seems to do nothing anyway.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\let\H@tagform@\tagform@
+%\def\tagform@#1{%
+%  \maketag@@@{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}%
+%  {(\ignorespaces#1\unskip)}}%
+%}
+%\def\eqref#1{\textup{\H@tagform@{\ref{#1}}}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \subsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{@addtoreset}}{\\@addtoreset} and
+%             \texorpdfstring{\cs{numberwithin}}{\\numberwithin} patches}
+%
+%    \cs{@addtoreset} puts a counter to the reset list of
+%    another counter. After a reset the counter starts
+%    again with perhaps already used values. Therefore
+%    the hyperref version of the counter print command
+%    \cs{theHcounter} is redefined in order to add the
+%    parent counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\HyOrg@addtoreset\@addtoreset
+\def\@addtoreset#1#2{%
+  \HyOrg@addtoreset{#1}{#2}%
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname theH#1\endcsname{%
+    \expandafter\noexpand
+        \csname the\@ifundefined{theH#2}{}H#2\endcsname
+    .\noexpand\the\noexpand\value{#1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\numberwithin}
+%    A appropiate definition of hyperref's companion counter
+%    (\cmd{\theH...}) is added for correct link names.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%<*check>
+\checkpackage{amsmath}[1999/12/14 - 2000/06/06]
+\checkcommand\newcommand{\numberwithin}[3][\arabic]{%
+  \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\@nocounterr{#2}}{%
+    \@ifundefined{c@#3}{\@nocnterr{#3}}{%
+      \@addtoreset{#2}{#3}%
+      \@xp\xdef\csname the#2\endcsname{%
+        \@xp\@nx\csname the#3\endcsname .\@nx#1{#2}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }%
+}%
+%</check>
+%<*package>
+\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{%
+  \@ifpackagelater{amsmath}{1999/12/14}{%
+    \renewcommand*{\numberwithin}[3][\arabic]{%
+      \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\@nocounterr{#2}}{%
+        \@ifundefined{c@#3}{\@nocnterr{#3}}{%
+          \HyOrg@addtoreset{#2}{#3}%
+          \@xp\xdef\csname the#2\endcsname{%
+            \@xp\@nx\csname the#3\endcsname .\@nx#1{#2}%
+          }%
+          \@xp\xdef\csname theH#2\endcsname{%
+            \@xp\@nx
+            \csname the\@ifundefined{theH#3}{}H#3\endcsname
+            .\@nx#1{#2}%
+          }%
+        }%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }{%
+    \Hy@WarningNoLine{%
+      \string\numberwithin\space of package `amsmath'
+      only fixed\MessageBreak
+      for version 2000/06/06 v2.12 or newer%
+    }%
+  }
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Included figures}
+% Simply intercept the low level graphics package macro.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@figures
+  \let\Hy@Gin@setfile\Gin@setfile
+  \def\Gin@setfile#1#2#3{%
+    \hyperimage{#3}{\Hy@Gin@setfile{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+  }
+\fi
+\Hy@DisableOption{hyperfigures}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{hyperindex entries}\label{hyperindex}
+% Internal command names are prefixed with \cmd{\HyInd@}.
+%
+% Hyper-indexing works crudely, by forcing code onto the end of the index
+% entry with the \verb+|+ feature; this puts a hyperlink around
+% the printed page numbers. It will not proceed if the author has already
+% used the \verb+|+ specifier for something like emboldening entries.
+% That would make Makeindex fail (cannot have two \verb+|+ specifiers).
+% The solution is for the author to use generic coding, and put in
+% the requisite |\hyperpage| in his/her own macros along with the boldness.
+%
+% This section is poor stuff; it's open to all sorts of abuse. Sensible
+% large projects will design their own indexing macros any bypass this.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@hyperindex
+  \def\HyInd@ParenLeft{(}%
+  \def\HyInd@ParenRight{)}%
+  \Hy@nextfalse
+  \@ifpackageloaded{multind}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+  \@ifpackageloaded{index}{\Hy@nexttrue}{}%
+  \begingroup
+    \lccode`\|=\expandafter`\HyInd@EncapChar\relax
+  \lowercase{\endgroup
+    \ifHy@next
+      \let\HyInd@org@wrindex\@wrindex
+      \def\@wrindex#1#2{\HyInd@@wrindex{#1}#2||\\}%
+      \def\HyInd@@wrindex#1#2|#3|#4\\{%
+        \ifx\\#3\\%
+          \HyInd@org@wrindex{#1}{#2|hyperpage}%
+        \else
+          \def\Hy@temp@A{#3}%
+          \ifcase0\ifx\Hy@temp@A\HyInd@ParenLeft 1\fi
+                  \ifx\Hy@temp@A\HyInd@ParenRight 1\fi
+                  \relax
+            \HyInd@org@wrindex{#1}{#2|#3}%
+          \else
+            \HyInd@org@wrindex{#1}{#2|#3hyperpage}%
+          \fi
+        \fi
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\@wrindex#1{\@@wrindex#1||\\}
+      \def\@@wrindex#1|#2|#3\\{%
+        \ifx\\#2\\%
+          \protected@write\@indexfile{}{%
+            \string\indexentry{#1|hyperpage}{\thepage}%
+          }%
+        \else
+          \def\Hy@temp@A{#2}%
+          \ifcase0\ifx\Hy@temp@A\HyInd@ParenLeft 1\fi
+                  \ifx\Hy@temp@A\HyInd@ParenRight 1\fi
+                  \relax
+            \protected@write\@indexfile{}{%
+              \string\indexentry{#1|#2}{\thepage}%
+            }%
+          \else
+            \protected@write\@indexfile{}{%
+               \string\indexentry{#1|#2hyperpage}{\thepage}%
+            }%
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \endgroup
+        \@esphack
+      }%
+    \fi
+  }%
+\fi
+\Hy@DisableOption{hyperindex}
+\Hy@DisableOption{encap}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This again is quite flaky, but allow for the common situation of a
+% page range separated by en-rule. We split this into two different
+% hyperlinked pages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyperpage#1{\@hyperpage#1----\\}
+\def\@hyperpage#1--#2--#3\\{%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \@commahyperpage{#1}%
+  \else
+    \HyInd@pagelink{#1}--\HyInd@pagelink{#2}%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\@commahyperpage#1{\@@commahyperpage#1, ,\\}
+\def\@@commahyperpage#1, #2,#3\\{%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \HyInd@pagelink{#1}%
+  \else
+    \HyInd@pagelink{#1}, \HyInd@pagelink{#2}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    The argument of \cmd{\hyperpage} can be empty. And the
+%    line breaking algorithm of Makeindex can introduce spaces.
+%    So we have to remove them.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\HyInd@pagelink#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \toks@={}%
+    \HyInd@removespaces#1 \@nil
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\HyInd@removespaces#1 #2\@nil{%
+  \toks@=\expandafter{\the\toks@#1}%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \edef\x{\the\toks@}%
+    \ifx\x\@empty
+    \else
+      \hyperlink{page.\the\toks@}{\the\toks@}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \Hy@ReturnAfterFi{%
+      \HyInd@removespaces#2\@nil
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Compatibility with foiltex}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifclassloaded{foils}{%
+  \providecommand*\ext@table{lot}%
+  \providecommand*\ext@figure{lof}%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Compatibility with seminar slide package}\label{seminar}
+%    This requires \texttt{seminar.bg2}, version 1.6 or later.
+%    Contributions by Denis Girou (\Email{denis.girou@idris.fr}).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifclassloaded{seminar}{%
+  \Hy@seminarslidestrue\newcommand\theHslide{\arabic{slide}}%
+}{%
+  \Hy@seminarslidesfalse
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{slidesec}{%
+  \newcommand\theHslidesection   {\arabic{slidesection}}%
+  \newcommand\theHslidesubsection{%
+    \theHslidesection.\arabic{slidesubsection}%
+  }%
+  \def\slide@heading[#1]#2{%
+    \H@refstepcounter{slidesection}%
+    \@addtoreset{slidesubsection}{slidesection}%
+    \addtocontents{los}{%
+      \protect\l@slide{\the\c@slidesection}{\ignorespaces#1}%
+        {\@SCTR}{slideheading.\theslidesection}%
+    }%
+    \def\Hy@tempa{#2}%
+    \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty
+    \else
+      {%
+        \edef\@currentlabel{%
+          \csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection
+        }%
+        \makeslideheading{#2}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \gdef\theslideheading{#1}%
+    \gdef\theslidesubheading{}%
+    \ifHy@bookmarksnumbered
+      \def\Hy@slidetitle{\theslidesection\space #1}%
+    \else
+      \def\Hy@slidetitle{#1}%
+    \fi
+    \ifHy@hypertexnames
+       \ifHy@naturalnames
+         \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\theslidesection}{\relax}%
+         \Hy@writebookmark
+           {\theslidesection}%
+           {\Hy@slidetitle}%
+           {slideheading.\theslidesection}%
+           {1}%
+           {toc}%
+       \else
+         \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\theHslidesection}{\relax}%
+         \Hy@writebookmark
+           {\theslidesection}%
+           {\Hy@slidetitle}%
+           {slideheading.\theHslidesection}%
+           {1}%
+           {toc}%
+       \fi
+    \else
+      \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+      \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\the\Hy@linkcounter}{\relax}%
+      \Hy@writebookmark
+        {\theslidesection}%
+        {\Hy@slidetitle}%
+        {slideheading.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+        {1}%
+        {toc}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{%
+    \H@refstepcounter{slidesubsection}%
+    \addtocontents{los}{%
+      \protect\l@subslide{\the\c@slidesubsection}{\ignorespaces#1}%
+        {\@SCTR}{slideheading.\theslidesubsection}%
+    }%
+    \def\Hy@tempa{#2}%
+    \ifx\Hy@tempa\@empty
+    \else
+      {%
+        \edef\@currentlabel{%
+          \csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname\theslidesubsection
+        }%
+        \makeslidesubheading{#2}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}%
+    \ifHy@bookmarksnumbered
+      \def\Hy@slidetitle{\theslidesubsection\space #1}%
+    \else
+      \def\Hy@slidetitle{#1}%
+    \fi
+    \ifHy@hypertexnames
+      \ifHy@naturalnames
+        \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\theslidesubsection}{\relax}%
+        \Hy@writebookmark
+          {\theslidesubsection}%
+          {\Hy@slidetitle}%
+          {slideheading.\theslidesubsection}%
+          {2}%
+          {toc}%
+      \else
+        \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\theHslidesubsection}{\relax}%
+        \Hy@writebookmark
+          {\theslidesubsection}%
+          {\Hy@slidetitle}%
+          {slideheading.\theHslidesubsection}%
+          {2}%
+          {toc}%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+      \hyper@@anchor{slideheading.\the\Hy@linkcounter}{\relax}%
+      \Hy@writebookmark
+        {\theslidesubsection}%
+        {\Hy@slidetitle}%
+        {slideheading.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+        {1}%
+        {toc}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \providecommand*{\listslidename}{List of Slides}%
+  \def\listofslides{%
+    \section*{%
+      \listslidename
+      \@mkboth{%
+        \expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename
+      }{%
+        \expandafter\MakeUppercase\listslidename
+      }%
+    }%
+    \def\l@slide##1##2##3##4{%
+      \slide@undottedcline{%
+        \slidenumberline{##3}{\hyperlink{##4}{##2}}%
+      }{}%
+    }%
+    \let\l@subslide\l@slide
+    \@startlos
+  }%
+  \def\slide@contents{%
+    \def\l@slide##1##2##3##4{%
+      \slide@cline{\slidenumberline{##3}{\hyperlink{##4}{##2}}}{##3}%
+    }%
+    \let\l@subslide\@gobblefour
+    \@startlos
+  }%
+  \def\Slide@contents{%
+    \def\l@slide##1##2##3##4{%
+      \ifcase\lslide@flag
+        \message{##1 ** \the\c@slidesection}%
+        \ifnum##1>\c@slidesection
+          \def\lslide@flag{1}%
+          {%
+            \large
+            \slide@cline{%
+              \slidenumberline{$\Rightarrow\bullet$}%
+                {\hyperlink{##4}{##2}}%
+            }{##3}%
+          }%
+        \else
+          {%
+            \large
+            \slide@cline{%
+              \slidenumberline{$\surd\;\bullet$}%
+                {\hyperlink{##4}{##2}}%
+            }{##3}%
+          }%
+        \fi
+      \or
+        \def\lslide@flag{2}%
+        {%
+          \large
+          \slide@cline{%
+            \slidenumberline{$\bullet$}%
+              {\hyperlink{##4}{##2}}%
+          }{##3}%
+        }%
+      \or
+        {%
+          \large
+          \slide@cline{%
+            \slidenumberline{$\bullet$}%
+             {\hyperlink{##4}{##2}}%
+          }{##3}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    }%
+    \def\l@subslide##1##2##3##4{%
+      \ifnum\lslide@flag=1
+        \@undottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}{\hyperlink{##4}{##2}}{}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+    \def\lslide@flag{0}%
+    \@startlos
+  }%
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This breaks TeX4ht, so leave it to last.
+% Emend |\@setref| to put out a hypertext link as well as its
+% normal text (which is used as an anchor).
+% (|\endinput| have to be on the same line like |\fi|, or you
+% have to use |\expandafter| before.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@texht
+  \expandafter\endinput
+\fi
+\let\real@setref\@setref
+\def\@setref#1#2#3{% csname, extract group, refname
+  \ifx#1\relax
+    \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
+    \nfss@text{\reset@font\bfseries ??}%
+    \@latex@warning{%
+      Reference `#3' on page \thepage \space undefined%
+    }%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\Hy@setref@link#1\@empty\@empty\@nil{#2}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cmd{\Hy@setref@link} extracts the reference information entries,
+%    because \cmd{\hyper@@link} does not expand arguments for the
+%    automatic link type detection.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@setref@link#1#2#3#4#5#6\@nil#7{%
+  \begingroup
+    \toks0={\hyper@@link{#5}{#4}}%
+    \toks1=\expandafter{#7{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}%
+    \edef\x{\endgroup
+      \the\toks0 {\the\toks1 }%
+    }%
+  \x
+}
+\def\@pagesetref#1#2#3{% csname, extract macro, ref
+  \ifx#1\relax
+    \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
+    \nfss@text{\reset@font\bfseries ??}%
+    \@latex@warning{%
+      Reference `#3' on page \thepage \space undefined%
+    }%
+  \else
+    \protect\hyper@@link
+      {\expandafter\@fifthoffive#1}%
+      {page.\expandafter\@secondoffive#1}%
+      {\expandafter\@secondoffive#1}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%<*check>
+\checklatex
+\checkcommand\def\@setref#1#2#3{%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+    \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
+    \nfss@text{\reset@font\bfseries ??}%
+    \@latex@warning{%
+      Reference `#3' on page \thepage\space undefined%
+    }%
+  \else
+    \expandafter#2#1\null
+  \fi
+}
+%</check>
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now some extended referencing. |\ref*| and |\pageref*| are not linked,
+% and |\autoref| prefixes with a tag based on the type.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@refstar#1{%
+  \@safe@activestrue
+  \expandafter\real@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@firstoffive{#1}%
+  \@safe@activesfalse
+}
+\def\@pagerefstar#1{%
+  \@safe@activestrue
+  \expandafter\real@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@secondoffive{#1}%
+  \@safe@activesfalse
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\autoref[1]{%
+  \@safe@activestrue
+  \expandafter\auto@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@firstoffive{#1}%
+  \@safe@activesfalse
+}
+\def\auto@setref#1#2#3{% csname, extract group, refname
+  \ifx#1\relax
+    \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
+    \nfss@text{\reset@font\bfseries ??}%
+    \@latex@warning{%
+      Reference `#3' on page \thepage \space undefined%
+    }%
+  \else
+    \edef\@thisref{\expandafter\@fourthoffive#1\@empty\@empty}%
+    \expandafter\test@reftype\@thisref\\%
+    \hyper@@link
+      {\expandafter\@fifthoffive#1}%
+      {\expandafter\@fourthoffive#1\@empty\@empty}%
+      {\@currentHtag\expandafter#2#1\@empty\@empty\null}%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\test@reftype#1.#2\\{%
+  \@ifundefined{#1autorefname}{%
+    \@ifundefined{#1name}{%
+      \def\@currentHtag{}%
+      \@latex@warning{no tag name for #1 at \the\inputlineno}%
+    }{%
+      \def\@currentHtag{\csname#1name\endcsname~}%
+    }%
+  }{%
+    \def\@currentHtag{\csname#1autorefname\endcsname~}%
+  }%
+}
+\def\@currentHtag{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Defaults for the names that \cmd{\autoref} uses.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\AMSautorefname{\equationautorefname}
+\providecommand\Hfootnoteautorefname{\footnoteautorefname}
+\providecommand\Itemautorefname{\itemautorefname}
+\providecommand\itemautorefname{item}
+\providecommand\equationautorefname{Equation}
+\providecommand\footnoteautorefname{footnote}
+\providecommand\itemautorefname{item}
+\providecommand\figureautorefname{Figure}
+\providecommand\tableautorefname{Table}
+\providecommand\partautorefname{Part}
+\providecommand\appendixautorefname{Appendix}
+\providecommand\chapterautorefname{chapter}
+\providecommand\sectionautorefname{section}
+\providecommand\subsectionautorefname{subsection}
+\providecommand\subsubsectionautorefname{subsubsection}
+\providecommand\paragraphautorefname{paragraph}
+\providecommand\subparagraphautorefname{subparagraph}
+\providecommand\FancyVerbLineautorefname{line}
+\providecommand\theoremautorefname{Theorem}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+%<*pdftex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \section{Configuration files}
+% \subsection{pdftex}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This driver is for Han The Thanh's \TeX{} variant
+% which produces PDF directly. This has new primitives
+% to do PDF things, which usually translate almost directly to
+% PDF code, so there is a lot of flexibility which we do not at
+% present harness.
+%
+% First, allow for some changes and additions to pdftex  syntax:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\setpdflinkmargin#1{\pdflinkmargin#1}
+\ifx\pdfstartlink\@undefined% less than version 14
+  \let\pdfstartlink\pdfannotlink
+  \let\pdflinkmargin\@tempdima
+  \let\pdfxform\pdfform
+  \let\pdflastxform\pdflastform
+  \let\pdfrefxform\pdfrefform
+\else
+  \pdflinkmargin1pt
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First set up the default linking
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\@pdfview{XYZ}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First define the anchors:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\new@pdflink#1{%
+  \ifHy@verbose
+    \typeout{pdftex: define anchor at line \the\inputlineno: #1}%
+  \fi
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \pdfdest name {#1}\@pdfview
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\let\pdf@endanchor\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now the links; the interesting part here is the set of attributes
+% which define how the link looks. We probably want to add a border
+% and color it, but there are other choices. This directly translates
+% to PDF code, so consult the manual for how to change this. We will
+% add an interface at some point.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\@pdfborder{0 0 1}
+\def\Hy@undefinedname{UNDEFINED}
+\def\find@pdflink#1#2{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \protected@edef\Hy@testname{#2}%
+  \ifx\Hy@testname\@empty
+    \let\Hy@testname\Hy@undefinedname
+  \fi
+  \pdfstartlink
+    attr{%
+      /Border[\@pdfborder]%
+      /H\@pdfhighlight
+      /C[\CurrentBorderColor]%
+    }%
+    goto name {\Hy@testname}%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
+}
+\def\close@pdflink{\Hy@endcolorlink\pdfendlink}
+\def\hyper@anchor#1{\new@pdflink{#1}\anchor@spot\pdf@endanchor}
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{\new@pdflink{#1}\Hy@activeanchortrue}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{\pdf@endanchor\Hy@activeanchorfalse}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \edef\CurrentBorderColor{\csname @#1bordercolor\endcsname}%
+  \find@pdflink{#1}{#2}}
+\def\hyper@linkend{\close@pdflink}
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{%
+  \edef\CurrentBorderColor{\csname @#1bordercolor\endcsname}%
+  \find@pdflink{#1}{#2}#3\close@pdflink
+}
+\def\CurrentBorderColor{\@linkbordercolor}
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{%
+  \bgroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \leavevmode
+    \pdfstartlink
+      attr{%
+        /Border[\@pdfborder]%
+        /H\@pdfhighlight
+        /C[\@urlbordercolor]%
+      }%
+      user{%
+       /Subtype/Link%
+       /A<<%
+         /Type/Action%
+         /S/URI%
+         /URI(#2)%
+       >>%
+      }%
+    \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1%
+    \close@pdflink
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{% anchor text, filename, linkname
+  \bgroup
+    \leavevmode
+    \pdfstartlink
+      attr{%
+        /Border[\@pdfborder]%
+        /H\@pdfhighlight
+        /C[\@filebordercolor]%
+      }%
+      user {%
+        /Subtype/Link%
+        /A<<%
+          /F(#2)%
+          /S/GoToR%
+          \ifHy@newwindow /NewWindow true \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If |#3| is empty, page 0; if its a number, Page number, otherwise
+% a named destination.
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \afterassignment\xxx\count@=0\foo!%
+%
+%\def\xxx#1!{%
+%  \ifx\xxx#1\xxx
+%     foo was an integer
+%  \else
+%     it wasnt
+%  \fi}
+% \end{verbatim}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \ifx\\#3\\%
+            /D[0 \@pdfstartview]%
+          \else
+            /D(#3)%
+          \fi
+        >>%
+      }%
+    \Hy@colorlink{\@filecolor}#1%
+    \close@pdflink
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@hyper@launch run:#1\\#2#3{% filename, anchor text linkname
+  \bgroup
+    \leavevmode
+    \pdfstartlink
+      attr{%
+        /Border[\@pdfborder]%
+        /H\@pdfhighlight
+        /C[\@runbordercolor]%
+      }%
+      user {%
+        /Subtype/Link%
+        /A<<%
+          /F(#1)%
+          /S/Launch%
+          \ifHy@newwindow /NewWindow true \fi
+          \ifx\\#3\\%
+          \else
+            /Win<</P(#3)/F(#1)>>%
+          \fi
+        >>%
+      }%
+    \Hy@colorlink{\@filecolor}#2%
+    \close@pdflink
+  \egroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\@pdfproducer}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@pdfproducer{pdfTeX}
+\ifx\eTeXversion\@undefined
+\else
+  \ifx\eTeXversion\relax
+  \else
+    \ifnum\eTeXversion>0 %
+      \def\@pdfproducer{pdfeTeX}
+    \fi
+  \fi
+\fi
+\ifx\pdftexversion\@undefined
+\else
+  \ifnum\pdftexversion<100 %
+    \edef\@pdfproducer{%
+      \@pdfproducer
+      \the\pdftexversion.\pdftexrevision
+    }
+  \else
+    \edef\@pdfproducer{%
+      \@pdfproducer-%
+      \expandafter\@car\the\pdftexversion\@empty\@nil.%
+      \expandafter\@cdr\the\pdftexversion\@empty\@nil
+      \pdftexrevision
+    }
+  \fi
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\PDF@SetupDox}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \ifx\@pdfpagescrop\@empty
+  \else
+    \edef\process@me{%
+      \pdfpagesattr={%
+        /CropBox[\@pdfpagescrop]%
+        \expandafter\ifx\expandafter\\\the\pdfpagesattr\\%
+        \else
+          ^^J\the\pdfpagesattr
+        \fi
+      }%
+    }%
+    \process@me
+  \fi
+  \pdfcatalog{%
+    /PageMode \@pdfpagemode
+    \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+    \else
+      /URI<</Base(\@baseurl)>>
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \ifx\@pdfstartview\@empty
+  \else
+    openaction goto page \@pdfstartpage {\@pdfstartview}%
+  \fi
+  \edef\Hy@temp{%
+    \ifHy@toolbar\else /HideToolbar true\fi
+    \ifHy@menubar\else /HideMenubar true\fi
+    \ifHy@windowui\else /HideWindowUI true\fi
+    \ifHy@fitwindow /FitWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@centerwindow /CenterWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@displaydoctitle /DisplayDocTitle true\fi
+    \ifx\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode\@empty
+    \else
+      /NonFullScreenPageMode\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \pdfcatalog{%
+    \ifx\Hy@temp\@empty
+    \else
+      /ViewerPreferences<<\Hy@temp>>%
+    \fi
+    \ifx\pdf@pagelayout\@empty
+    \else
+      /PageLayout/\pdf@pagelayout\space
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\PDF@FinishDoc}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDF@FinishDoc{%
+  \Hy@UseMaketitleInfos
+  \pdfinfo{%
+    /Author(\@pdfauthor)%
+    /Title(\@pdftitle)%
+    /Subject(\@pdfsubject)%
+    /Creator(\@pdfcreator)%
+    /Producer(\@pdfproducer)%
+    /Keywords(\@pdfkeywords)%
+  }%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfauthor}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfkeywords}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\hyper@pagetransition}
+%    \cmd{\@pdfpagetransition} is initialized with \cmd{\relax}. So
+%    it indicates, if option pdfpagetransition is used. First previous
+%    |/Trans| entries are removed. If a new |/Trans| key exists, it is
+%    appended to \cmd{\pdfpageattr}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@pagetransition{%
+  \ifx\@pdfpagetransition\relax
+  \else
+    \expandafter\Hy@RemoveTransPageAttr\the\pdfpageattr^^J/Trans{}>>\END
+    \ifx\@pdfpagetransition\@empty
+    \else
+      \edef\@processme{%
+        \global\pdfpageattr{%
+          \the\pdfpageattr
+          ^^J/Trans << /S /\@pdfpagetransition\space >>%
+        }%
+      }%
+      \@processme
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@RemoveTransPageAttr}
+%    Macro \cmd{\Hy@RemoveTransPageAttr} removes a |/Trans|
+%    entry from \cmd{\pdfpageattr}. It is called with
+%    the end marker |^^J/Trans{}>>\END|. The trick is the
+%    empty group that does not appear in legal
+%    \cmd{\pdfpageattr} code. It appears in argument
+%    |#2| and shows, whether the parameter text
+%    catches a really |/Trans| object or the end marker.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\Hy@RemoveTransPageAttr#1^^J/Trans#2#3>>#4\END{%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \global\pdfpageattr{#1}%
+  \else
+    \Hy@RemoveTransPageAttr#1#4\END
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\hyper@pageduration}
+%    \cmd{\@pdfpageduration} is initialized with \cmd{\relax}. So
+%    it indicates, if option pdfpageduration is used. First previous
+%    |/Dur| entries are removed. If a new |/Dur| key exists, it is
+%    appended to \cmd{\pdfpageattr}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@pageduration{%
+  \ifx\@pdfpageduration\relax
+  \else
+    \expandafter\Hy@RemoveDurPageAttr\the\pdfpageattr^^J/Dur{} \END
+    \ifx\@pdfpageduration\@empty
+    \else
+      \edef\@processme{%
+        \global\pdfpageattr{%
+          \the\pdfpageattr
+          ^^J/Dur \@pdfpageduration\space
+        }%
+      }%
+      \@processme
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@RemoveDurPageAttr}
+%    Macro \cmd{\Hy@RemoveDurPageAttr} removes a |/Dur|
+%    entry from \cmd{\pdfpageattr}. It is called with
+%    the end marker |^^J/Dur{} \END|. The trick is the
+%    empty group that does not appear in legal
+%    \cmd{\pdfpageattr} code. It appears in argument
+%    |#2| and shows, whether the parameter text
+%    catches a really |/Dur| object or the end marker.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\Hy@RemoveDurPageAttr#1^^J/Dur#2#3 #4\END{%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \global\pdfpageattr{#1}%
+  \else
+    \Hy@RemoveDurPageAttr#1#4\END
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\hyper@pagehidden}
+%    The boolean value of the key |/Hid| is stored in switch
+%    \cmd{\ifHy@pdfpagehidden}.
+%    First previous |/Hid| entries are removed, then the new
+%    one is appended, if the value is true (the PDF default
+%    is false).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@pagehidden{%
+  \ifHy@useHidKey
+    \expandafter\Hy@RemoveHidPageAttr\the\pdfpageattr^^J/Hid{} \END
+    \ifHy@pdfpagehidden
+      \edef\@processme{%
+        \global\pdfpageattr{%
+          \the\pdfpageattr
+          ^^J/Hid true % SPACE
+        }%
+      }%
+      \@processme
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@RemoveHidPageAttr}
+%    Macro \cmd{\Hy@RemoveHidPageAttr} removes a |/Hid|
+%    entry from \cmd{\pdfpageattr}. It is called with
+%    the end marker |^^J/Hid{} \END|. The trick is the
+%    empty group that does not appear in legal
+%    \cmd{\pdfpageattr} code. It appears in argument
+%    |#2| and shows, whether the parameter text
+%    catches a really |/Hid| object or the end marker.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\Hy@RemoveHidPageAttr#1^^J/Hid#2#3 #4\END{%
+  \ifx\\#2\\%
+    \global\pdfpageattr{#1}%
+  \else
+    \Hy@RemoveHidPageAttr#1#4\END
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% Let us explicitly turn on PDF generation; they can reverse
+% this decision in the document, but since we are emitting PDF
+% links anyway, we \emph{must} be in PDF mode.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\pdfoutput=1
+\pdfcompresslevel=9
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifHy@setpagesize
+    \expandafter\@firstofone
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@gobble
+  \fi
+  {%
+    \@ifclassloaded{seminar}{%
+      \setlength{\pdfhorigin}{1truein}%
+      \setlength{\pdfvorigin}{1truein}%
+      \ifportrait
+        \ifdim\paperwidth=\z@
+        \else
+          \setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{\strip@pt\paperwidth truept}%
+        \fi
+        \ifdim\paperheight=\z@
+        \else
+          \setlength{\pdfpageheight}{\strip@pt\paperheight truept}%
+        \fi
+      \else
+        \ifdim\paperheight=\z@
+        \else
+          \setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{\strip@pt\paperheight truept}%
+        \fi
+        \ifdim\paperwidth=\z@
+        \else
+          \setlength{\pdfpageheight}{\strip@pt\paperwidth truept}%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    }{%
+      \@ifundefined{stockwidth}{%
+        \ifdim\paperwidth=\z@
+        \else
+          \setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{\paperwidth}%
+        \fi
+        \ifdim\paperheight=\z@
+        \else
+          \setlength{\pdfpageheight}{\paperheight}%
+        \fi
+      }{%
+        \ifdim\stockwidth=\z@
+        \else
+          \setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{\stockwidth}%
+        \fi
+        \ifdim\stockheight=\z@
+        \else
+          \setlength{\pdfpageheight}{\stockheight}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{setpagesize}%
+}
+\def\Acrobatmenu#1#2{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \pdfstartlink
+    attr{%
+      /Border [\@pdfborder]
+      /H \@pdfhighlight\space
+      /C [\@menubordercolor]%
+    }%
+    user{
+      /Subtype /Link
+      /A <<
+        /S /Named /N /#1
+      >>
+    }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@menucolor}#2\close@pdflink
+}
+%</pdftex>
+%<*hypertex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{hypertex}
+% The Hyper\TeX\ specification (this is
+% borrowed from an article by Arthur Smith)
+% says that conformant viewers/translators
+% must recognize the following set of |\special| commands:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[href:] |html:<a href = "href_string">|
+% \item[name:] |html:<a name = "name_string">|
+% \item[end:] |html:</a>|
+% \item[image:] |html:<img src = "href_string">|
+% \item[base\_name:] |html:<base href = "href_string">|
+% \end{description}
+%
+% The \emph{href}, \emph{name} and \emph{end} commands are used to do
+% the basic hypertext operations of establishing links between sections
+% of documents. The \emph{image} command is intended (as with current
+% html viewers) to place an image of arbitrary graphical
+% format on the page in the current location.  The \emph{base\_name}
+% command is be used to communicate to the \emph{dvi} viewer the full (URL)
+% location of the current document so that
+% files specified by relative URL's may be retrieved correctly.
+%
+% The \emph{href} and \emph{name} commands must be paired with an
+% \emph{end} command later in
+% the \TeX{} file --- the \TeX{} commands between the two ends of a pair
+% form an \emph{anchor} in the document. In the case of an \emph{href}
+% command, the \emph{anchor} is to be highlighted in the
+% \emph{dvi} viewer, and
+% when clicked on will cause the scene to shift to the destination
+% specified by \emph{href\_string}. The \emph{anchor} associated with a
+% name command represents a possible location to which other hypertext
+% links may refer, either as local references (of the form
+% \texttt{href="\#name\_string"} with the \emph{name\_string}
+% identical to the one in the name command) or as part of a URL (of the
+% form \emph{URL\#name\_string}). Here \emph{href\_string} is a valid
+% URL or local identifier, while name\_string could be any string at
+% all: the only caveat is that `|"|' characters should be escaped with a
+% backslash (|\|), and if it looks like a URL name it may cause
+% problems.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDF@FinishDoc{}
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+  \else
+    \special{html:<base href="\@baseurl">}%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@anchor#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \let\protect=\string
+    \hyper@chars
+    \special{html:<a name=\hyper@quote #1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@anchorcolor}\anchor@spot\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \special{html:</a>}%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \special{html:<a name=\hyper@quote#1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{%
+  \special{html:</a>}%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\@urltype{url}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
+  \def\Hy@tempa{#1}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\@urltype
+    \special{html:<a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+  \else
+    \begingroup
+      \hyper@chars
+      \special{html:<a href=\hyper@quote\##2\hyper@quote>}%
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@linkend{%
+  \special{html:</a>}%
+  \Hy@endcolorlink
+}
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{%
+  \hyper@linkurl{#1}{\Hy@linkfileprefix#2\ifx\\#3\\\else\##3\fi}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If we want to raise up the final link |\special|, we need to
+% get its height; ask me why \LaTeX\ constructs make this totally
+% foul up, and make us revert to basic \TeX. I do not know.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \leavevmode
+  \ifHy@raiselinks
+    \setbox\@tempboxa=\color@hbox #1\color@endbox
+    \@linkdim\dp\@tempboxa
+    \lower\@linkdim\hbox{%
+      \hyper@chars
+      \special{html:<a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+    }%
+    \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1%
+    \@linkdim\ht\@tempboxa
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Because of the interaction with the dvihps processor, we have to subtract a
+% little from the height. This is not clean, or checked. Check with Mark
+% Doyle about what gives here. It may not be needed with
+% the new dvips (Jan 1997).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \advance\@linkdim by -6.5\p@
+    \raise\@linkdim\hbox{\special{html:</a>}}%
+    \Hy@endcolorlink
+  \else
+    \begingroup
+      \hyper@chars
+      \special{html:<a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+      \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1%
+      \special{html:</a>}%
+      \Hy@endcolorlink
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{%
+  \hyper@linkurl{#3}{\##2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@image#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \special{html:<img src=\hyper@quote#1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%</hypertex>
+%<*dviwindo>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{dviwindo}
+% [This was developed by David Carlisle].
+% Within a file dviwindo hyperlinking is used, for external
+% URL's a call to |\wwwbrowser| is made. (You can define
+% this command before or after loading the hyperref package
+% if the default |c:/netscape/netscape| is not suitable)
+% Dviwindo could in fact handle external links to dvi files on
+% the same machine without calling a web browser, but that would
+% mean parsing the URL to recognise such, and this is currently
+% not done.
+%
+% This was more or less blindly copied from the hypertex cfg.
+% For dviwindo,  \LaTeX{} must specify the size of the active area
+% for links. For some hooks this information is available
+% but for some, the start and end of the link are
+% specified separately in which case a fixed size area
+% of 10000000sp wide by |\baselineskip| high is used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\wwwbrowser{c:\string\netscape\string\netscape}
+\def\hyper@anchor#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \let\protect=\string
+    \special{mark: #1}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@anchorcolor}\anchor@spot\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \special{mark: #1}%
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
+  \special{button:
+    10000000
+    \number\baselineskip\space
+    #2%
+  }%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkend{%
+  \Hy@endcolorlink
+}
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{%
+  \setbox\@tempboxa=\color@hbox #3\color@endbox
+  \leavevmode
+  \ifHy@raiselinks
+    \@linkdim\dp\@tempboxa
+    \lower\@linkdim\hbox{%
+      \special{button:
+        \number\wd\@tempboxa\space
+        \number\ht\@tempboxa\space
+        #2%
+      }%
+      \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}#3%
+      \Hy@endcolorlink
+    }%
+    \@linkdim\ht\@tempboxa
+    \advance\@linkdim by -6.5\p@
+    \raise\@linkdim\hbox{}%
+  \else
+    \special{button:
+      \number\wd\@tempboxa\space
+      \number\ht\@tempboxa\space
+      #2%
+    }%
+    \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}#3\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \leavevmode
+    \setbox\@tempboxa=\color@hbox #1\color@endbox
+    \ifHy@raiselinks
+      \@linkdim\dp\@tempboxa
+      \lower\@linkdim\hbox{%
+        \special{button:
+          \number\wd\@tempboxa\space
+          \number\ht\@tempboxa\space
+          launch: \wwwbrowser\space
+          #2%
+        }%
+        \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+      }%
+      \@linkdim\ht\@tempboxa
+      \advance\@linkdim by -6.5\p@
+      \raise\@linkdim\hbox{}%
+    \else
+      \special{button:
+        \number\wd\@tempboxa\space
+        \number\ht\@tempboxa\space
+        launch: \wwwbrowser\space
+        #2%
+      }%
+      \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+    \fi
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{%
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \leavevmode
+    \setbox\@tempboxa=\color@hbox #1\color@endbox
+    \ifHy@raiselinks
+      \@linkdim\dp\@tempboxa
+      \lower\@linkdim\hbox{%
+        \special{button:
+          \number\wd\@tempboxa\space
+          \number\ht\@tempboxa\space
+          #3,
+          file: #2%
+        }%
+        \Hy@colorlink{\@filecolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+      }%
+      \@linkdim\ht\@tempboxa
+      \advance\@linkdim by -6.5\p@
+      \raise\@linkdim\hbox{}%
+    \else
+      \special{button:
+        \number\wd\@tempboxa\space
+        \number\ht\@tempboxa\space
+        #3,
+        file: #2
+      }%
+      \Hy@colorlink{\@filecolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+    \fi
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\@pdfproducer{dviwindo + Distiller}
+\def\PDF@FinishDoc{%
+  \Hy@UseMaketitleInfos
+  \special{PDF: Keywords \@pdfkeywords}%
+  \special{PDF: Title \@pdftitle}%
+  \special{PDF: Creator \@pdfcreator}%
+  \special{PDF: Author \@pdfauthor}%
+  \special{PDF: Producer \@pdfproducer}%
+  \special{PDF: Subject \@pdfsubject}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfauthor}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfkeywords}%
+}
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+  \else
+    \special{PDF: Base \@baseurl}%
+  \fi
+  \ifx\@pdfpagescrop\@empty\else
+    \special{PDF: BBox \@pdfpagescrop}%
+  \fi
+  \pdfmark{pdfmark=/DOCVIEW,
+    Page=\@pdfstartpage,
+    View=\@pdfstartview,
+    PageMode=\@pdfpagemode
+  }%
+  \ifx\@pdfpagescrop\@empty
+  \else
+    \pdfmark{pdfmark=/PAGES,CropBox=\@pdfpagescrop}%
+  \fi
+  \edef\Hy@temp{%
+    \ifHy@toolbar\else /HideToolbar true\fi
+    \ifHy@menubar\else /HideMenubar true\fi
+    \ifHy@windowui\else /HideWindowUI true\fi
+    \ifHy@fitwindow /FitWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@centerwindow /CenterWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@displaydoctitle /DisplayDocTitle true\fi
+    \ifx\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode\@empty
+    \else
+      /NonFullScreenPageMode\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \pdfmark{pdfmark=/PUT,
+    Raw={%
+      \string{Catalog\string} <<
+        \ifx\Hy@temp\@empty
+        \else
+          /ViewerPreferences<<\Hy@temp>>%
+        \fi
+        \ifx\pdf@pagelayout\@empty
+        \else
+          /PageLayout /\pdf@pagelayout\space
+        \fi
+      >>%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%</dviwindo>
+%<*dvipdfm>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{dvipdfm dvi to PDF converter}
+% Provided by Mark Wicks (mwicks@kettering.edu)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newsavebox{\pdfm@box}
+\def\@pdfm@mark#1{\special{pdf:#1}}
+\def\@pdfm@dest#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \@pdfm@mark{dest (#1) [@thispage /\@pdfview\space @xpos @ypos]}%
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\providecommand\@pdfview{XYZ}
+\providecommand\@pdfborder{0 0 1}
+\def\hyper@anchor#1{%
+  \@pdfm@dest{#1}%
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{%
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+  \@pdfm@dest{#1}%
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+}
+\def\Hy@undefinedname{UNDEFINED}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \protected@edef\Hy@testname{#2}%
+  \ifx\Hy@testname\@empty
+    \let\Hy@testname\Hy@undefinedname
+  \fi
+  \@pdfm@mark{%
+    bann <<
+      /Type /Annot
+      /Subtype /Link
+      /Border [\@pdfborder]
+      /C [\csname @#1bordercolor\endcsname]
+      /A <<
+        /S /GoTo
+        /D (\Hy@testname)
+      >>
+    >>
+  }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkend{%
+  \Hy@endcolorlink
+  \@pdfm@mark{eann}%
+}
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{%
+  \hyper@linkstart{#1}{#2}#3\hyper@linkend
+}
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{%
+  \@pdfm@mark{%
+    bann <<
+      /Type /Annot
+      /Subtype /Link
+      /Border [\@pdfborder]
+      /C [\@filebordercolor]
+      /A <<
+        /S /GoToR
+        /F (#2)
+        /D \ifx\\#3\\[0 \@pdfstartview]\else(#3)\fi\space
+        \ifHy@newwindow /NewWindow true \fi
+      >>
+    >>%
+  }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@filecolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \@pdfm@mark{eann}%
+}
+\def\@hyper@launch run:#1\\#2#3{% filename, anchor text linkname
+  \@pdfm@mark{%
+    bann <<
+      /Type /Annot
+      /Subtype /Link
+      /Border [\@pdfborder]
+      /C [\@filebordercolor]
+      /A <<
+        /S /Launch
+        /F (#1)
+        \ifHy@newwindow /NewWindow true \fi
+        \ifx\\#3\\%
+        \else
+          /Win << /P (#3) /F (#1) >>
+        \fi
+      >>
+    >>%
+  }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@filecolor}#2\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \@pdfm@mark{eann}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{%
+  \@pdfm@mark{%
+    bann <<
+      /Type /Annot
+      /Subtype /Link
+      /Border [\@pdfborder]
+      /C [\@urlbordercolor]
+      /A <<
+        /S /URI
+        /URI (#2)
+      >>
+    >>%
+  }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \@pdfm@mark{eann}%
+}
+\def\Acrobatmenu#1#2{%
+  \@pdfm@mark{%
+    bann <<
+      /Type /Annot
+      /Subtype /Link
+      /A <<
+        /S /Named
+        /N /#1
+      >>
+      /Border [\@pdfborder]
+      /C [\@menubordercolor]
+    >>%
+  }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@menucolor}#2\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \@pdfm@mark{eann}%
+}
+\def\@pdfproducer{dvipdfm}
+\def\PDF@FinishDoc{%
+  \Hy@UseMaketitleInfos
+  \@pdfm@mark{%
+    docinfo <<
+      /Title (\@pdftitle)
+      /Subject (\@pdfsubject)
+      /Creator (\@pdfcreator)
+      /Author (\@pdfauthor)
+      /Producer (\@pdfproducer)
+      /Keywords (\@pdfkeywords)
+    >>%
+  }%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfauthor}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfkeywords}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \edef\Hy@temp{%
+    \ifHy@toolbar\else /HideToolbar true\fi
+    \ifHy@menubar\else /HideMenubar true\fi
+    \ifHy@windowui\else /HideWindowUI true\fi
+    \ifHy@fitwindow /FitWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@centerwindow /CenterWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@displaydoctitle /DisplayDocTitle true\fi
+    \ifx\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode\@empty
+    \else
+      /NonFullScreenPageMode\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \@pdfm@mark{%
+    docview <<%
+      \ifx\@pdfstartview\@empty
+      \else
+        /OpenAction[@page\@pdfstartpage\@pdfstartview]%
+      \fi
+      \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+      \else
+        /URI<</Base(\@baseurl)>>%
+      \fi
+      /PageMode \@pdfpagemode
+      \ifx\Hy@temp\@empty
+      \else
+        /ViewerPreferences<<\Hy@temp>>%
+      \fi
+      \ifx\pdf@pagelayout\@empty
+      \else
+        /PageLayout/\pdf@pagelayout\space
+      \fi
+    >>%
+  }%
+  \ifx\@pdfpagescrop\@empty
+  \else
+    \@pdfm@mark{put @pages <</CropBox[\@pdfpagescrop]>>}
+  \fi
+}
+%</dvipdfm>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{VTeX typesetting system}
+% Provided by MicroPress, May 1998.
+% They require VTeX version 6.02 or newer;
+% see \url{http://www.micropress-inc.com/} for details.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*vtexhtml>
+\RequirePackage{vtexhtml}
+\newif\if@Localurl
+\def\PDF@FinishDoc{}
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+  \else
+    \special{!direct <base href="\@baseurl">}%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\@urltype{url}
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \special{!direct <a href=\hyper@quote\hyper@hash#2\hyper@quote>}%
+  #3%
+  \special{!direct </a>}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \leavevmode
+    \MathBSuppress=1\relax
+    \special{!direct <a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+    #1%
+    \MathBSuppress=0\relax
+    \special{!direct </a>}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{%
+  \hyper@linkurl{#1}{\Hy@linkfileprefix#2\ifx\\#3\\\else\##3\fi}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \def\Hy@tempa{#1}\ifx\Hy@tempa\@urltype
+    \@Localurltrue
+    \special{!direct <a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+  \else
+    \@Localurlfalse
+    \begingroup
+      \hyper@chars
+      \special{!aref #2}%
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@linkend{%
+  \if@Localurl
+    \special{!endaref}%
+  \else
+    \special{!direct </a>}%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \special{!aname #1}%
+    \special{!direct <a name=\hyper@quote#1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{%
+  \special{!direct </a>}%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\hyper@anchor#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \let\protect=\string
+    \hyper@chars
+    \leavevmode
+    \special{!aname #1}%
+    \special{!direct <a name=\hyper@quote #1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+  \bgroup\anchor@spot\egroup
+  \special{!direct </a>}%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\@Form[#1]{\typeout{Sorry, TeXpider does not yet support FORMs}}
+\def\@endForm{}
+\def\@Gauge[#1]#2#3#4{% parameters, label, minimum, maximum
+  \typeout{Sorry, TeXpider does not yet support FORM gauges}%
+}
+\def\@TextField[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \typeout{Sorry, TeXpider does not yet support FORM text fields}%
+  }
+\def\@CheckBox[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \typeout{Sorry, TeXpider does not yet support FORM checkboxes}%
+  }
+\def\@ChoiceMenu[#1]#2#3{% parameters, label, choices
+  \typeout{Sorry, TeXpider does not yet support FORM choice menus}%
+}
+\def\@PushButton[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \typeout{Sorry, TeXpider does not yet support FORM pushbuttons}%
+}
+\def\@Reset[#1]#2{\typeout{Sorry, TeXpider does not yet support FORMs}}
+\def\@Submit[#1]#2{\typeout{Sorry, TeXpider does not yet support FORMs}}
+%</vtexhtml>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*vtex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    VTeX version 6.68 supports \cs{mediawidth} and \cs{mediaheight}.
+%    The \cs{ifx} construct is better than a \cs{csname}, because
+%    it avoids the definition and the hash table entry of a
+%    previous undefined macro.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\mediaheight\@undefined
+\else
+  \ifx\mediaheight\relax
+  \else
+    \ifHy@setpagesize
+       \providecommand*{\VTeXInitMediaSize}{%
+         \@ifundefined{stockwidth}{%
+           \ifdim\paperheight>0pt %
+             \setlength\mediaheight\paperheight
+           \fi
+           \ifdim\paperheight>0pt %
+             \setlength\mediawidth\paperwidth
+           \fi
+         }{%
+           \ifdim\stockheight>0pt %
+             \setlength\mediaheight\stockheight
+           \fi
+           \ifdim\stockwidth>0pt %
+             \setlength\mediawidth\stockwidth
+           \fi
+         }%
+       }%
+       \AtBeginDocument{\VTeXInitMediaSize}%
+    \fi
+    \Hy@DisableOption{setpagesize}%
+  \fi
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Older versions of VTeX require |xyz| in lower case.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\@pdfview{xyz}
+\providecommand\@pdfborder{0 0 1}%
+\def\CurrentBorderColor{\@linkbordercolor}
+\def\hyper@anchor#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \let\protect=\string
+    \hyper@chars
+    \special{!aname #1;\@pdfview}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@anchorcolor}\anchor@spot\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \special{!aname #1;\@pdfview}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\@urltype{url}
+\def\Hy@undefinedname{UNDEFINED}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
+  \edef\CurrentBorderColor{\csname @#1bordercolor\endcsname}%
+  \def\Hy@tempa{#1}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\@urltype
+    \special{!%
+      aref <u=/Type /Action /S /URI /URI (#2)>;%
+      a=</Border [\@pdfborder] /C [\CurrentBorderColor]>%
+    }%
+  \else
+    \protected@edef\Hy@testname{#2}%
+    \ifx\Hy@testname\@empty
+      \let\Hy@testname\Hy@undefinedname
+    \fi
+    \special{!%
+      aref \Hy@testname;%
+      a=</Border [\@pdfborder] /C [\CurrentBorderColor]>%
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@linkend{%
+  \special{!endaref}%
+  \Hy@endcolorlink
+}
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \special{!%
+    aref <%
+    \ifnum\Hy@VTeXversion>753 \ifHy@newwindow n\fi\fi
+    f=#2>#3;%
+    a=</Border [\@pdfborder] /C [\@filebordercolor]>%
+  }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@filecolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \special{!endaref}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \leavevmode
+    \special{!%
+      aref <u=/Type /Action /S /URI /URI (#2)>;%
+      a=</Border [\@pdfborder] /C [\@urlbordercolor]>%
+    }%
+    \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+    \special{!endaref}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{%
+  \edef\CurrentBorderColor{\csname @#1bordercolor\endcsname}%
+  \leavevmode
+  \protected@edef\Hy@testname{#2}%
+  \ifx\Hy@testname\@empty
+    \let\Hy@testname\Hy@undefinedname
+  \fi
+  \special{!%
+    aref \Hy@testname;%
+    a=</Border [\@pdfborder] /C [\CurrentBorderColor]>%
+  }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}#3\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \special{!endaref}%
+}
+\def\hyper@image#1#2{%
+  \hyper@linkurl{#2}{#1}%
+}
+\def\@hyper@launch run:#1\\#2#3{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \special{!aref
+    <u=%
+      /Type /Action
+      /S /Launch
+      /F (#1)
+      \ifHy@newwindow /NewWindow true \fi
+      \ifx\\#3\\\else /Win << /F (#1) /P (#3) >> \fi%
+    >;%
+    a=</Border [\@pdfborder] /C [\@runbordercolor]>%
+  }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@filecolor}#2\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \special{!endaref}%
+}
+\def\Acrobatmenu#1#2{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \special{!%
+    aref <u=/S /Named /N /#1>;%
+    a=</Border [\@pdfborder] /C [\@menubordercolor]>%
+  }%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@menucolor}#2\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \special{!endaref}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    The following code (transition effects) is
+%    made by Alex Kostin.
+%
+%    The code below makes sense for V\TeX\ 7.02 or later.
+%
+%    Please never use |\@ifundefined{VTeXversion}{..}{..}| \emph{globally}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifnum\Hy@VTeXversion<702 %
+\else
+  \def\hyper@pagetransition{%
+    \ifx\@pdfpagetransition\relax
+    \else
+      \ifx\@pdfpagetransition\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Standard incantation.
+%
+%    1. Does an old entry have to be deleted?
+%    2. If 1=yes, how to delete?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \else
+        \hvtex@parse@trans\@pdfpagetransition
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    I have to write an ``honest'' parser to convert raw PDF code
+%    into V\TeX\ |\special|. (AVK)
+%
+%    Syntax of V\TeX\ |\special{!trans <transition_effect>}|:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%<transition_effect> ::= <transition_style>[,<transition_duration>]
+%<transition_style> ::= <Blinds_effect> | <Box_effect> |
+%                       <Dissolve_effect> | <Glitter_effect> |
+%                       <Split_effect> | <Wipe_effect>
+%<Blinds_effect> ::= B[<effect_dimension>]
+%<Box_effect> ::= X[<effect_motion>]
+%<Dissolve_effect> ::= D
+%<Glitter_effect> ::= G[<effect_direction>]
+%<Split_effect> ::= S[<effect_motion>][<effect_dimension>]
+%<Wipe_effect> ::= W[<effect_direction>]
+%<Replace_effect> ::= R
+%<effect_direction> ::= <number>
+%<effect_dimension> ::= H | V
+%<effect_motion> ::= I | O
+%<transition_duration> ::= <number>
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+%    Transition codes:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\hvtex@trans@effect@Blinds{\def\hvtex@trans@code{B}}
+  \def\hvtex@trans@effect@Box{\def\hvtex@trans@code{X}}
+  \def\hvtex@trans@effect@Dissolve{\def\hvtex@trans@code{D}}
+  \def\hvtex@trans@effect@Glitter{\def\hvtex@trans@code{G}}
+  \def\hvtex@trans@effect@Split{\def\hvtex@trans@code{S}}
+  \def\hvtex@trans@effect@Wipe{\def\hvtex@trans@code{W}}
+  \def\hvtex@trans@effect@R{\def\hvtex@trans@code{R}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Optional parameters:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\hvtex@par@dimension{/Dm}
+  \def\hvtex@par@direction{/Di}
+  \def\hvtex@par@duration{/D}
+  \def\hvtex@par@motion{/M}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Tokenizer:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\hvtex@gettoken{\expandafter\hvtex@gettoken@\hvtex@buffer\@nil}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Notice that tokens in the input buffer must be space delimited.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\hvtex@gettoken@#1 #2\@nil{%
+    \edef\hvtex@token{#1}%
+    \edef\hvtex@buffer{#2}%
+  }
+  \def\hvtex@parse@trans#1{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Initializing code:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\hvtex@trans@code\@empty
+    \let\hvtex@param@dimension\@empty
+    \let\hvtex@param@direction\@empty
+    \let\hvtex@param@duration\@empty
+    \let\hvtex@param@motion\@empty
+    \edef\hvtex@buffer{#1\space}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    First token is the PDF transition name without escape.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \hvtex@gettoken
+    \ifx\hvtex@token\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Leading space(s)?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \ifx\hvtex@buffer\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    The buffer is empty, nothing to do.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \else
+        \hvtex@gettoken
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \csname hvtex@trans@effect@\hvtex@token\endcsname
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Now is time to parse optional parameters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \hvtex@trans@params
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Reentrable macro to parse optional parameters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\hvtex@trans@params{%
+    \ifx\hvtex@buffer\@empty
+    \else
+      \hvtex@gettoken
+      \let\hvtex@trans@par\hvtex@token
+      \ifx\hvtex@buffer\@empty
+      \else
+        \hvtex@gettoken
+        \ifx\hvtex@trans@par\hvtex@par@duration
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    /D is the effect duration in seconds. V\TeX\ special
+%    takes it in milliseconds.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \let\hvtex@param@duration\hvtex@token
+        \else \ifx\hvtex@trans@par\hvtex@par@motion
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    /M can be either /I or /O
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \expandafter\edef\expandafter\hvtex@param@motion
+            \expandafter{\expandafter\@gobble\hvtex@token}%
+        \else \ifx\hvtex@trans@par\hvtex@par@dimension
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    /Dm can be either /H or /V
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \expandafter\edef\expandafter\hvtex@param@dimension
+            \expandafter{\expandafter\@gobble\hvtex@token}%
+        \else \ifx\hvtex@trans@par\hvtex@par@direction
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Valid values for /Di are 0, 270, 315 (the Glitter effect) or
+%    0, 90, 180, 270 (the Wipe effect).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \let\hvtex@param@direction\hvtex@token
+        \fi\fi\fi\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifx\hvtex@buffer\@empty
+      \let\next\hvtex@produce@trans
+    \else
+      \let\next\hvtex@trans@params
+    \fi
+    \next
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Merge |<transition_effect>| and issue the special when possible.
+%    Too lazy to validate optional parameters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\hvtex@produce@trans{%
+    \let\vtex@trans@special\@empty
+    \if S\hvtex@trans@code
+      \edef\vtex@trans@special{\hvtex@trans@code
+        \hvtex@param@dimension\hvtex@param@motion}%
+    \else \if B\hvtex@trans@code
+      \edef\vtex@trans@special{\hvtex@trans@code\hvtex@param@dimension}%
+    \else \if X\hvtex@trans@code
+      \edef\vtex@trans@special{\hvtex@trans@code\hvtex@param@motion}%
+    \else \if W\hvtex@trans@code
+      \edef\vtex@trans@special{\hvtex@trans@code\hvtex@param@direction}%
+    \else \if D\hvtex@trans@code
+      \let\vtex@trans@special\hvtex@trans@code
+    \else \if R\hvtex@trans@code
+      \let\vtex@trans@special\hvtex@trans@code
+    \else \if G\hvtex@trans@code
+      \edef\vtex@trans@special{\hvtex@trans@code\hvtex@param@direction}%
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \ifx\vtex@trans@special\@empty
+    \else
+      \ifx\hvtex@param@duration\@empty
+      \else
+        \setlength{\dimen@}{\hvtex@param@duration\p@}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    I'm not guilty of possible overflow.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \multiply\dimen@\@m
+        \edef\vtex@trans@special{\vtex@trans@special,\strip@pt\dimen@}%
+      \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    And all the mess is just for this.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \special{!trans \vtex@trans@special}%
+    \fi
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\hyper@pageduration{%
+    \ifx\@pdfpageduration\relax
+    \else
+      \ifx\@pdfpageduration\@empty
+        \special{!duration-}%
+      \else
+        \special{!duration \@pdfpageduration}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  }
+  \def\hyper@pagehidden{%
+    \ifHy@useHidKey
+      \special{!hidden\ifHy@pdfpagehidden +\else -\fi}%
+    \fi
+  }
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Caution: In opposite to the other drivers,
+%    the argument of |\special{!onopen #1}| is
+%    a reference name. The VTeX's postscript
+%    mode will work with a version higher than
+%    7.0x.
+%
+%    The command \verb|\VTeXOS| is defined since version 7.45.
+%    Magic values encode the operating system:\\
+%    \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{: }l@{}}
+%      1 & WinTel\\
+%      2 & Linux\\
+%      3 & OS/2\\
+%      4 & MacOS\\
+%      5 & MacOS/X\\
+%    \end{tabular}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@pdfproducer{VTeX}
+\ifnum\Hy@VTeXversion>\z@
+  \count@\VTeXversion
+  \divide\count@ 100
+  \edef\@pdfproducer{\@pdfproducer\space v\the\count@}
+  \multiply\count@ -100
+  \advance\count@\VTeXversion
+  \edef\@pdfproducer{%
+    \@pdfproducer
+    .\ifnum\count@<10 0\fi\the\count@
+    \ifx\VTeXOS\@undefined\else
+      \ifnum\VTeXOS>0 %
+        \ifnum\VTeXOS<6 %
+          \space(%
+          \ifcase\VTeXOS
+          \or Windows\or Linux\or OS/2\or MacOS\or MacOS/X%
+          \fi
+          )%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    ,\space
+    \ifnum\OpMode=\@ne PDF\else PS\fi
+    \space backend%
+    \ifx\gexmode\@undefined\else
+      \ifnum\gexmode>\z@\space with GeX\fi
+    \fi
+  }
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Current |!pdfinfo| key syntax:
+%
+%    \begin{tabular}{lll}
+%     \hline
+%      Key        & Field                    & Type   \\
+%     \hline
+%     \texttt{a} & \textbf{A}uthor          & String \\
+%     \texttt{b} & Crop\textbf{B}ox         & String \\
+%     \texttt{c} & \textbf{C}reator         & String \\
+%     \texttt{k} & \textbf{K}eywords        & String \\
+%     \texttt{l} & Page\textbf{L}ayout      & PS     \\
+%     \texttt{p} & \textbf{P}ageMode        & PS     \\
+%     \texttt{r} & P\textbf{r}oducer        & String \\
+%     \texttt{s} & \textbf{S}ubject         & String \\
+%     \texttt{t} & \textbf{T}itle           & String \\
+%     \texttt{u} & \textbf{U}RI             & PS     \\
+%     \texttt{v} & \textbf{V}iewPreferences & PS     \\
+%    \hline
+%    \end{tabular}
+%
+%    Note: PS objects that are dicts are in |<<<..>>>| (yuck; no choice).
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \ifx\@pdfpagescrop\@empty
+  \else
+    \special{!pdfinfo b=<\@pdfpagescrop>}%
+  \fi
+  \special{!onopen Page\@pdfstartpage}%
+  \special{!pdfinfo p=<\@pdfpagemode>}%
+  \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+  \else
+    \special{!pdfinfo u=<<</Base (\@baseurl)>>>}%
+  \fi
+  \special{!pdfinfo v=<<<%
+    \ifHy@toolbar\else /HideToolbar true\fi
+    \ifHy@menubar\else /HideMenubar true\fi
+    \ifHy@windowui\else /HideWindowUI true\fi
+    \ifHy@fitwindow /FitWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@centerwindow /CenterWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@displaydoctitle /DisplayDocTitle true\fi
+    \ifx\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode\@empty
+    \else
+      /NonFullScreenPageMode\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
+    \fi
+  >>>}%
+  \ifx\pdf@pagelayout\@empty
+  \else
+    \special{!pdfinfo l=</\pdf@pagelayout\space>}%
+  \fi
+}%
+\def\PDF@FinishDoc{%
+  \Hy@UseMaketitleInfos
+  \special{!pdfinfo a=<\@pdfauthor>}%
+  \special{!pdfinfo t=<\@pdftitle>}%
+  \special{!pdfinfo s=<\@pdfsubject>}%
+  \special{!pdfinfo c=<\@pdfcreator>}%
+  \special{!pdfinfo r=<\@pdfproducer>}%
+  \special{!pdfinfo k=<\@pdfkeywords>}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfauthor}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfkeywords}%
+}
+%</vtex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Fix for Adobe bug number 466320}
+%    If a destination occurs at the very begin of a page,
+%    the destination is moved to the previous page by
+%    Adobe Distiller 5.
+%    As workaround Adobe suggests:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%/showpage {
+%  //showpage
+%  clippath stroke erasepage
+%} bind def
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+%    But unfortunately this fix generates an empty page
+%    at the end of the document. Therefore another fix
+%    is used by writing some clipped text.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<dviwindo>\def\literalps@out#1{\special{ps:#1}}%
+%<package>\providecommand*{\Hy@DistillerDestFix}{}
+%<*pdfmark|dviwindo>
+\def\Hy@DistillerDestFix{%
+  \begingroup
+    \let\x\literalps@out
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    The fix has to be passed unchanged through GeX, if
+%    VTeX in PostScript mode with GeX is used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifnum \@ifundefined{OpMode}{0}{%
+           \@ifundefined{gexmode}{0}{%
+           \ifnum\gexmode>0 \OpMode\else 0\fi
+           }}>1 %
+      \def\x##1{%
+        \immediate\special{!=##1}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \x{%
+      /product where{%
+        pop %
+        product(Distiller)search{%
+          pop pop pop %
+          version(.)search{%
+            exch pop exch pop%
+            (3011)eq{%
+              gsave %
+              newpath 0 0 moveto closepath clip%
+              /Courier findfont 10 scalefont setfont %
+              72 72 moveto(.)show %
+              grestore%
+            }if%
+          }{pop}ifelse%
+        }{pop}ifelse%
+      }if%
+    }%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%</pdfmark|dviwindo>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Direct pdfmark support (dvipdf and pdfmark)}
+%    Drivers that load |pdfmark.def| have to provide the
+%    correct macro definitions of
+%    \begin{center}
+%      \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+%        |\@pdfproducer|& for document information\\
+%        |\literalps@out|& PostScript output\\
+%        |\headerps@out|& PostScript output that goes in the header area\\
+%      \end{tabular}
+%    \end{center}
+%    and the correct definitions of the following PostScript procedures:
+%    \begin{center}
+%      \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+%        |H.S|& start of anchor, link or rect\\
+%        |#1 H.A|& end of anchor, argument=baselineskip in pt\\
+%        |#1 H.L|& end of link, argument=baselineskip in pt\\
+%        |H.R|& end of rect\\
+%        |H.B|& raw rect code\\
+%      \end{tabular}
+%    \end{center}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pdfmark|dvipdf>
+\def\hyper@anchor#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \pdfmark[\anchor@spot]{%
+      pdfmark=/DEST,%
+      linktype=anchor,%
+      View=/\@pdfview \@pdfviewparams,%
+      DestAnchor={#1}%
+    }%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+%<*dvipdf>
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{\Hy@activeanchortrue}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{\Hy@activeanchorfalse}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
+  \xdef\hyper@currentanchor{#2}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkend{%
+  \Hy@endcolorlink
+}
+%</dvipdf>
+%<*pdfmark>
+\@ifundefined{hyper@anchorstart}{}{\endinput}
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \literalps@out{H.S}%
+  \xdef\hyper@currentanchor{#1}%
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{%
+  \literalps@out{\strip@pt@and@otherjunk\baselineskip\space H.A}%
+  \pdfmark{%
+    pdfmark=/DEST,%
+    linktype=anchor,%
+    View=/\@pdfview \@pdfviewparams,%
+    DestAnchor=\hyper@currentanchor,%
+    Raw=H.B%
+  }%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \ifHy@breaklinks
+  \else
+    \leavevmode\hbox\bgroup
+  \fi
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
+  \literalps@out{H.S}%
+  \xdef\hyper@currentanchor{#2}%
+  \gdef\hyper@currentlinktype{#1}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkend{%
+  \literalps@out{\strip@pt@and@otherjunk\baselineskip\space H.L}%
+  \edef\Hy@temp{\csname @\hyper@currentlinktype bordercolor\endcsname}%
+  \pdfmark{%
+    pdfmark=/ANN,%
+    linktype=link,%
+    Subtype=/Link,%
+    Dest=\hyper@currentanchor,%
+    AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+    Border=\@pdfborder,%
+    Color=\Hy@temp,%
+    Raw=H.B%
+  }%
+  \Hy@endcolorlink
+  \ifHy@breaklinks
+  \else
+    \egroup
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pdfmark>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We have to allow for |\baselineskip| having an optional
+% stretch and shrink (you meet this in slide packages, for instance),
+% so we need to strip off the junk. David Carlisle, of course,
+% wrote this bit of code.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`P=12
+  \catcode`T=12
+  \lowercase{\endgroup
+  \gdef\rem@ptetc#1.#2PT#3!{#1\ifnum#2>\z@.#2\fi}%
+}
+\def\strip@pt@and@otherjunk#1{\expandafter\rem@ptetc\the#1!}
+%</pdfmark>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\hyper@pagetransition}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@pagetransition{%
+  \ifx\@pdfpagetransition\relax
+  \else
+    \ifx\@pdfpagetransition\@empty
+      % 1. Does an old entry have to be deleted?
+      % 2. If 1=yes, how to delete?
+    \else
+      \pdfmark{%
+        pdfmark=/PUT,%
+        Raw={%
+          \string{ThisPage\string}%
+          <</Trans << /S /\@pdfpagetransition\space >> >>%
+        }%
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\hyper@pageduration}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@pageduration{%
+  \ifx\@pdfpageduration\relax
+  \else
+    \ifx\@pdfpageduration\@empty
+      % 1. Does an old entry have to be deleted?
+      % 2. If 1=yes, how to delete?
+    \else
+      \pdfmark{%
+        pdfmark=/PUT,%
+        Raw={%
+          \string{ThisPage\string}%
+          <</Dur \@pdfpageduration>>%
+        }%
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\hyper@pagehidden}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@pagehidden{%
+  \ifHy@useHidKey
+    \pdfmark{%
+      pdfmark=/PUT,%
+      Raw={%
+        \string{ThisPage\string}%
+        <</Hid \ifHy@pdfpagehidden true\else false\fi>>%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</pdfmark>
+\def\hyper@image#1#2{%
+  \hyper@linkurl{#2}{#1}}
+\def\Hy@undefinedname{UNDEFINED}
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{%
+  \edef\Hy@temp{\csname @#1bordercolor\endcsname}%
+  \begingroup
+    \protected@edef\Hy@testname{#2}%
+    \ifx\Hy@testname\@empty
+      \let\Hy@testname\Hy@undefinedname
+    \fi
+%<*dvipdf>
+    \pdfmark[{#3}]{%
+      pdfmark=/LNK,%
+      {},%
+      linktype={#1},%
+      AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+      Border=\@pdfborder,%
+      Color=\Hy@temp,%
+      Dest=\Hy@testname
+    }%
+%</dvipdf>
+%<*pdfmarkbase>
+    \pdfmark[{#3}]{%
+      Color=\Hy@temp,%
+      linktype={#1},%
+      AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+      Border=\@pdfborder,%
+      pdfmark=/ANN,%
+      Subtype=/Link,%
+      Dest=\Hy@testname
+    }%
+%</pdfmarkbase>
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newtoks\pdf@docset
+\def\PDF@FinishDoc{%
+  \Hy@UseMaketitleInfos
+  \pdfmark{%
+    pdfmark=/DOCINFO,%
+    Title=\@pdftitle,%
+    Subject=\@pdfsubject,%
+    Creator=\@pdfcreator,%
+    Author=\@pdfauthor,%
+    Producer=\@pdfproducer,%
+    Keywords=\@pdfkeywords
+  }%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfauthor}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfkeywords}%
+}
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \pdfmark{%
+    pdfmark=/DOCVIEW,%
+    Page=\@pdfstartpage,%
+    View=\@pdfstartview,%
+    PageMode=\@pdfpagemode
+  }%
+  \ifx\@pdfpagescrop\@empty
+  \else
+    \pdfmark{pdfmark=/PAGES,CropBox=\@pdfpagescrop}%
+  \fi
+  \edef\Hy@temp{%
+    \ifHy@toolbar\else /HideToolbar true\fi
+    \ifHy@menubar\else /HideMenubar true\fi
+    \ifHy@windowui\else /HideWindowUI true\fi
+    \ifHy@fitwindow /FitWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@centerwindow /CenterWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@displaydoctitle /DisplayDocTitle true\fi
+    \ifx\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode\@empty
+    \else
+      /NonFullScreenPageMode\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \pdfmark{%
+    pdfmark=/PUT,%
+    Raw={%
+      \string{Catalog\string} <<
+        \ifx\Hy@temp\@empty
+        \else
+          /ViewerPreferences<<\Hy@temp>>%
+        \fi
+        \ifx\pdf@pagelayout\@empty
+        \else
+          /PageLayout /\pdf@pagelayout\space
+        \fi
+        \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+        \else
+          /URI << /Base (\@baseurl) >>%
+        \fi
+      >>%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%</pdfmark|dvipdf>
+%<*pdfmarkbase|dvipdf>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We define a single macro, pdfmark, which uses the `keyval' system
+% to define the various allowable keys; these are \emph{exactly}
+% as listed in the pdfmark reference for Acrobat 3.0. The only addition
+% is \texttt{pdfmark} which specifies the type of pdfmark to create
+% (like ANN, LINK etc). The
+% surrounding round and square brackets in the pdfmark commands
+% are supplied, but you have to put in / characters as needed for the
+% values.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\pdfmark{\@ifnextchar[{\pdfmark@}{\pdfmark@[]}}
+\def\pdfmark@[#1]#2{%
+    \edef\@processme{\noexpand\pdf@toks={\the\pdf@defaulttoks}}%
+    \@processme
+    \let\pdf@type\relax
+    \setkeys{PDF}{#2}%
+    \ifx\pdf@type\relax
+       \Hy@WarningNoLine{no pdfmark type specified in #2!!}%
+       \ifx\\#1\\\relax\else\pdf@rect{#1}\fi
+    \else
+       \ifx\\#1\\\relax
+%<pdfmarkbase>  \literalps@out{[\the\pdf@toks\space\pdf@type\space pdfmark}%
+%<dvipdf>  \literalps@out{/ANN >>}%
+       \else
+         \Hy@colorlink{\@ifundefined{@\pdf@linktype color}%
+                      {\@linkcolor}%
+                      {\csname @\pdf@linktype color\endcsname}}%
+         \pdf@rect{#1}%
+%<pdfmarkbase>  \literalps@out{[\the\pdf@toks\space\pdf@type\space pdfmark}%
+%<dvipdf>  \literalps@out{/ANN >>}%
+         \Hy@endcolorlink
+       \fi
+    \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The complicated bit is working out the right enclosing rectangle of
+% some piece of \TeX\ text, needed by the /Rect key. This solution originates
+% with  Toby Thain (\texttt{tobyt@netspace.net.au}).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newsavebox{\pdf@box}
+\def\pdf@rect#1{%
+%<dvipdf>   \literalps@out{/ANN \pdf@type\space\the\pdf@toks\space <<}#1%
+  \leavevmode
+  \sbox\pdf@box{#1}%
+  \dimen@\ht\pdf@box
+  \leavevmode
+  \ifdim\dp\pdf@box=\z@
+    \literalps@out{H.S}%
+  \else
+    \lower\dp\pdf@box\hbox{\literalps@out{H.S}}%
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the text has to be horizontal mode stuff then just unbox
+% the saved box like this, which saves executing it twice, which can
+% mess up counters etc (thanks DPC\ldots).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifHy@breaklinks\unhbox\else\box\fi\pdf@box
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% but if it can have multiple paragraphs you'd need one of these,
+% but in that case the measured box size would be wrong anyway.
+%    \begin{quote}
+%   |\ifHy@breaklinks#1\else\box\pdf@box\fi|\\
+%   |\ifHy@breaklinks{#1}\else\box\pdf@box\fi|
+%    \end{quote}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifdim\dimen@=\z@
+    \literalps@out{H.R}%
+  \else
+    \raise\dimen@\hbox{\literalps@out{H.R}}%
+  \fi
+  \pdf@addtoksx{H.B}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% All the supplied material is stored in a token list; since I do not
+% feel sure I quite understand these, things may not work as expected
+% with expansion. We'll have to experiment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newtoks\pdf@toks
+\newtoks\pdf@defaulttoks
+\pdf@defaulttoks={}%
+\def\pdf@addtoks#1#2{%
+  \edef\@processme{\pdf@toks{\the\pdf@toks\space /#2 #1}}%
+  \@processme
+}
+\def\pdf@addtoksx#1{%
+  \edef\@processme{\pdf@toks{\the\pdf@toks\space #1}}%
+  \@processme
+}
+\def\PDFdefaults#1{%
+  \pdf@defaulttoks={#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This is the list of allowed keys. See the Acrobat manual for an
+% explanation.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% what is the type of pdfmark?
+\define@key{PDF}{pdfmark}{\def\pdf@type{#1}}
+% what is the link type?
+\define@key{PDF}{linktype}{\def\pdf@linktype{#1}}
+\def\pdf@linktype{link}
+% parameter is a stream of PDF
+\define@key{PDF}{Raw}{\pdf@addtoksx{#1}}
+% parameter is a name
+\define@key{PDF}{Action}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{Action}}
+% parameter is a array
+\define@key{PDF}{Border}{\pdf@addtoks{[#1]}{Border}}
+% parameter is a array
+\define@key{PDF}{Color}{\pdf@addtoks{[#1]}{Color}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{Contents}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Contents}}
+% parameter is a integer
+\define@key{PDF}{Count}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{Count}}
+% parameter is a array
+\define@key{PDF}{CropBox}{\pdf@addtoks{[#1]}{CropBox}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{DOSFile}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{DOSFile}}
+% parameter is a string or file
+\define@key{PDF}{DataSource}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{DataSource}}
+% parameter is a destination
+\define@key{PDF}{Dest}{%
+  \begingroup
+    \edef\x{#1}%
+  \expandafter\endgroup
+  \ifx\x\@empty\else\pdf@addtoks{(#1) cvn}{Dest}\fi
+}
+\define@key{PDF}{DestAnchor}{%
+  \begingroup
+    \edef\x{#1}%
+  \expandafter\endgroup
+  \ifx\x\@empty\else\pdf@addtoks{(#1) cvn}{Dest}\fi
+}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{Dir}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Dir}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{File}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{File}}
+% parameter is a int
+\define@key{PDF}{Flags}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{Flags}}
+% parameter is a name
+\define@key{PDF}{AcroHighlight}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{H}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{ID}{\pdf@addtoks{[#1]}{ID}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{MacFile}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{MacFile}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{ModDate}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{ModDate}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{Op}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Op}}
+% parameter is a Boolean
+\define@key{PDF}{Open}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{Open}}
+% parameter is a integer or name
+\define@key{PDF}{Page}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{Page}}
+% parameter is a name
+\define@key{PDF}{PageMode}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{PageMode}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{Params}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Params}}
+% parameter is a array
+\define@key{PDF}{Rect}{\pdf@addtoks{[#1]}{Rect}}
+% parameter is a integer
+\define@key{PDF}{SrcPg}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{SrcPg}}
+% parameter is a name
+%<pdfmarkbase>\define@key{PDF}{Subtype}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{Subtype}}
+%<dvipdf>\define@key{PDF}{Subtype}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{Title}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Title}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{Unix}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Unix}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{UnixFile}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{UnixFile}}
+% parameter is an array
+\define@key{PDF}{View}{\pdf@addtoks{[#1]}{View}}
+% parameter is a string
+\define@key{PDF}{WinFile}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{WinFile}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These are the keys used in the DOCINFO section.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{PDF}{Author}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Author}}
+\define@key{PDF}{CreationDate}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{CreationDate}}
+\define@key{PDF}{Creator}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Creator}}
+\define@key{PDF}{Producer}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Producer}}
+\define@key{PDF}{Subject}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Subject}}
+\define@key{PDF}{Keywords}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Keywords}}
+\define@key{PDF}{ModDate}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{ModDate}}
+\define@key{PDF}{Base}{\pdf@addtoks{(#1)}{Base}}
+\define@key{PDF}{URI}{\pdf@addtoks{#1}{URI}}
+%</pdfmarkbase|dvipdf>
+%<*pdfmark|dvipdf>
+\def\Acrobatmenu#1#2{%
+  \pdfmark[{#2}]{%
+    linktype=menu,%
+    pdfmark=/ANN,%
+    AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+    Border=\@pdfborder,%
+    Action={<< /Subtype /Named /N /#1 >>},%
+    Subtype=/Link%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% And now for some useful examples:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDFNextPage{\@ifnextchar[{\PDFNextPage@}{\PDFNextPage@[]}}
+\def\PDFNextPage@[#1]#2{%
+  \pdfmark[{#2}]{#1,Border=\@pdfborder,Color=.2 .1 .5,
+  pdfmark=/ANN,Subtype=/Link,Page=/Next}}
+\def\PDFPreviousPage{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\PDFPreviousPage@}{\PDFPreviousPage@[]}%
+}
+\def\PDFPreviousPage@[#1]#2{%
+  \pdfmark[{#2}]{#1,Border=\@pdfborder,Color=.4 .4 .1,
+  pdfmark=/ANN,Subtype=/Link,Page=/Prev}}
+\def\PDFOpen#1{%
+  \pdfmark{#1,pdfmark=/DOCVIEW}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This is not as simple as it looks; if we make the argument of
+% this macro eg |\pageref{foo}| and expect it to expand to `3',
+% we need a special version of |\pageref|
+% which does \emph{not} produce
+% `3 \hbox{}'\ldots. David Carlisle looked at this bit and provided
+% the solution, as ever!
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDFPage{\@ifnextchar[{\PDFPage@}{\PDFPage@[]}}
+\def\PDFPage@[#1]#2#3{%
+  \let\pageref\simple@pageref
+  \pdfmark[{#3}]{%
+    #1,%
+    Page={#2},%
+    AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+    Border=\@pdfborder,%
+    Color=\@pagebordercolor,%
+    pdfmark=/ANN,%
+    Subtype=/Link%
+  }%
+}
+\def\simple@pageref#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax
+   0%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+          \@secondoffive\csname r@#1\endcsname
+  \fi}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This will only work if you use Distiller 2.1 or higher.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \leavevmode
+%<*pdfmarkbase>
+    \pdfmark[{#1}]{%
+      pdfmark=/ANN,%
+      linktype=url,%
+      AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+      Border=\@pdfborder,%
+      Color=\@urlbordercolor,%
+      Action={<< /Subtype /URI /URI (#2) >>},%
+      Subtype=/Link%
+    }%
+%</pdfmarkbase>
+%<*dvipdf>
+    \pdfmark[{#1}]{%
+      pdfmark=/LNK,%
+      linktype=url,%
+      AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+      Border=\@pdfborder,%
+      Color=\@urlbordercolor,%
+      Action={URI /URI (#2)}%
+    }%
+%</dvipdf>
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{%
+  \begingroup
+    \leavevmode
+%<*pdfmark>
+    \pdfmark[{#1}]{%
+      pdfmark=/ANN,%
+      Subtype=/Link,
+      AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+      Border=\@pdfborder,%
+      linktype=file,%
+      Color=\@filebordercolor,%
+      Action={<<
+        /S /GoToR
+        \ifHy@newwindow /NewWindow true \fi
+        /F (#2)
+        /D \ifx\\#3\\[0 \@pdfstartview]\else(#3) cvn\fi
+      >>}%
+    }%
+%</pdfmark>
+%<*dvipdf>
+    \pdfmark[{#1}]{%
+      pdfmark=/LNK,%
+      linktype=file,
+      AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+      Border=\@pdfborder,%
+      Color=\@filebordercolor,%
+      Action={<<
+        /S /GoToR
+        \ifHy@newwindow /NewWindow true \fi
+        /F (#2)
+        /D \ifx\\#3\\[0 \@pdfstartview]\else(#3) cvn\fi
+      >>}%
+    }%
+%</dvipdf>
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\@hyper@launch run:#1\\#2#3{%
+  \begingroup
+    \leavevmode
+%<*pdfmark>
+    \pdfmark[{#2}]{%
+      pdfmark=/ANN,%
+      Subtype=/Link,%
+      AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+      Border=\@pdfborder,%
+      linktype=file,%
+      Color=\@filebordercolor,%
+      Action={<<
+        /S /Launch
+        \ifHy@newwindow /NewWindow true \fi
+        /F (#1)
+        \ifx\\#3\\\else /Win << /P (#3) /F (#1) >> \fi
+      >>}%
+    }%
+%</pdfmark>
+%<*dvipdf>
+    \pdfmark[{#2}]{%
+      pdfmark=/LNK,%
+      linktype=file,%
+      AcroHighlight=\@pdfhighlight,%
+      Border=\@pdfborder,%
+      Color=\@filebordercolor,%
+      Action={<<
+        /S /GoToR
+        \ifHy@newwindow /NewWindow true \fi
+        /F (#1)
+        /D \ifx\\#3\\[0 \@pdfstartview]\else(#3)\fi
+      >>}%
+    }%
+%</dvipdf>
+  \endgroup
+}
+%</pdfmark|dvipdf>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Unfortunately, some parts of the |pdfmark|
+% PostScript code depend on vagaries
+% of the dvi driver. We isolate here all the problems.
+%
+% \subsection{Rokicki's dvips}
+% dvips thinks in 10ths of a big point, its
+% coordinate space is resolution dependent,
+% and its $y$ axis starts at the top of the
+% page. Other drivers can and will be different!
+%
+% The work is done in |SDict|, because we add in some header
+% definitions in a moment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*dvips>
+\input{pdfmark.def}%
+\def\@pdfproducer{dvips + Distiller}
+\def\literalps@out#1{\special{ps:SDict begin #1 end}}%
+\def\headerps@out#1{\special{! #1}}%
+\providecommand\@pdfborder{0 0 12}
+\providecommand\@pdfview{XYZ}
+\providecommand\@pdfviewparams{ H.V}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDvi{%
+  \headerps@out{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Unless I am going mad, this \emph{appears} to be the relationship
+% between the default coordinate system (PDF), and dvips;
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% /DvipsToPDF { .01383701 div Resolution div } def
+% /PDFToDvips { .01383701 mul Resolution mul } def
+% \end{verbatim}
+% the latter's coordinates are resolution dependent, but what that
+% .01383701 is, who knows? well, almost everyone except me, I expect\ldots
+% And yes, Maarten Gelderman \texttt{<mgelderman@econ.vu.nl>}
+% points out that its 1/72.27 (the number of points to an inch, big points
+% to inch is 1/72). This also suggests that the code would be more
+% understandable (and exact) if 0.013 div would be replaced by 72.27 mul,
+% so here we go. If this isn't right, I'll revert it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    /DvipsToPDF { 72.27 mul Resolution div } def
+    /PDFToDvips { 72.27 div Resolution mul } def
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The rectangle around the links starts off
+% \emph{exactly} the size of the box;
+% we will to make it slightly bigger, 1 point on all sides.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    /HyperBorder  { 1 PDFToDvips } def
+    /H.V {pdf@hoff pdf@voff null} def
+    /H.B {/Rect[pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]} def
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |H.S| (start of anchor, link, or rect) stores
+% the $x$ and $y$ coordinates of the current point, in PDF coordinates
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    /H.S {
+      currentpoint
+      HyperBorder add /pdf@lly exch def
+      dup DvipsToPDF  /pdf@hoff exch def
+      HyperBorder sub /pdf@llx exch def
+    } def
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The calculation of upper left $y$ is done without
+% raising the point in \TeX,
+% by simply adding on the current |\baselineskip| to the current $y$.
+% This is usually too much, so we remove a notional 2 points.
+%
+% We have to see what the current baselineskip is, and convert it
+% to the dvips coordinate system.
+%
+% Argument: baselineskip in pt.
+% The $x$ and $y$ coordinates of the current point, minus the baselineskip
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    /H.L {
+      2 sub dup
+      /HyperBasePt exch def
+      PDFToDvips /HyperBaseDvips exch def
+      currentpoint
+      HyperBaseDvips sub /pdf@ury exch def
+      /pdf@urx exch def
+    } def
+    /H.A {
+      H.L
+% |/pdf@voff| = the distance from the top of the page to a point
+% |\baselineskip| above the current point in PDF coordinates
+      currentpoint exch pop
+      vsize 72 sub exch DvipsToPDF
+      HyperBasePt sub % baseline skip
+      sub /pdf@voff exch def
+    } def
+    /H.R {
+      currentpoint
+      HyperBorder sub /pdf@ury exch def
+      HyperBorder add /pdf@urx exch def
+% |/pdf@voff| = the distance from the top of the page to the current point, in
+% PDF coordinates
+      currentpoint exch pop vsize 72 sub
+      exch DvipsToPDF sub /pdf@voff exch def
+    } def
+    systemdict
+    /pdfmark known not
+    {userdict /pdfmark systemdict /cleartomark get put} if
+  }%
+}
+\AfterBeginDocument{%
+  \ifx\special@paper\@empty\else
+    \ifHy@setpagesize
+      \special{papersize=\special@paper}%
+    \fi
+    \Hy@DisableOption{setpagesize}%
+  \fi
+}
+%</dvips>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{VTeX's vtexpdfmark driver}
+%
+% This part is derived from the dvips
+% (many names reflect this).
+%
+% The origin seems to be the same as TeX's origin,
+% 1 in from the left and 1 in downwards from the top.
+% The direction of the $y$ axis is downwards,
+% the opposite of the dvips case. Units seems
+% to be pt or bp.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*vtexpdfmark>
+\input{pdfmark.def}%
+\ifnum\OpMode=\@ne
+  \def\@pdfproducer{VTeX}
+\else
+  \def\@pdfproducer{VTeX + Distiller}
+\fi
+\def\literalps@out#1{\special{pS:#1}}%
+\def\headerps@out#1{\immediate\special{pS:#1}}%
+\providecommand\@pdfborder{0 0 1}
+\providecommand\@pdfview{XYZ}
+\providecommand\@pdfviewparams{ H.V}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDvi{%
+  \headerps@out{%
+    /vsize {\Hy@pageheight} def
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The rectangle around the links starts off
+% \emph{exactly} the size of the box;
+% we will to make it slightly bigger, 1 point on all sides.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    /HyperBorder {1} def
+    /H.V {pdf@hoff pdf@voff null} def
+    /H.B {/Rect[pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]} def
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% |H.S| (start of anchor, link, or rect) stores
+% the $x$ and $y$ coordinates of the current point, in PDF coordinates:
+% $\mathtt{pdf@lly}  = Y_c - \mathtt{HyperBorder}$,
+% $\mathtt{pdf@hoff} = X_c + 72$,
+% $\mathtt{pdf@llx}  = X_c - \mathtt{HyperBorder}$
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    /H.S {
+      currentpoint
+      HyperBorder sub
+      /pdf@lly exch def
+      dup 72 add /pdf@hoff exch def
+      HyperBorder sub
+      /pdf@llx exch def
+    } def
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The $x$ and $y$ coordinates of the current point, minus the
+% |\baselineskip|:
+% $\mathtt{pdf@ury} = Y_c + \mathtt{HyperBasePt} + \mathtt{HyperBorder}$,
+% $\mathtt{pdf@urx} = X_c + \mathtt{HyperBorder}$
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    /H.L {
+      2 sub
+      /HyperBasePt exch def
+      currentpoint
+      HyperBasePt add HyperBorder add
+      /pdf@ury exch def
+      HyperBorder add
+      /pdf@urx exch def
+    } def
+    /H.A {
+      H.L
+      currentpoint exch pop
+      vsize 72 sub exch
+      HyperBasePt add add
+      /pdf@voff exch def
+    } def
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% $\mathtt{pdf@ury} = Y_c + \mathtt{HyperBorder}$,
+% $\mathtt{pdf@urx} = X_c + \mathtt{HyperBorder}$
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    /H.R {
+      currentpoint
+      HyperBorder add
+      /pdf@ury exch def
+      HyperBorder add
+      /pdf@urx exch def
+      currentpoint exch pop vsize 72 sub add
+      /pdf@voff exch def
+    } def
+  }%
+}
+%</vtexpdfmark>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Textures}
+% At the suggestion of Jacques Distler (distler@golem.ph.utexas.edu), try
+% to derive a suitable driver for Textures. This was initially a copy of
+% dvips, with some guesses about Textures behaviour.
+% Ross Moore (\Email{ross@maths.mq.edu.au}) has added modifications
+% for better compatibility, and to support use of pdfmark.
+%
+% Start by defining a macro that expands to the end-of-line character.
+% This will be used to format the appearance of PostScript code,
+% to enhance readability, and avoid excessively long lines which
+% might otherwise become broken to bad places.
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Hy@ps@CR}
+%    The macro \verb|\Hy@ps@CR| contains the end-of-line character.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*textures>
+\begingroup
+  \obeylines %
+  \gdef\Hy@ps@CR{\noexpand
+  }%
+\endgroup %
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+% Textures has two types of \verb|\special| command for inserting
+% PostScript code directly into the dvi output. The `postscript'
+% way preserves TeX's idea of where on the page the \verb|\special|
+% occurred, but it wraps the contents with a \verb|save|--\verb|restore|
+% pair, and adjusts the user-space coordinate system for local drawing
+% commands. The `rawpostscript' way simply inserts code, without regard
+% for the location on the page.
+%
+% Thus, to put arbitrary PostScript coding at a fixed location requires
+% using \emph{both} \verb|\special| constructions.
+% It works by pushing the device-space coordinates onto the operand stack,
+% where they can be used to transform back to the correct user-space
+% coordinates for the whole page, within a `rawpostscript' \verb|\special|.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\literalps@out#1{%
+  \special{postscript 0 0 transform}%
+  \special{rawpostscript itransform moveto\Hy@ps@CR #1}%
+}%
+%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The `prepostscript' is a 3rd kind of \verb|\special|, used for
+% inserting definitions into the dictionaries, before page-building
+% begins. These are to be available for use on all pages.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\headerps@out#1{%
+  \special{%
+    prepostscript TeXdict begin\Hy@ps@CR
+      #1\Hy@ps@CR
+    end%
+  }%
+}%
+%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% To correctly support the \verb|pdfmark| method, for embedding
+% PDF definitions with \verb|.ps| files in a non-intrusive way,
+% an appropriate definition needs to be made \emph{before}
+% the file \verb|pdfmark.def| is read. Other parameters are best
+% set afterwards.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDvi{%
+  \headerps@out{%
+    /betterpdfmark {%
+      systemdict begin
+        dup /BP eq
+        {cleartomark gsave nulldevice [}
+        {dup /EP eq
+          {cleartomark cleartomark grestore}
+          {cleartomark}
+          ifelse
+        }ifelse
+      end
+    }def\Hy@ps@CR
+    __pdfmark__ not{/pdfmark /betterpdfmark load def}if
+  }% end of \headerps@out
+}% end of \AtBeginDvi
+%
+\input{pdfmark.def}%
+%
+\def\@pdfproducer{Textures + Distiller}%
+\providecommand\@pdfborder{0 0 1}
+\providecommand\@pdfview{XYZ}
+\providecommand\@pdfviewparams{ H.V}
+%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These are called at the start and end of unboxed links;
+% their job is to leave available PS variables called
+% |pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury|, which are the coordinates
+% of the bounding rectangle of the link, and |pdf@hoff pdf@voff|
+% which are the PDF page offsets.
+% The Rect pair are called at the LL and UR corners of a box
+% known to \TeX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\headerps@out{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Textures lives in normal points, I think. So conversion from one
+% coordinate system to another involves doing nothing.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  /vsize {\Hy@pageheight} def
+  /DvipsToPDF {} def
+  /PDFToDvips {} def
+  /HyperBorder  { 1 PDFToDvips } def\Hy@ps@CR
+  /H.V {pdf@hoff pdf@voff null} def\Hy@ps@CR
+  /H.B {/Rect[pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]} def\Hy@ps@CR
+  /H.S {
+    currentpoint
+    HyperBorder add /pdf@lly exch def
+    dup DvipsToPDF  /pdf@hoff exch def
+    HyperBorder sub /pdf@llx exch def
+  } def\Hy@ps@CR
+  /H.L {
+    2 sub
+    PDFToDvips /HyperBase exch def
+    currentpoint
+    HyperBase sub /pdf@ury exch def
+    /pdf@urx exch def
+  } def\Hy@ps@CR
+  /H.A {
+    H.L
+    currentpoint exch pop
+    vsize 72 sub exch DvipsToPDF
+    HyperBase sub % baseline skip
+    sub /pdf@voff exch def
+  } def\Hy@ps@CR
+  /H.R {
+    currentpoint
+    HyperBorder sub /pdf@ury exch def
+    HyperBorder add /pdf@urx exch def
+    currentpoint exch pop vsize 72 sub
+    exch DvipsToPDF sub /pdf@voff exch def
+  } def\Hy@ps@CR
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AfterBeginDocument{%
+  \ifHy@colorlinks
+    \headerps@out{/PDFBorder{/Border [0 0 0]}def}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Textures provides built-in support for HyperTeX specials
+%    so this part combines code from  \verb|hypertex.def| with what
+%    is established by loading \verb|pdfmark.def|, or any other driver.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\keepPDF@SetupDoc
+  \csname PDF@SetupDoc\endcsname
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+  \else
+    \special{html:<base href="\@baseurl">}%
+  \fi
+  \keepPDF@SetupDoc
+}
+\def\hyper@anchor#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \let\protect=\string
+    \special{html:<a name=\hyper@quote #1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@anchorcolor}\anchor@spot\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \special{html:</a>}%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \special{html:<a name=\hyper@quote#1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{%
+  \special{html:</a>}%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\@urltype{url}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
+  \def\Hy@tempa{#1}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\@urltype
+    \special{html:<a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+  \else
+    \begingroup
+      \hyper@chars
+      \special{html:<a href=\hyper@quote\##2\hyper@quote>}%
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@linkend{%
+  \special{html:</a>}%
+  \Hy@endcolorlink
+}
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{%
+  \hyper@linkurl{#1}{\Hy@linkfileprefix#2\ifx\\#3\\\else\##3\fi}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \ifHy@raiselinks
+    \setbox\@tempboxa=\color@hbox #1\color@endbox
+    \@linkdim\dp\@tempboxa
+    \lower\@linkdim\hbox{%
+      \hyper@chars
+      \special{html:<a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+    }%
+    \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1%
+    \@linkdim\ht\@tempboxa
+    \advance\@linkdim by -6.5\p@
+    \raise\@linkdim\hbox{\special{html:</a>}}%
+    \Hy@endcolorlink
+  \else
+    \begingroup
+      \hyper@chars
+      \special{html:<a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+      \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1%
+      \special{html:</a>}%
+      \Hy@endcolorlink
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{%
+  \hyper@linkurl{#3}{\##2}%
+}
+\def\hyper@image#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \special{html:<img src=\hyper@quote#1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%</textures>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{dvipsone}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \subsection{dvipsone driver}
+% Over-ride the default setup macro in pdfmark driver to use Y\&Y
+% |\special| commands.
+%<*dvipsone>
+\providecommand\@pdfborder{0 0 65781}
+\input{pdfmark.def}%
+\def\@pdfproducer{dvipsone + Distiller}
+\def\literalps@out#1{\special{ps:#1}}%
+\def\headerps@out#1{\special{! #1}}%
+\def\PDF@FinishDoc{%
+  \Hy@UseMaketitleInfos
+  \special{PDF: Keywords \@pdfkeywords}%
+  \special{PDF: Title \@pdftitle}%
+  \special{PDF: Creator \@pdfcreator}%
+  \special{PDF: Author \@pdfauthor}%
+  \special{PDF: Producer \@pdfproducer}%
+  \special{PDF: Subject \@pdfsubject}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfauthor}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdftitle}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfsubject}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfcreator}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfproducer}%
+  \Hy@DisableOption{pdfkeywords}%
+}
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \pdfmark{%
+    pdfmark=/DOCVIEW,
+    Page=\@pdfstartpage,
+    View=\@pdfstartview,
+    PageMode=\@pdfpagemode
+  }%
+  \ifx\@pdfpagescrop\@empty
+  \else
+    \pdfmark{pdfmark=/PAGES,CropBox=\@pdfpagescrop}%
+  \fi
+  \edef\Hy@temp{%
+    \ifHy@toolbar\else /HideToolbar true\fi
+    \ifHy@menubar\else /HideMenubar true\fi
+    \ifHy@windowui\else /HideWindowUI true\fi
+    \ifHy@fitwindow /FitWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@centerwindow /CenterWindow true\fi
+    \ifHy@displaydoctitle /DisplayDocTitle true\fi
+    \ifx\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode\@empty
+    \else
+      /NonFullScreenPageMode\@pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \pdfmark{%
+    pdfmark=/PUT,%
+    Raw={%
+      \string{Catalog\string} <<
+        \ifx\Hy@temp\@empty
+        \else
+          /ViewerPreferences<<\Hy@temp>>%
+        \fi
+        \ifx\pdf@pagelayout\@empty
+        \else
+          /PageLayout /\pdf@pagelayout\space
+        \fi
+        \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+        \else
+          /URI << /Base (\@baseurl) >>%
+        \fi
+      >>%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+\providecommand\@pdfview{XYZ}
+\providecommand\@pdfviewparams{ %
+  gsave revscl currentpoint grestore
+  72 add exch pop null exch null
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These are called at the start and end of unboxed links;
+% their job is to leave available PS variables called
+% |pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury|, which are the coordinates
+% of the bounding rectangle of the link, and |pdf@hoff pdf@voff|
+% which are the PDF page offsets. These latter are currently not
+% used in the dvipsone setup.
+% The Rect pair are called at the LL and UR corners of a box
+% known to \TeX.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\special{headertext=
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% dvipsone lives in scaled points; does this mean 65536 or 65781?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  /DvipsToPDF { 65781 div  } def
+  /PDFToDvips { 65781 mul } def
+  /HyperBorder  { 1 PDFToDvips } def
+  /H.B {/Rect[pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]} def
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  /H.S {
+    currentpoint
+    HyperBorder add /pdf@lly exch def
+    dup   DvipsToPDF /pdf@hoff exch def
+    HyperBorder sub /pdf@llx exch def
+  } def
+  /H.L {
+    2 sub
+    PDFToDvips /HyperBase exch def
+    currentpoint
+    HyperBase sub /pdf@ury exch def
+    /pdf@urx exch def
+  } def
+  /H.A {
+    H.L
+    currentpoint exch pop
+    HyperBase sub % baseline skip
+    DvipsToPDF /pdf@voff exch def
+  } def
+  /H.R {
+    currentpoint
+    HyperBorder sub /pdf@ury exch def
+    HyperBorder add /pdf@urx exch def
+    currentpoint exch pop DvipsToPDF /pdf@voff exch def
+  } def
+  systemdict
+  /pdfmark known not
+  {userdict /pdfmark systemdict /cleartomark get put} if
+}
+%</dvipsone>
+%<*dvipdf>
+\def\literalps@out#1{\special{pdf: #1}}%
+\providecommand\@pdfborder{0 0 1}
+%</dvipdf>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{TeX4ht}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*tex4ht>
+\@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}
+  {\typeout{hyperref tex4ht: tex4ht already loaded}}%
+  {\RequirePackage[htex4ht]{tex4ht}}
+\def\PDF@FinishDoc{}
+\def\PDF@SetupDoc{%
+  \ifx\@baseurl\@empty
+  \else
+    \special{t4ht=<base href="\@baseurl">}%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@anchor#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \let\protect=\string
+    \special{t4ht=<a name=\hyper@quote #1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+  \Hy@colorlink{\@anchorcolor}\anchor@spot\Hy@endcolorlink
+  \special{t4ht=</a>}%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorstart#1{%
+  \Hy@SaveLastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars\special{t4ht=<a name=\hyper@quote#1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+  \Hy@activeanchortrue
+}
+\def\hyper@anchorend{%
+  \special{t4ht=</a>}%
+  \Hy@activeanchorfalse
+  \Hy@RestoreLastskip
+}
+\def\@urltype{url}
+\def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
+  \Hy@colorlink{\csname @#1color\endcsname}%
+  \def\Hy@tempa{#1}%
+  \ifx\Hy@tempa\@urltype
+    \special{t4ht=<a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+  \else
+    {\hyper@chars\special{t4ht=<a href=\hyper@quote\##2\hyper@quote>}}%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@linkend{%
+  \special{t4ht=</a>}%
+  \Hy@endcolorlink
+}
+\def\hyper@linkfile#1#2#3{%
+  \hyper@linkurl{#1}{\Hy@linkfileprefix#2\ifx\\#3\\\else\##3\fi}%
+}
+\def\hyper@linkurl#1#2{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \ifHy@raiselinks
+    \setbox\@tempboxa=\color@hbox #1\color@endbox
+    \@linkdim\dp\@tempboxa
+    \lower\@linkdim\hbox{%
+      \begingroup
+        \hyper@chars\special{t4ht=<a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+      \endgroup
+    }%
+    \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+    \@linkdim\ht\@tempboxa
+    \advance\@linkdim by -6.5\p@
+    \raise\@linkdim\hbox{\special{t4ht=</a>}}%
+ \else
+   \begingroup
+     \hyper@chars
+     \special{t4ht=<a href=\hyper@quote#2\hyper@quote>}%
+     \Hy@colorlink{\@urlcolor}#1\Hy@endcolorlink
+     \special{t4ht=</a>}%
+   \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+\def\hyper@link#1#2#3{%
+  \hyper@linkurl{#3}{\##2}%
+}
+\def\hyper@image#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \hyper@chars
+    \special{t4ht=<img src=\hyper@quote#1\hyper@quote>}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\let\autoref\ref
+\ifx \rEfLiNK \UnDef
+  \def\rEfLiNK #1#2{#2}%
+\fi
+\def\backref#1{}
+%</tex4ht>
+%<*tex4htcfg>
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}{\endinput}{}
+\Preamble{html}
+   \begin{document}
+\EndPreamble
+\def\TeX{TeX}
+\def\OMEGA{Omega}
+\def\LaTeX{La\TeX}
+\def\LaTeXe{\LaTeX2e}
+\def\eTeX{e-\TeX}
+\def\MF{Metafont}
+\def\MP{Metapost}
+%</tex4htcfg>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Driver-specific form support}
+% \subsection{pdfmarks}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pdfmark>
+\long\def\@Form[#1]{%
+\AtBeginDvi{%
+  \headerps@out{%
+[ /_objdef {pdfDocEncoding}
+  /type /dict
+/OBJ pdfmark
+[ {pdfDocEncoding}
+ << /Type /Encoding
+    /Differences [ 24 /breve /caron /circumflex /dotaccent
+/hungarumlaut /ogonek /ring /tilde 39 /quotesingle 96 /grave 128
+/bullet /dagger /daggerdbl /ellipsis /emdash /endash /florin /fraction
+/guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /minus /perthousand /quotedblbase
+/quotedblleft /quotedblright /quoteleft /quoteright /quotesinglbase
+/trademark /fi /fl /Lslash /OE /Scaron /Ydieresis /Zcaron /dotlessi
+/lslash /oe /scaron /zcaron 164 /currency 166 /brokenbar 168 /dieresis
+/copyright /ordfeminine 172 /logicalnot /.notdef /registered /macron
+/degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior /acute /mu 183
+/periodcentered /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine 188 /onequarter
+/onehalf /threequarters 192 /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde
+/Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex
+/Edieresis /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis /Eth /Ntilde
+/Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply /Oslash
+/Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls
+/agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla
+/egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis /igrave /iacute /icircumflex
+/idieresis /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde
+/odieresis /divide /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis
+/yacute /thorn /ydieresis ]
+>>
+/PUT pdfmark
+[ /_objdef {ZaDb}
+  /type /dict
+/OBJ pdfmark
+[ {ZaDb}
+  <<
+   /Type /Font
+   /Subtype /Type1
+   /Name /ZaDb
+   /BaseFont /ZapfDingbats
+  >>
+/PUT pdfmark
+[ /_objdef {Helv}
+  /type /dict
+/OBJ pdfmark
+[ {Helv}
+  <<
+  /Type /Font
+  /Subtype /Type1
+  /Name /Helv
+  /BaseFont /Helvetica
+  /Encoding {pdfDocEncoding}
+  >>
+/PUT pdfmark
+[ /_objdef {aform}
+  /type /dict
+/OBJ pdfmark
+[ /_objdef {afields}
+  /type /array
+/OBJ pdfmark
+[/BBox [0 0 100 100] /_objdef {Check} /BP pdfmark
+1 0 0 setrgbcolor /ZapfDingbats 80 selectfont 20 20 moveto (4) show
+[/EP pdfmark
+[/BBox [0 0 100 100] /_objdef {Cross} /BP pdfmark
+1 0 0 setrgbcolor /ZapfDingbats 80 selectfont 20 20 moveto (8) show
+[/EP pdfmark
+[/BBox [0 0 250 100] /_objdef {Submit} /BP pdfmark 0.6 setgray 0 0 250
+100 rectfill 1 setgray 2 2 moveto 2 98 lineto 248 98 lineto 246 96
+lineto 4 96 lineto 4 4 lineto fill 0.34 setgray 248 98 moveto 248 2
+lineto 2 2 lineto 4 4 lineto 246 4 lineto 246 96 lineto fill
+/Helvetica 76 selectfont 0 setgray 8 22.5 moveto (Submit) show
+[/EP pdfmark
+[/BBox [0 0 250 100] /_objdef {SubmitP} /BP pdfmark 0.6 setgray 0 0
+250 100 rectfill 0.34 setgray 2 2 moveto 2 98 lineto 248 98 lineto 246
+96 lineto 4 96 lineto 4 4 lineto fill 1 setgray 248 98 moveto 248 2
+lineto 2 2 lineto 4 4 lineto 246 4 lineto 246 96 lineto fill
+/Helvetica 76 selectfont 0 setgray 10 20.5 moveto (Submit) show
+[/EP pdfmark
+[ {aform}
+  <<
+    /Fields {afields}
+    /DR << /Font << /ZaDb {ZaDb} /Helv {Helv} >> >>
+    /DA (/Helv 10 Tf 0 g )
+    /CO {corder}
+    /NeedAppearances true
+  >>
+/PUT pdfmark
+[ \string{Catalog\string}
+  <<
+    /AcroForm {aform}
+  >>
+/PUT pdfmark
+[ /_objdef {corder} /type /array /OBJ pdfmark   % dps
+}}%
+ \setkeys{Form}{#1}%
+}
+\def\@endForm{}
+\def\@Gauge[#1]#2#3#4{% parameters, label, minimum, maximum
+  \typeout{Sorry, pdfmark drivers do not support FORM gauges}%
+}
+\def\@TextField[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{}%
+  \let\Fld@value\@empty
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofText}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofText}%
+  \ifFld@multiline
+    \begingroup
+      \dimen@=\DefaultHeightofText
+      \dimen@=4\dimen@
+      \edef\x{\endgroup
+        \def\noexpand\Fld@height{\the\dimen@}%
+      }%
+    \x
+  \fi
+  \bgroup
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \ifx\Fld@value\@empty\def\Fld@value{\Fld@default}\fi
+    \LayoutTextField{#2}{%
+      \pdfmark[\MakeTextField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}]{%
+        pdfmark=/ANN,Raw={\PDFForm@Text}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@ChoiceMenu[#1]#2#3{% parameters, label, choices
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{}%
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofChoiceMenu}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofChoiceMenu}%
+  \bgroup
+    \Fld@menulength=0
+    \@tempdima\z@
+    \@for\@curropt:=#3\do{%
+      \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+      \Hy@StepCount\Fld@menulength
+      \settowidth{\@tempdimb}{\@currDisplay}%
+      \ifdim\@tempdimb>\@tempdima\@tempdima\@tempdimb\fi
+    }%
+    \advance\@tempdima by 15\p@
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \LayoutChoiceField{#2}{%
+      \ifFld@radio
+        \@@Radio{#3}%
+      \else
+        {%
+          \ifdim\Fld@width<\@tempdima
+            \ifdim\@tempdima<1cm\@tempdima1cm\fi
+            \edef\Fld@width{\the\@tempdima}%
+          \fi
+          \def\Fld@flags{}%
+          \ifFld@combo\def\Fld@flags{/Ff 917504}\fi
+          \ifFld@popdown\def\Fld@flags{/Ff 131072}\fi
+          \ifx\Fld@flags\@empty
+            \@tempdima=\the\Fld@menulength\Fld@charsize
+            \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+            \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+            \edef\Fld@height{\the\@tempdima}%
+          \fi
+          \@@Listbox{#3}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@@Radio#1{%
+  \Fld@listcount=0
+  \@for\@curropt:=#1\do{%
+    \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+    \Hy@StepCount\Fld@listcount
+    \@currDisplay\space
+    \pdfmark[\MakeRadioField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}]{%
+      pdfmark=/ANN,%
+      Raw={\PDFForm@Radio /AP <</N <</\@currValue\space {Check}>> >>}%
+    } % deliberate space between radio buttons
+  }%
+}
+\newcount\Fld@listcount
+\def\@@Listbox#1{%
+  \Choice@toks={ }%
+  \Fld@listcount=0
+  \@for\@curropt:=#1\do{%
+    \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+    \Hy@StepCount\Fld@listcount
+    \edef\@processme{%
+       \Choice@toks{\the\Choice@toks [(\@currValue) (\@currDisplay)]}%
+    }\@processme
+  }%
+  \pdfmark[\MakeChoiceField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}]{%
+    pdfmark=/ANN,Raw={\PDFForm@List}%
+  }%
+}
+\def\@PushButton[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \bgroup
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \LayoutPushButtonField{%
+      \pdfmark[\MakeButtonField{#2}]{%
+        pdfmark=/ANN,Raw={\PDFForm@Push}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@Submit[#1]#2{%
+  \Field@toks={ }%
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofSubmit}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofSubmit}%
+  \bgroup
+    \def\Fld@name{Submit}%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \pdfmark[\MakeButtonField{#2}]{%
+      pdfmark=/ANN,%
+      Raw={\PDFForm@Submit /AP << /N {Submit} /D {SubmitP} >>}%
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@Reset[#1]#2{%
+  \Field@toks={ }%
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofReset}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofReset}%
+  \bgroup
+    \def\Fld@name{Reset}%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \pdfmark[\MakeButtonField{#2}]{%
+      pdfmark=/ANN,Raw={\PDFForm@Reset}%
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@CheckBox[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{0}%
+  \bgroup
+    \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofCheckBox}%
+    \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofCheckBox}%
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \LayoutCheckField{#2}{%
+      \pdfmark[\MakeCheckField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}]{%
+        pdfmark=/ANN,Raw={\PDFForm@Check}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+%</pdfmark>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{dvipdf}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*dvipdf>
+\def\@Form[#1]{\typeout{Sorry, I do not support FORMs}}
+\def\@endForm{}
+\def\@Gauge[#1]#2#3#4{% parameters, label, minimum, maximum
+  \typeout{Sorry, dvipdf does not support FORM gauges}%
+}
+\def\@TextField[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \typeout{Sorry, dvipdf does not support FORM text fields}%
+}
+\def\@CheckBox[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \typeout{Sorry, dvipdf does not support FORM checkboxes}%
+}
+\def\@ChoiceMenu[#1]#2#3{% parameters, label, choices
+  \typeout{Sorry, dvipdf does not support FORM choice menus}%
+}
+\def\@PushButton[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \typeout{Sorry, dvipdf does not support FORM pushbuttons}%
+}
+\def\@Reset[#1]#2{\typeout{Sorry, dvipdf does not support FORMs}}
+\def\@Submit[#1]#2{\typeout{Sorry, dvipdf does not support FORMs}}
+%</dvipdf>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{HyperTeX}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*hypertex>
+\def\@Form[#1]{\typeout{Sorry, HyperTeX does not support FORMs}}
+\def\@endForm{}
+\def\@Gauge[#1]#2#3#4{% parameters, label, minimum, maximum
+  \typeout{Sorry, HyperTeX does not support FORM gauges}%
+}
+\def\@TextField[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \typeout{Sorry, HyperTeX does not support FORM text fields}%
+}
+\def\@CheckBox[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \typeout{Sorry, HyperTeX does not support FORM checkboxes}%
+}
+\def\@ChoiceMenu[#1]#2#3{% parameters, label, choices
+  \typeout{Sorry, HyperTeX does not support FORM choice menus}%
+}
+\def\@PushButton[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \typeout{Sorry, HyperTeX does not support FORM pushbuttons}%
+}
+\def\@Reset[#1]#2{\typeout{Sorry, HyperTeX does not support FORMs}}
+\def\@Submit[#1]#2{\typeout{Sorry, HyperTeX does not support FORMs}}
+%</hypertex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{TeX4ht}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*tex4ht>
+\def\@Form[#1]{%
+  \setkeys{Form}{#1}%
+  \HCode{<form action="\Form@action" method="\Form@method">}%
+}
+\def\@endForm{\HCode{</form>}}
+\def\@Gauge[#1]#2#3#4{% parameters, label, minimum, maximum
+  \typeout{Sorry, TeX4ht does not support gauges}%
+}
+\def\@TextField[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \let\Hy@reserved@a\@empty
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{}%
+  \bgroup
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \HCode{<label for="\Fld@name">#2</label>}%
+    \ifFld@password
+      \@@PasswordField
+    \else
+      \@@TextField
+    \fi
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@@PasswordField{%
+  \HCode{%
+    <input type="password"
+     id="\Fld@name"
+     name="\Fld@name"
+     \ifFld@hidden type="hidden"\fi
+     value="\Fld@default"
+     \the\Field@toks
+    >%
+  }%
+}
+\def\@@TextField{%
+  \ifFld@multiline
+    \HCode{<textarea
+      \ifFld@readonly readonly \fi
+      id="\Fld@name"
+      name="\Fld@name"
+      \ifFld@hidden type="hidden"\fi
+      \the\Field@toks>%
+    }%
+    \Fld@default
+    \HCode{</textarea>}%
+  \else
+    \HCode{<input type="textbox"
+      \ifFld@readonly readonly \fi
+      id="\Fld@name"
+      name="\Fld@name"
+      \ifFld@hidden type="hidden"\fi
+      value="\Fld@default" \the\Field@toks>
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\@ChoiceMenu[#1]#2#3{% parameters, label, choices
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{}%
+  \let\Hy@reserved@a\relax
+  \bgroup
+   \expandafter\Fld@findlength#3\\%
+   \Field@toks={ }%
+   \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+   #2%
+   \ifFld@radio
+     \expandafter\@@Radio#3\\%
+   \else
+     \expandafter\@@Menu#3\\%
+   \fi
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\Fld@findlength#1\\{%
+  \Fld@menulength=0
+  \@for\@curropt:=#1\do{\Hy@StepCount\Fld@menulength}%
+}
+\def\@@Menu#1\\{%
+  \HCode{<select size="\the\Fld@menulength"
+    name="\Fld@name"  \the\Field@toks>}%
+  \@for\@curropt:=#1\do{%
+    \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+    \HCode{<option
+      \ifx\@curropt\Fld@default selected \fi
+      value="\@currValue">\@currDisplay</option>%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \HCode{</select>}%
+}
+\def\@@Radio#1\\{%
+  \@for\@curropt:=#1\do{%
+    \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+    \HCode{<input type="radio"
+      \ifx\@curropt\Fld@default checked \fi
+      name="\Fld@name"
+      value="\@currValue"
+      \the\Field@toks>%
+    }%
+    \@currDisplay
+  }%
+}
+\def\@PushButton[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \bgroup
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \HCode{<input type="button"
+      name="\Fld@name"
+      value="#2"
+      \the\Field@toks>%
+    }%
+    \HCode{</button>}%
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@Submit[#1]#2{%
+  \HCode{<button type="submit">#2</button>}%
+}
+\def\@Reset[#1]#2{%
+  \HCode{<button type="reset">#2</button>}%
+}
+\def\@CheckBox[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \let\Hy@reserved@a\@empty
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{0}%
+  \bgroup
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \HCode{<input type="checkbox"
+      \ifFld@checked checked \fi
+      \ifFld@disabled disabled \fi
+      \ifFld@readonly readonly \fi
+      name="\Fld@name"
+      \ifFld@hidden type="hidden"\fi
+      value="\Fld@default"
+      \the\Field@toks>%
+      #2%
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+%</tex4ht>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{pdfTeX}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pdftex>
+\def\@Gauge[#1]#2#3#4{% parameters, label, minimum, maximum
+  \typeout{Sorry, pdftex does not support FORM gauges}%
+}
+\RequirePackage{pifont}%
+\def\MakeFieldObject#1#2{\sbox0{#1}%
+  \immediate\pdfxform0 %
+  \expandafter\edef\csname #2Object\endcsname{%
+    \the\pdflastxform\space 0 R%
+  }%
+% \hbox to 0pt{\hskip-\maxdimen{\pdfrefxform \the\pdflastxform}}%
+}%
+\def\@Form[#1]{%
+  \@ifundefined{textcolor}{\let\textcolor\@gobble}{}%
+  \setkeys{Form}{#1}%
+  \ifnum\pdftexversion>13
+    \pdfrefobj\OBJ@pdfdocencoding
+    \pdfrefobj\OBJ@ZaDb
+    \pdfrefobj\OBJ@Helv
+    \pdfrefobj\OBJ@acroform
+  \fi
+  \pdfcatalog{/AcroForm \OBJ@acroform\space 0 R}%
+  \MakeFieldObject{\ding{123}}{Ding}%
+  \MakeFieldObject{\fbox{\textcolor{yellow}{\textsf{Submit}}}}{Submit}%
+  \MakeFieldObject{\fbox{\textcolor{yellow}{\textsf{SubmitP}}}}{SubmitP}%
+}
+\def\@endForm{}
+\def\@TextField[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{}%
+  \let\Fld@value\@empty
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofText}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofText}%
+  \ifFld@multiline
+    \begingroup
+      \dimen@=\DefaultHeightofText
+      \dimen@=4\dimen@
+      \edef\x{\endgroup
+        \def\noexpand\Fld@height{\the\dimen@}%
+      }%
+    \x
+  \fi
+  \bgroup
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \ifx\Fld@value\@empty\def\Fld@value{\Fld@default}\fi
+    \LayoutTextField{#2}{%
+    \pdfstartlink user {\PDFForm@Text}%
+    \MakeTextField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}\pdfendlink}%
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@ChoiceMenu[#1]#2#3{% parameters, label, choices
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{}%
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofChoiceMenu}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofChoiceMenu}%
+  \bgroup
+    \Fld@menulength=0
+    \@tempdima\z@
+    \@for\@curropt:=#3\do{%
+      \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+      \Hy@StepCount\Fld@menulength
+      \settowidth{\@tempdimb}{\@currDisplay}%
+      \ifdim\@tempdimb>\@tempdima\@tempdima\@tempdimb\fi
+    }%
+    \advance\@tempdima by 15\p@
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \LayoutChoiceField{#2}{%
+      \ifFld@radio
+        \@@Radio{#3}%
+      \else
+        {%
+          \ifdim\Fld@width<\@tempdima
+            \ifdim\@tempdima<1cm\@tempdima1cm\fi
+            \edef\Fld@width{\the\@tempdima}%
+          \fi
+          \def\Fld@flags{}%
+          \ifFld@combo\def\Fld@flags{/Ff 917504}\fi
+          \ifFld@popdown\def\Fld@flags{/Ff 131072}\fi
+          \ifx\Fld@flags\@empty
+            \@tempdima=\the\Fld@menulength\Fld@charsize
+            \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+            \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+            \edef\Fld@height{\the\@tempdima}%
+          \fi
+          \@@Listbox{#3}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@@Radio#1{%
+  \Fld@listcount=0
+  \@for\@curropt:=#1\do{%
+    \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+    \Hy@StepCount\Fld@listcount
+    \@currDisplay\space
+    \leavevmode
+    \pdfstartlink user {%
+      \PDFForm@Radio
+      /AP <<
+        /N <<
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Laurent.Guillope@math.univ-nantes.fr (Laurent Guillope)
+% persuades me that this was wrong:
+% |/\Fld@name\the\Fld@listcount|. But I leave it here to remind
+% me that it is untested.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          /\@currValue\space \DingObject
+        >>
+      >>
+    }%
+    \MakeRadioField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}\pdfendlink
+    \space% deliberate space between radio buttons
+  }%
+}
+\newcount\Fld@listcount
+\def\@@Listbox#1{%
+  \Choice@toks={ }%
+  \Fld@listcount=0
+  \@for\@curropt:=#1\do{%
+    \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+    \Hy@StepCount\Fld@listcount
+    \edef\@processme{%
+      \Choice@toks{\the\Choice@toks [(\@currValue) (\@currDisplay)]}%
+    }\@processme
+  }%
+  \leavevmode
+  \pdfstartlink user {\PDFForm@List}%
+  \MakeChoiceField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}%
+  \pdfendlink
+}
+\def\@PushButton[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \bgroup
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \LayoutPushButtonField{%
+      \leavevmode
+      \pdfstartlink user {\PDFForm@Push}%
+      \MakeButtonField{#2}%
+      \pdfendlink
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@Submit[#1]#2{%
+  \Field@toks={ }%
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofSubmit}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofSubmit}%
+  \bgroup
+    \def\Fld@name{Submit}%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \leavevmode
+    \pdfstartlink user {%
+      \PDFForm@Submit
+      /AP << /N \SubmitObject\space /D \SubmitPObject >>
+    }%
+    \MakeButtonField{#2}%
+    \pdfendlink
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@Reset[#1]#2{%
+  \Field@toks={ }%
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofReset}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofReset}%
+  \bgroup
+    \def\Fld@name{Reset}%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \leavevmode
+    \pdfstartlink user {\PDFForm@Reset}%
+    \MakeButtonField{#2}%
+    \pdfendlink
+  \egroup
+}
+\def\@CheckBox[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{0}%
+  \bgroup
+    \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofCheckBox}%
+    \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofCheckBox}%
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \LayoutCheckField{#2}{%
+      \pdfstartlink user {\PDFForm@Check}%
+      \MakeCheckField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}%
+      \pdfendlink
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+\pdfobj { << /Type /Encoding /Differences [ 24 /breve /caron
+/circumflex /dotaccent /hungarumlaut /ogonek /ring /tilde 39
+/quotesingle 96 /grave 128 /bullet /dagger /daggerdbl /ellipsis
+/emdash /endash /florin /fraction /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright
+/minus /perthousand /quotedblbase /quotedblleft /quotedblright
+/quoteleft /quoteright /quotesinglbase /trademark /fi /fl /Lslash /OE
+/Scaron /Ydieresis /Zcaron /dotlessi /lslash /oe /scaron /zcaron 164
+/currency 166 /brokenbar 168 /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine 172
+/logicalnot /.notdef /registered /macron /degree /plusminus
+/twosuperior /threesuperior /acute /mu 183 /periodcentered /cedilla
+/onesuperior /ordmasculine 188 /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters 192
+/Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla
+/Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex
+/Idieresis /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde
+/Odieresis /multiply /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Udieresis
+/Yacute /Thorn /germandbls /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde
+/adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex
+/edieresis /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis /eth /ntilde
+/ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide /oslash
+/ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis ] >>
+}
+\edef\OBJ@pdfdocencoding{\the\pdflastobj}
+\pdfobj {
+  <<
+   /Type /Font
+   /Subtype /Type1
+   /Name /ZaDb
+   /BaseFont /ZapfDingbats
+>>
+}
+\edef\OBJ@ZaDb{\the\pdflastobj}
+\pdfobj {  <<
+  /Type /Font
+  /Subtype /Type1
+  /Name /Helv
+  /BaseFont /Helvetica
+  /Encoding \OBJ@pdfdocencoding\space 0 R
+  >>
+}
+\edef\OBJ@Helv{\the\pdflastobj}
+\pdfobj {
+  <<
+    /Fields []
+    /DR <<
+      /Font << /ZaDb \OBJ@ZaDb\space 0 R /Helv \OBJ@Helv\space0 R >>
+    >>
+    /DA (/Helv 10 Tf 0 g )
+    /NeedAppearances true
+  >>
+}
+\edef\OBJ@acroform{\the\pdflastobj}
+%</pdftex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{dvipdfm}
+%    D. P. Story adapted the pdf\TeX{} forms part for dvipdfm, of which
+%    version 0.12.7b or higher is required because of a bug.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*dvipdfm>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@Gauge}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Gauge[#1]#2#3#4{% parameters, label, minimum, maximum
+  \typeout{Sorry, dvipdfm does not support FORM gauges}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@Form}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Form[#1]{%
+  \@ifundefined{textcolor}{\let\textcolor\@gobble}{}%
+  \setkeys{Form}{#1}%
+  \@pdfm@mark{obj @afields [ ]}%
+  \@pdfm@mark{obj @corder [ ]}%
+  \@pdfm@mark{%
+    obj @aform <<
+      /Fields @afields
+      /DR << /Font << /ZaDb @OBJZaDb /Helv @OBJHelv >> >>
+      /DA (/Helv 10 Tf 0 g )
+      /CO @corder
+      /NeedAppearances true
+    >>%
+  }%
+  \@pdfm@mark{put @catalog << /AcroForm @aform >>}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\@endForm}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@endForm{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\dvipdfm@setdim}
+%    \cmd{\dvipdfm@setdim} sets dimensions for ann using
+%    \cmd{\pdfm@box}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\dvipdfm@setdim{%
+  height \the\ht\pdfm@box\space
+  width  \the\wd\pdfm@box\space
+  depth  \the\dp\pdfm@box\space
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@TextField}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@TextField[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{}%
+  \let\Fld@value\@empty
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofText}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofText}%
+  \ifFld@multiline
+    \begingroup
+      \dimen@=\DefaultHeightofText
+      \dimen@=4\dimen@
+      \edef\x{\endgroup
+        \def\noexpand\Fld@height{\the\dimen@}%
+      }%
+    \x
+  \fi
+  \bgroup
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \ifx\Fld@value\@empty\def\Fld@value{\Fld@default}\fi
+    \setbox\pdfm@box=\hbox{%
+      \MakeTextField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}%
+    }%
+    \LayoutTextField{#2}{%
+      \@pdfm@mark{%
+        ann @\Fld@name\space \dvipdfm@setdim << \PDFForm@Text >>%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \unhbox\pdfm@box
+    \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}% record in @afields array
+  \egroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@ChoiceMenu}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ChoiceMenu[#1]#2#3{% parameters, label, choices
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{}%
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofChoiceMenu}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofChoiceMenu}%
+  \bgroup
+    \Fld@menulength=0
+    \@tempdima\z@
+    \@for\@curropt:=#3\do{%
+      \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+      \Hy@StepCount\Fld@menulength
+      \settowidth{\@tempdimb}{\@currDisplay}%
+      \ifdim\@tempdimb>\@tempdima\@tempdima\@tempdimb\fi
+    }%
+    \advance\@tempdima by 15\p@
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \LayoutChoiceField{#2}{%
+      \ifFld@radio
+        \@@Radio{#3}%
+      \else
+        {%
+          \ifdim\Fld@width<\@tempdima
+            \ifdim\@tempdima<1cm\@tempdima1cm\fi
+            \edef\Fld@width{\the\@tempdima}%
+          \fi
+          \def\Fld@flags{}%
+          \ifFld@combo\def\Fld@flags{/Ff 917504}\fi
+          \ifFld@popdown\def\Fld@flags{/Ff 131072}\fi
+          \ifx\Fld@flags\@empty
+            \@tempdima=\the\Fld@menulength\Fld@charsize
+            \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+            \advance\@tempdima by \Fld@borderwidth bp
+            \edef\Fld@height{\the\@tempdima}%
+          \fi
+          \@@Listbox{#3}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@@Radio}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@Radio#1{%
+  \Fld@listcount=0
+  \setbox\pdfm@box=\hbox{\MakeRadioField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}}%
+  \@for\@curropt:=#1\do{%
+    \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+    \Hy@StepCount\Fld@listcount
+    \@currDisplay\space
+    \leavevmode
+    \@pdfm@mark{%
+      ann \ifnum\Fld@listcount=1 @\Fld@name\space\fi
+      \dvipdfm@setdim
+      <<
+        \PDFForm@Radio\space
+        /AP << /N << /\@currValue /null >> >>
+      >>%
+    }%
+    \unhcopy\pdfm@box\space% deliberate space between radio buttons
+    \ifnum\Fld@listcount=1\@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}\fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Fld@listcount}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\Fld@listcount
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\@@Listbox}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@Listbox#1{%
+  \Choice@toks={ }%
+  \Fld@listcount=0
+  \@for\@curropt:=#1\do{%
+    \expandafter\Fld@checkequals\@curropt==\\%
+    \Hy@StepCount\Fld@listcount
+    \edef\@processme{%
+      \Choice@toks{\the\Choice@toks [(\@currValue) (\@currDisplay)]}%
+    }\@processme
+  }%
+  \setbox\pdfm@box=\hbox{\MakeChoiceField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}}%
+  \leavevmode
+  \@pdfm@mark{%
+    ann @\Fld@name\space\dvipdfm@setdim
+    << \PDFForm@List >>%
+  }%
+  \unhbox\pdfm@box
+  \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@PushButton}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@PushButton[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \bgroup
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \setbox\pdfm@box=\hbox{\MakeButtonField{#2}}%
+    \LayoutPushButtonField{%
+      \leavevmode
+      \@pdfm@mark{%
+        ann @\Fld@name\space\dvipdfm@setdim
+        << \PDFForm@Push >>%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \unhbox\pdfm@box
+    \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}%
+  \egroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@Submit}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Submit[#1]#2{%
+  \Field@toks={ }%
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofSubmit}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofSubmit}%
+  \bgroup
+    \def\Fld@name{Submit}%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \setbox\pdfm@box=\hbox{\MakeButtonField{#2}}%
+    \leavevmode
+    \@pdfm@mark{%
+      ann @\Fld@name\space\dvipdfm@setdim
+      << \PDFForm@Submit >>%
+    }%
+    \unhbox\pdfm@box%
+    \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}%
+  \egroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@Reset}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Reset[#1]#2{%
+  \Field@toks={ }%
+  \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofReset}%
+  \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofReset}%
+  \bgroup
+    \def\Fld@name{Reset}%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \setbox\pdfm@box=\hbox{\MakeButtonField{#2}}%
+    \leavevmode
+    \@pdfm@mark{%
+      ann @\Fld@name\space\dvipdfm@setdim
+      << \PDFForm@Reset >>%
+    }%
+    \unhbox\pdfm@box
+    \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}%
+  \egroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\@CheckBox}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@CheckBox[#1]#2{% parameters, label
+  \def\Fld@name{#2}%
+  \def\Fld@default{0}%
+  \bgroup
+    \def\Fld@width{\DefaultWidthofCheckBox}%
+    \def\Fld@height{\DefaultHeightofCheckBox}%
+    \Field@toks={ }%
+    \setkeys{Field}{#1}%
+    \ifFld@hidden\def\Fld@width{1sp}\fi
+    \setbox\pdfm@box=\hbox{\MakeCheckField{\Fld@width}{\Fld@height}}%
+    \LayoutCheckField{#2}{%
+      \@pdfm@mark{%
+        ann @\Fld@name\space\dvipdfm@setdim
+        << \PDFForm@Check >>%
+      }%
+      \unhbox\pdfm@box
+      \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}%
+    }%
+  \egroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@pdfm@mark{obj @OBJpdfdocencoding << /Type /Encoding /Differences [%
+   24 /breve /caron /circumflex /dotaccent /hungarumlaut /ogonek /ring
+      /tilde
+   39 /quotesingle
+   96 /grave
+  128 /bullet /dagger /daggerdbl /ellipsis /emdash /endash /florin
+      /fraction /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /minus /perthousand
+      /quotedblbase /quotedblleft /quotedblright /quoteleft /quoteright
+      /quotesinglbase /trademark /fi /fl /Lslash /OE /Scaron /Ydieresis
+      /Zcaron /dotlessi /lslash /oe /scaron /zcaron
+  164 /currency
+  166 /brokenbar
+  168 /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine
+  172 /logicalnot /.notdef /registered /macron /degree /plusminus
+      /twosuperior /threesuperior /acute /mu
+  183 /periodcentered /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine
+  188 /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters
+  192 /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE
+      /Ccedilla /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis /Igrave /Iacute
+      /Icircumflex /Idieresis /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex
+      /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex
+      /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls /agrave /aacute /acircumflex
+      /atilde /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla /egrave /eacute
+      /ecircumflex /edieresis /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
+      /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis
+      /divide /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis /yacute
+      /thorn /ydieresis%
+  ] >>
+}
+\@pdfm@mark{obj @OBJZaDb
+  <<
+    /Type /Font
+    /Subtype /Type1
+    /Name /ZaDb
+    /BaseFont /ZapfDingbats
+  >>
+}
+\@pdfm@mark{obj @OBJHelv
+  <<
+    /Type /Font
+    /Subtype /Type1
+    /Name /Helv
+    /BaseFont /Helvetica
+    /Encoding @OBJpdfdocencoding
+  >>
+}
+%</dvipdfm>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Common forms part}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pdfform>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\PDFForm@Check}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDFForm@Check{%
+  /Subtype /Widget
+  \ifFld@hidden /F 6 \else /F 4 \fi
+  /T (\Fld@name)
+  /Q \Fld@align\space
+  /BS << /W \Fld@borderwidth\space /S /\Fld@borderstyle\space >>
+  /MK <<
+    /BC [\Fld@bordercolor]
+    \ifx\Fld@bcolor\@empty
+    \else
+      /BG [\Fld@bcolor]
+    \fi
+    /CA (\Fld@cbsymbol)
+  >>
+  /DA (/ZaDb \strip@pt\Fld@charsize\space Tf \Fld@color\space rg)
+  /FT /Btn
+  /H /P
+  \ifFld@checked /V /Yes \else /V /Off \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\PDFForm@Push}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDFForm@Push{%
+  /Subtype /Widget
+  \ifFld@hidden /F 6 \else /F 4 \fi
+  /T (\Fld@name)
+  /FT /Btn
+  /Ff 65540
+  /H /P
+  /BS << /W \Fld@borderwidth\space /S /\Fld@borderstyle\space >>
+  /MK <<
+    /BC [\Fld@bordercolor]
+  >>
+  /A << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@onclick;) >>
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\Fld@additionalactions}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Fld@additionalactions{%
+  /AA <<
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    K input (keystroke) format
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@keystroke@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /K << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@keystroke@code) >>
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    F display format
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@format@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /F << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@format@code) >>
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    V validation
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@validate@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /V << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@validate@code) >>
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    C calculation
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@calculate@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /C << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@calculate@code) >>
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Fo receiving the input focus
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@onfocus@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /Fo << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@onfocus@code) >>
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Bl loosing the input focus (blurred)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@onblur@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /Bl << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@onblur@code) >>
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    D pressing the mouse button (down)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@onmousedown@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /D << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@onmousedown@code) >>
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    U releasing the mouse button (up)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@onmouseup@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /U << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@onmouseup@code) >>
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    E cursor enters the annotation's active area.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@onenter@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /E << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@onenter@code) >>
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    X cursor exits the annotation's active area.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifx\Fld@onexit@code\@empty
+    \else
+      /X << /S /JavaScript /JS (\Fld@onexit@code) >>
+    \fi
+  >>
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macro}{\PDFForm@List}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDFForm@List{%
+  /Subtype /Widget
+  \ifFld@hidden /F 6 \else /F 4 \fi
+  /T (\Fld@name)
+  /FT /Ch
+  /Q \Fld@align\space
+  /BS << /W \Fld@borderwidth\space /S /\Fld@borderstyle\space >>
+  /MK <<
+    /BC [\Fld@bordercolor]
+    \ifx\Fld@bcolor\@empty
+    \else
+      /BG [\Fld@bcolor]
+    \fi
+  >>
+  /DA (/Helv \strip@pt\Fld@charsize\space Tf \Fld@color\space rg )
+  /Opt [\the\Choice@toks]
+  /DV (\Fld@default)
+  \Fld@additionalactions
+  \Fld@flags
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\PDFForm@Radio}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDFForm@Radio{%
+  /Subtype /Widget
+  \ifFld@hidden /F 6 \else /F 4 \fi
+  /T (\Fld@name)
+  /FT /Btn
+  /Ff 49152
+  /H /P
+  /BS << /W \Fld@borderwidth\space /S /\Fld@borderstyle\space >>
+  /MK <<
+    /BC [\Fld@bordercolor]
+    \ifx\Fld@bcolor\@empty
+    \else
+      /BG [\Fld@bcolor]
+    \fi
+    /CA (H)
+  >>
+  /DA (/ZaDb \strip@pt\Fld@charsize\space Tf \Fld@color\space rg)
+  \ifx\@currValue\Fld@default
+    /V /\Fld@default\space
+  \else
+    /V /Off
+  \fi
+  \Fld@additionalactions
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\PDFForm@Text}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDFForm@Text{%
+  /Subtype /Widget
+  \ifFld@hidden /F 6 \else /F 4 \fi
+  /T (\Fld@name)
+  /Q \Fld@align\space
+  /FT /Tx
+  /BS << /W \Fld@borderwidth\space /S /\Fld@borderstyle\space >>
+  /MK <<
+    /BC [\Fld@bordercolor]
+    \ifx\Fld@bcolor\@empty
+    \else
+      /BG [\Fld@bcolor]
+    \fi
+  >>
+  /DA (/Helv \strip@pt\Fld@charsize\space Tf \Fld@color\space rg )
+  /DV (\Fld@default)
+  /V (\Fld@value)
+  \Fld@additionalactions
+  \ifFld@multiline
+    \ifFld@readonly /Ff 4097 \else /Ff 4096 \fi
+  \else
+    \ifFld@password
+      \ifFld@readonly /Ff 8193 \else /Ff 8192 \fi
+    \else
+      \ifFld@readonly /Ff 1 \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \ifnum\Fld@maxlen>0/MaxLen \Fld@maxlen \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\PDFForm@Submit}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDFForm@Submit{%
+  /Subtype /Widget
+  \ifFld@hidden /F 6 \else /F 4 \fi
+  /T (\Fld@name)
+  /FT /Btn
+  /Ff 65540
+  /H /P
+  /BS << /W \Fld@borderwidth\space /S /\Fld@borderstyle\space >>
+  /MK <<
+    /BC [\Fld@bordercolor]
+  >>
+  /A <<
+    /S /SubmitForm
+    /F <<
+      /FS /URL
+      /F (\Form@action)
+    >>
+    \ifForm@html /Flags 4 \fi
+  >>
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\PDFForm@Reset}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PDFForm@Reset{%
+  /Subtype /Widget
+  \ifFld@hidden /F 6 \else /F 4 \fi
+  /T (\Fld@name)
+  /FT /Btn
+  /H /P
+  /DA (/Helv \strip@pt\Fld@charsize\space Tf 0 0 1 rg)
+  /Ff 65540
+  /MK <<
+    /BC [\Fld@bordercolor]
+%    /CA (Clear)
+%    /AC (Done)
+  >>
+  /BS << /W \Fld@borderwidth\space /S /\Fld@borderstyle\space >>
+  /A << /S /ResetForm >>
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</pdfform>
+%<*package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Bookmarks in the PDF file}
+% This was originally developed by Yannis Haralambous
+% (it was the separate |repere.sty|); it needed
+% the |repere| or |makebook.pl| post-processor to work properly. Now
+% redundant, as it is done entirely in \LaTeX{} macros.
+%
+% To write out the current section title, and its rationalized number,
+% we have to intercept the |\@sect| command, which is rather
+% dangerous. But how else to see the information we need?
+% We do the \emph{same} for |\@ssect|, giving anchors to
+% unnumbered sections. This allows things like bibliographies
+% to get bookmarks when used with a manual |\addcontentsline|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\phantomsection{%
+ \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+ \xdef\@currentHref{section*.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+ \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Bookmarks}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*outlines>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This section was written by Heiko Oberdiek; the code replaces
+% an earlier version by David Carlisle.
+%
+% The first part of bookmark code is in section \ref{sec:pdfstring}.
+% Further documentation is available as paper and slides of the
+% talk, that Heiko Oberdiek has given at the EuroTeX'99 meating
+% in Heidelberg. See |paper.pdf| and |slides.pdf| in the
+% |doc| directory of hyperref.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newwrite\@outlinefile
+\def\Hy@writebookmark#1#2#3#4#5{% section number, text, label, level, file
+ \ifx\WriteBookmarks\relax%
+ \else
+  \ifnum#4>\c@tocdepth
+  \else
+   \@@writetorep{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+  \fi
+ \fi}
+\def\Hy@currentbookmarklevel{0}
+\def\Hy@numberline#1{#1 }
+\def\@@writetorep#1#2#3#4#5{%
+  \begingroup
+    \edef\Hy@tempa{#5}%
+    \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@bookmarkstype
+      \edef\Hy@level{#4}%
+      \ifx\Hy@levelcheck Y%
+        \@tempcnta\Hy@level\relax
+        \advance\@tempcnta by -1
+        \ifnum\Hy@currentbookmarklevel<\@tempcnta
+          \advance\@tempcnta by -\Hy@currentbookmarklevel\relax
+          \advance\@tempcnta by 1
+          \Hy@Warning{%
+            Difference (\the\@tempcnta) between bookmark levels is %
+            greater \MessageBreak than one, level fixed%
+          }%
+          \@tempcnta\Hy@currentbookmarklevel
+          \advance\@tempcnta by 1
+          \edef\Hy@level{\the\@tempcnta}%
+        \fi
+      \else
+        \global\let\Hy@levelcheck Y%
+      \fi
+      \global\let\Hy@currentbookmarklevel\Hy@level
+      \@tempcnta\Hy@level\relax
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname Parent\Hy@level\endcsname{#3}%
+      \advance\@tempcnta by -1
+      \edef\Hy@tempa{#3}%
+      \edef\Hy@tempb{\csname Parent\the\@tempcnta\endcsname}%
+      \ifx\Hy@tempa\Hy@tempb
+        \Hy@Warning{%
+          The anchor of a bookmark and its parent's must not%
+          \MessageBreak be the same. Added a new anchor%
+        }%
+        \phantomsection
+      \fi
+      \ifHy@bookmarksnumbered
+        \let\numberline\Hy@numberline
+      \else
+        \let\numberline\@gobble
+      \fi
+      \pdfstringdef\Hy@tempa{#2}%
+      \protected@write\@outlinefile{}{%
+        \protect\BOOKMARK
+          [\Hy@level][\@bookmarkopenstatus{\Hy@level}]{#3}%
+          {\Hy@tempa}{\Hy@tempb}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    In the call of \cmd{\BOOKMARK} the braces around \verb|#4|
+%    are omitted, because it is not likely, that the level number
+%    contains \verb|]|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\currentpdfbookmark}{%
+  \pdfbookmark[\Hy@currentbookmarklevel]%
+}
+\newcommand{\subpdfbookmark}{%
+  \@tempcnta\Hy@currentbookmarklevel
+  \Hy@StepCount\@tempcnta
+  \expandafter\pdfbookmark\expandafter[\the\@tempcnta]%
+}
+\newcommand{\belowpdfbookmark}[2]{%
+  \@tempcnta\Hy@currentbookmarklevel
+  \Hy@StepCount\@tempcnta
+  \expandafter\pdfbookmark\expandafter[\the\@tempcnta]{#1}{#2}%
+  \advance\@tempcnta by -1
+  \xdef\Hy@currentbookmarklevel{\the\@tempcnta}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Tobias Oetiker rightly points out that we need a way to
+% force a bookmark entry. So we introduce |\pdfbookmark|,
+% with two parameters, the title, and a symbolic name.
+% By default this is at level 1, but we can reset that with the
+% optional first argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\pdfbookmark[3][0]{%
+  \Hy@writebookmark{}{#2}{#3.#1}{#1}{toc}%
+  \hyper@anchorstart{#3.#1}\hyper@anchorend
+}
+\def\BOOKMARK{\@ifnextchar[{\@BOOKMARK}{\@@BOOKMARK[1][-]}}
+\def\@BOOKMARK[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\@@BOOKMARK[#1]}{\@@BOOKMARK[#1][-]}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The macros for calculating structure of outlines
+% are derived from those by  Petr Olsak used in the texinfopdf macros.
+%
+% The VTEX section was written originally by VTEX, but then
+% amended by Denis Girou (\Email{denis.girou@idris.fr}),
+% then by by Taco Hoekwater (\Email{taco.hoekwater@wkap.nl}. The problem
+% is that VTEX, with its close integration of the PDF backend, does
+% look at the contents of bookmarks, escaping |\| and the like.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*vtex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\@serial@counter\@serial@counter=1\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macro}{\hv@pdf@char}
+% Plain octal codes doesn't work with versions below 6.50.
+% So for early versions hex numbers have to be used.
+% It would be possible to program this instead of the
+% large |\ifcase|, but I'm too lazy to sort that out now.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\'=12
+  \ifnum\Hy@VTeXversion<650 %
+    \catcode`\"=12
+    \gdef\hv@pdf@char#1#2#3{%
+      \char
+      \ifcase'#1#2#3
+         "00\or"01\or"02\or"03\or"04\or"05\or"06\or"07%
+      \or"08\or"09\or"0A\or"0B\or"0C\or"0D\or"0E\or"0F%
+      \or"10\or"11\or"12\or"13\or"14\or"15\or"16\or"17%
+      \or"18\or"19\or"1A\or"1B\or"1C\or"1D\or"1E\or"1F%
+      \or"20\or"21\or"22\or"23\or"24\or"25\or"26\or"27%
+      \or"28\or"29\or"2A\or"2B\or"2C\or"2D\or"2E\or"2F%
+      \or"30\or"31\or"32\or"33\or"34\or"35\or"36\or"37%
+      \or"38\or"39\or"3A\or"3B\or"3C\or"3D\or"3E\or"3F%
+      \or"40\or"41\or"42\or"43\or"44\or"45\or"46\or"47%
+      \or"48\or"49\or"4A\or"4B\or"4C\or"4D\or"4E\or"4F%
+      \or"50\or"51\or"52\or"53\or"54\or"55\or"56\or"57%
+      \or"58\or"59\or"5A\or"5B\or"5C\or"5D\or"5E\or"5F%
+      \or"60\or"61\or"62\or"63\or"64\or"65\or"66\or"67%
+      \or"68\or"69\or"6A\or"6B\or"6C\or"6D\or"6E\or"6F%
+      \or"70\or"71\or"72\or"73\or"74\or"75\or"76\or"77%
+      \or"78\or"79\or"7A\or"7B\or"7C\or"7D\or"7E\or"7F%
+      \or"80\or"81\or"82\or"83\or"84\or"85\or"86\or"87%
+      \or"88\or"89\or"8A\or"8B\or"8C\or"8D\or"8E\or"8F%
+      \or"90\or"91\or"92\or"93\or"94\or"95\or"96\or"97%
+      \or"98\or"99\or"9A\or"9B\or"9C\or"9D\or"9E\or"9F%
+      \or"A0\or"A1\or"A2\or"A3\or"A4\or"A5\or"A6\or"A7%
+      \or"A8\or"A9\or"AA\or"AB\or"AC\or"AD\or"AE\or"AF%
+      \or"B0\or"B1\or"B2\or"B3\or"B4\or"B5\or"B6\or"B7%
+      \or"B8\or"B9\or"BA\or"BB\or"BC\or"BD\or"BE\or"BF%
+      \or"C0\or"C1\or"C2\or"C3\or"C4\or"C5\or"C6\or"C7%
+      \or"C8\or"C9\or"CA\or"CB\or"CC\or"CD\or"CE\or"CF%
+      \or"D0\or"D1\or"D2\or"D3\or"D4\or"D5\or"D6\or"D7%
+      \or"D8\or"D9\or"DA\or"DB\or"DC\or"DD\or"DE\or"DF%
+      \or"E0\or"E1\or"E2\or"E3\or"E4\or"E5\or"E6\or"E7%
+      \or"E8\or"E9\or"EA\or"EB\or"EC\or"ED\or"EE\or"EF%
+      \or"F0\or"F1\or"F2\or"F3\or"F4\or"F5\or"F6\or"F7%
+      \or"F8\or"F9\or"FA\or"FB\or"FC\or"FD\or"FE\or"FF%
+      \fi
+    }
+  \else
+    \gdef\hv@pdf@char{\char'}
+  \fi
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\@@BOOKMARK}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@BOOKMARK[#1][#2]#3#4#5{%
+  \expandafter\edef\csname @count@#3\endcsname{\the\@serial@counter}%
+  \edef\@mycount{\the\@serial@counter}%
+  \Hy@StepCount\@serial@counter
+  \edef\@parcount{%
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname @count@#5\endcsname\relax
+      0%
+    \else
+      \csname @count@#5\endcsname
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \immediate\special{!outline #3;p=\@parcount,i=\@mycount,s=\ifx#2-c\else
+o\fi,t=#4}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macro}{\ReadBookmarks}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ReadBookmarks{%
+  \begingroup
+    \def\0{\hv@pdf@char 0}%
+    \def\1{\hv@pdf@char 1}%
+    \def\2{\hv@pdf@char 2}%
+    \def\3{\hv@pdf@char 3}%
+    \def\({(}%
+    \def\){)}%
+    \def\do##1{%
+      \ifnum\the\catcode`##1=\active
+        \@makeother##1%
+      \fi
+    }%
+    \dospecials
+    \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.out}{}{}%
+  \endgroup
+  \ifx\WriteBookmarks\relax
+  \else
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\openout\@outlinefile=\jobname.out
+      \ifHy@typexml
+        \immediate\write\@outlinefile{<relaxxml>\relax}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</vtex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*!vtex>
+\def\ReadBookmarks{%
+  \begingroup
+    \escapechar=`\\%
+    \let\escapechar\@gobble %
+    \def\@@BOOKMARK [##1][##2]##3##4##5{\calc@bm@number{##5}}%
+    \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.out}{}{}%
+    \ifx\WriteBookmarks\relax
+      \global\let\WriteBookmarks\relax
+    \fi
+    \def\@@BOOKMARK[##1][##2]##3##4##5{%
+      \def\Hy@temp{##4}%
+%<*pdftex>
+      \pdfoutline goto
+        name{##3}%
+        count ##2\check@bm@number{##3}{%
+          \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp
+        }%
+%</pdftex>
+%<*pdfmark>
+      \pdfmark{%
+        pdfmark=/OUT,%
+        Count={##2\check@bm@number{##3}},%
+        Dest={##3},%
+        Title=\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp
+      }%
+%</pdfmark>
+%<*dvipdfm>
+      \@pdfm@mark{%
+        outline ##1 <<
+          /Title (\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp)
+          /A <<
+            /S /GoTo
+            /D (##3)
+          >>
+        >>
+      }%
+%</dvipdfm>
+   }%
+   {%
+    \def\WriteBookmarks{0}%
+    \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.out}{}{}%
+   }%
+   %{\escapechar\m@ne\InputIfFileExists{\jobname.out}{}{}}%
+   \ifx\WriteBookmarks\relax\else
+     \if@filesw\immediate\openout\@outlinefile=\jobname.out
+      \ifHy@typexml
+       \immediate\write\@outlinefile{<relaxxml>\relax}%
+      \fi
+     \fi
+   \fi
+   \endgroup
+}
+\def\check@bm@number#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname B_#1\endcsname\relax
+    0%
+  \else
+    \csname B_#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+\def\calc@bm@number#1{%
+  \@tempcnta=\check@bm@number{#1}\relax
+  \advance\@tempcnta by1
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname B_#1\endcsname{\the\@tempcnta}%
+}
+%</!vtex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    This code is added, so that option `pdfpagenumbers' works
+%    with option `implicit' (suggestion of Sebastian Rahtz).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifHy@implicit
+\else
+  \def\@begindvi{%
+    \unvbox\@begindvibox
+    \HyPL@EveryPage
+    \global\let\@begindvi\HyPL@EveryPage
+  }%
+  \expandafter\endinput
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</outlines>
+%<*outlines|hypertex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\H@old@ssect\@ssect
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{%
+  \H@old@ssect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+  \phantomsection
+}
+\let\H@old@schapter\@schapter
+\def\@schapter#1{%
+  \H@old@schapter{#1}%
+  \begingroup
+    \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+    \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+    \xdef\@currentHref{\Hy@chapapp*.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+    \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    If there is no chapter number (\cmd{\frontmatter} or
+%    \cmd{\backmatter}) then |\refstepcounter{chapter}| is not
+%    executed, so there will be no destination for \cmd{addcontentsline}.
+%    So \cmd{\@chapter} is overloaded to avoid this:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{@chapter}{}{%
+  \let\Hy@org@chapter\@chapter
+  \def\@chapter{%
+    \def\Hy@next{%
+      \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+      \xdef\@currentHref{\Hy@chapapp*.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+      \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+    }%
+    \ifnum\c@secnumdepth>\m@ne
+      \@ifundefined{if@mainmatter}%
+      \iftrue{\csname if@mainmatter\endcsname}
+        \let\Hy@next\relax
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \Hy@next
+    \Hy@org@chapter
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\H@old@spart\@spart
+\def\@spart#1{%
+  \H@old@spart{#1}%
+  \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+  \xdef\@currentHref{part*.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+  \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+}
+\let\H@old@sect\@sect
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+  \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+    \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+    \xdef\@currentHref{section*.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+  \fi
+  \H@old@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}[{#7}]{#8}%
+  \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+    \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</outlines|hypertex>
+%<*outlines>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\def\csname Parent-4\endcsname{}
+\expandafter\def\csname Parent-3\endcsname{}
+\expandafter\def\csname Parent-2\endcsname{}
+\expandafter\def\csname Parent-1\endcsname{}
+\expandafter\def\csname Parent0\endcsname{}
+\expandafter\def\csname Parent1\endcsname{}
+\expandafter\def\csname Parent2\endcsname{}
+\expandafter\def\csname Parent3\endcsname{}
+\expandafter\def\csname Parent4\endcsname{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</outlines>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Compatibility with koma-script classes}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*outlines|hypertex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Hard-wire in an unpleasant over-ride of komascript `scrbook' class
+% for \Email{Tobias.Isenberg@gmx.de}.
+% With version 6.71b the hack is also applied to `scrreprt' class
+% and is removed for koma-script versions since 2001/01/01,
+% because Markus Kohm supports hyperref in komascript.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Hy@tempa{%
+  \def\@addchap[##1]##2{%
+    \typeout{##2}%
+    \if@twoside
+      \@mkboth{##1}{}%
+    \else
+      \@mkboth{}{##1}%
+    \fi
+    \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+    \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+    \Hy@GlobalStepCount\Hy@linkcounter
+    \xdef\@currentHref{\Hy@chapapp*.\the\Hy@linkcounter}%
+    \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{\@currentHref}\hyper@anchorend}%
+    \if@twocolumn
+       \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{##2}]%
+    \else
+       \@makeschapterhead{##2}%
+       \@afterheading
+    \fi
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+  }%
+}
+\@ifclassloaded{scrbook}{%
+  \@ifclasslater{scrbook}{2001/01/01}{%
+    \let\Hy@tempa\@empty
+  }{}%
+}{%
+  \@ifclassloaded{scrreprt}{%
+    \@ifclasslater{scrreprt}{2001/01/01}{%
+      \let\Hy@tempa\@empty
+    }{}%
+  }{%
+    \let\Hy@tempa\@empty
+  }%
+}%
+\Hy@tempa
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</outlines|hypertex>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Encoding definition files for encodings of PDF strings}
+% This was contributed by
+% Heiko Oberdiek \Email{oberdiek@ruf.uni-freiburg.de}
+%
+% \subsection{PD1 encoding}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pd1enc>
+\DeclareFontEncoding{PD1}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Special white space escape characters
+%    not for use in bookmarks but for other PDF strings.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textLF}{PD1}{\012} % line feed
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textCR}{PD1}{\015} % carriage return
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textHT}{PD1}{\011} % horizontal tab
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textBS}{PD1}{\010} % backspace
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textFF}{PD1}{\014} % formfeed
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Accents
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\`}{PD1}{\textgrave}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\'}{PD1}{\textacute}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{PD1}{\textcircumflex}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\~}{PD1}{\texttilde}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\"}{PD1}{\textdieresis}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\r}{PD1}{\textring}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\v}{PD1}{\textcaron}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\.}{PD1}{\textdotaccent}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\c}{PD1}{\textcedilla}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{\@empty}{\textgrave}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{\@empty}{\textacute}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{\@empty}{\textcircumflex}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PD1}{\@empty}{\texttilde}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{\@empty}{\textdieresis}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{PD1}{\@empty}{\textring}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PD1}{\@empty}{\textcaron}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PD1}{\@empty}{\textdotaccent}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PD1}{\@empty}{\textcedilla}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Accent glyph names
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbreve}{PD1}{\030} % breve
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcaron}{PD1}{\031} % caron
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcircumflex}{PD1}{\032} % circumflex
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdotaccent}{PD1}{\033} % dotaccent
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texthungarumlaut}{PD1}{\034} % hungarumlaut
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textogonek}{PD1}{\035} % ogonek
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textring}{PD1}{\036} % ring
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttilde}{PD1}{\037} % tilde
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{040}: space\\
+%    \cs{041}: exclam
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquotedbl}{PD1}{\string"} % quotedbl \042
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textnumbersign}{PD1}{\043} % numbersign
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdollar}{PD1}{\044} % dollar
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textpercent}{PD1}{\045} % percent
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textampersand}{PD1}{\046} % ampersand
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{047}: quotesingle
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textparenleft}{PD1}{\string\(} % parenleft \050
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textparenright}{PD1}{\string\)} % parenright \051
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{052}: asterisk\\
+%    \cs{053}: plus\\
+%    \cs{054}: comma\\
+%    \cs{055}: hyphen\\
+%    \cs{056}: period\\
+%    \cs{057}: slash\\
+%    \cs{060}\dots\cs{071}: 0\dots9\\
+%    \cs{072}: colon\\
+%    \cs{073}: semicolon
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textless}{PD1}{<} % less \074
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{075}: equal
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgreater}{PD1}{>} % greater \076
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{077}: question\\
+%    \cs{100}: at\\
+%    \cs{101}\dots\cs{132}: A\dots Z\\
+%    \cs{133}: bracketleft
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbackslash}{PD1}{\134} % backslash
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{135}: bracketright
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textasciicircum}{PD1}{\136} % asciicircum
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textunderscore}{PD1}{\137} % underscore
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgrave}{PD1}{\140} % grave
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{141}\dots\cs{172}: a\dots z
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PD1}{i}{i} % i
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbraceleft}{PD1}{\173} % braceleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbar}{PD1}{|} % bar
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbraceright}{PD1}{\175} % braceright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textasciitilde}{PD1}{\176} % asciitilde
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    No glyph \cs{177} in PDFDocEncoding.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbullet}{PD1}{\200} % bullet
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdagger}{PD1}{\201} % dagger
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdaggerdbl}{PD1}{\202} % daggerdbl
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textellipsis}{PD1}{\203} % ellipsis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textemdash}{PD1}{\204} % emdash
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textendash}{PD1}{\205} % endash
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textflorin}{PD1}{\206} % florin
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfractionmark}{PD1}{/} % fraction, \207
+\DeclareTextCommand{\guilsinglleft}{PD1}{\210} % guilsinglleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\guilsinglright}{PD1}{\211} % guilsinglright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textminus}{PD1}{-} % minus, \212
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{PD1}{\213} % perthousand
+\DeclareTextCommand{\quotedblbase}{PD1}{\214} % quotedblbase
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquotedblleft}{PD1}{\215} % quotedblleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquotedblright}{PD1}{\216} % quotedblright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquoteleft}{PD1}{\217} % quoteleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquoteright}{PD1}{\220} % quoteright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\quotesinglbase}{PD1}{\221} % quotesinglbase
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttrademark}{PD1}{\222} % trademark
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfi}{PD1}{fi} % fi ?? \223
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfl}{PD1}{fl} % fl ?? \224
+\DeclareTextCommand{\L}{PD1}{L} % Lslash, \225
+\DeclareTextCommand{\OE}{PD1}{\226} % OE
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PD1}{S}{\227} % Scaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{Y}{\230} % Ydieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\IJ}{PD1}{\230}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PD1}{Z}{Z} % Zcaron, \231
+\DeclareTextCommand{\i}{PD1}{i} % dotlessi, \232
+\DeclareTextCommand{\l}{PD1}{l} % lslash, \233
+\DeclareTextCommand{\oe}{PD1}{\234} % oe
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PD1}{s}{\235} % scaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PD1}{z}{z} % zcaron, 236
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    No glyph \cs{237} in PDFDocEncoding.\\
+%    The euro \cs{240} is inserted in version 1.3 of the pdf
+%    specification.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texteuro}{PD1}{\240} % Euro
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textexclamdown}{PD1}{\241} % exclamdown
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcent}{PD1}{\242} % cent
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textsterling}{PD1}{\243} % sterling
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcurrency}{PD1}{\244} % currency
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textyen}{PD1}{\245} % yen
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbrokenbar}{PD1}{\246} % brokenbar
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textsection}{PD1}{\247} % section
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdieresis}{PD1}{\250} % dieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcopyright}{PD1}{\251} % copyright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textordfeminine}{PD1}{\252} % ordfeminine
+\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{PD1}{\253} % guillemotleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textlogicalnot}{PD1}{\254} % logicalnot
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    No glyph \cs{255} in PDFDocEncoding.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textregistered}{PD1}{\256} % registered
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textmacron}{PD1}{\257} % macron
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdegree}{PD1}{\260} % degree
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textplusminus}{PD1}{\261} % plusminus
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttwosuperior}{PD1}{\262} % twosuperior
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textthreesuperior}{PD1}{\263} % threesuperior
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textacute}{PD1}{\264} % acute
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textmu}{PD1}{\265} % mu
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textparagraph}{PD1}{\266} % paragraph
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textperiodcentered}{PD1}{\267} % periodcentered
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcedilla}{PD1}{\270} % cedilla
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textonesuperior}{PD1}{\271} % onesuperior
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textordmasculine}{PD1}{\272} % ordmasculine
+\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotright}{PD1}{\273} % guillemotright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textonequarter}{PD1}{\274} % onequarter
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textonehalf}{PD1}{\275} % onehalf
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textthreequarters}{PD1}{\276} % threequarters
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquestiondown}{PD1}{\277} % questiondown
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{A}{\300} % Agrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{A}{\301} % Aacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{A}{\302} % Acircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PD1}{A}{\303} % Atilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{A}{\304} % Adieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{PD1}{A}{\305} % Aring
+\DeclareTextCommand{\AE}{PD1}{\306} % AE
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PD1}{C}{\307} % Ccedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{E}{\310} % Egrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{E}{\311} % Eacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{E}{\312} % Ecircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{E}{\313} % Edieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{I}{\314} % Igrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{I}{\315} % Iacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{I}{\316} % Icircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{I}{\317} % Idieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\DH}{PD1}{\320} % Eth
+\DeclareTextCommand{\DJ}{PD1}{\320} % Eth
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PD1}{N}{\321} % Ntilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{O}{\322} % Ograve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{O}{\323} % Oacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{O}{\324} % Ocircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PD1}{O}{\325} % Otilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{O}{\326} % Odieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textmultiply}{PD1}{\327} % multiply
+\DeclareTextCommand{\O}{PD1}{\330} % Oslash
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{U}{\331} % Ugrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{U}{\332} % Uacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{U}{\333} % Ucircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{U}{\334} % Udieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{Y}{\335} % Yacute
+\DeclareTextCommand{\TH}{PD1}{\336} % Thorn
+\DeclareTextCommand{\ss}{PD1}{\337} % germandbls
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{a}{\340} % agrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{a}{\341} % aacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{a}{\342} % acircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PD1}{a}{\343} % atilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{a}{\344} % adieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{PD1}{a}{\345} % aring
+\DeclareTextCommand{\ae}{PD1}{\346} % ae
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PD1}{c}{\347} % ccedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{e}{\350} % egrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{e}{\351} % eacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{e}{\352} % ecircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{e}{\353} % edieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{i}{\354} % igrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{\i}{\354} % igrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{i}{\355} % iacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{\i}{\355} % iacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{i}{\356} % icircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{\i}{\356} % icircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{i}{\357} % idieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{\i}{\357} % idieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\dh}{PD1}{\360} % eth
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PD1}{n}{\361} % ntilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{o}{\362} % ograve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{o}{\363} % oacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{o}{\364} % ocircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PD1}{o}{\365} % otilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{o}{\366} % odieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdivide}{PD1}{\367} % divide
+\DeclareTextCommand{\o}{PD1}{\370} % oslash
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PD1}{u}{\371} % ugrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{u}{\372} % uacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PD1}{u}{\373} % ucircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{u}{\374} % udieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{y}{\375} % yacute
+\DeclareTextCommand{\th}{PD1}{\376} % thorn
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PD1}{y}{\377} % ydieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\ij}{PD1}{\377}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Glyphs that consist of several characters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\SS}{PD1}{SS}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcelsius}{PD1}{\textdegree C}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Aliases (german.sty)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textglqq}{PD1}{\quotedblbase}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgrqq}{PD1}{\textquotedblleft}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textglq}{PD1}{\quotesinglbase}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgrq}{PD1}{\textquoteleft}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textflqq}{PD1}{\guillemotleft}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfrqq}{PD1}{\guillemotright}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textflq}{PD1}{\guilsinglleft}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfrq}{PD1}{\guilsinglright}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Aliases (math names)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textneg}{PD1}{\textlogicalnot}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttimes}{PD1}{\textmultiply}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdiv}{PD1}{\textdivide}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textpm}{PD1}{\textplusminus}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcdot}{PD1}{\textperiodcentered}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbeta}{PD1}{\ss}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Polish aliases. PDF encoding does not have the characters, but it
+% is useful to Poles to have the plain letters regardless. Requested by
+%  Wojciech Myszka <W.Myszka@immt.pwr.wroc.pl>
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PD1}{a}{a} % aogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{c}{c} % cacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PD1}{e}{e} % eogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{n}{n} % nacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{s}{s} % sacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{z}{z} % zacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PD1}{z}{z} % zdot
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PD1}{A}{A} % Aogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{C}{C} % Cacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PD1}{E}{E} % Eogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{N}{N} % Nacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{S}{S} % Sacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PD1}{Z}{Z} % Zacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PD1}{Z}{Z} % Zdot
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</pd1enc>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{PU encoding}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*puenc>
+\DeclareFontEncoding{PU}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsubsection{Basic Latin}
+%    Special white space escape characters
+%    not for use in bookmarks but for other PDF strings.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textLF}{PU}{\80\012} % line feed
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textCR}{PU}{\80\015} % carriage return
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textHT}{PU}{\80\011} % horizontal tab
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textBS}{PU}{\80\010} % backspace
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textFF}{PU}{\80\014} % formfeed
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Accents
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\`}{PU}{\textgrave}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\'}{PU}{\textacute}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\^}{PU}{\textcircumflex}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\~}{PU}{\texttilde}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\"}{PU}{\textdieresis}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\r}{PU}{\textring}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\v}{PU}{\textcaron}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\.}{PU}{\textdotaccent}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\c}{PU}{\textcedilla}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\U}{PU}{\textbreve}
+\DeclareTextAccent{\C}{PU}{\textdoublegrave}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{\@empty}{\textgrave}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\@empty}{\textacute}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{\@empty}{\textcircumflex}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{\@empty}{\texttilde}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\@empty}{\textdieresis}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{PU}{\@empty}{\textring}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{\@empty}{\textcaron}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{\@empty}{\textdotaccent}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{\@empty}{\textcedilla}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\U}{PU}{\@empty}{\textbreve}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\C}{PU}{\@empty}{\textdoublegrave}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Accent glyph names
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbreve}{PU}{\80\030} % breve
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcaron}{PU}{\80\031} % caron
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcircumflex}{PU}{\80\032} % circumflex
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdotaccent}{PU}{\80\033} % dotaccent
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texthungarumlaut}{PU}{\80\034} % hungarumlaut
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textogonek}{PU}{\80\035} % ogonek
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textring}{PU}{\80\036} % ring
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttilde}{PU}{\80\037} % tilde
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdoublegrave}{PU}{\83\017} % double grave
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{040}: space\\
+%    \cs{041}: exclam
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquotedbl}{PU}{\string"} % quotedbl \80\042
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textnumbersign}{PU}{\80\043} % numbersign
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdollar}{PU}{\80\044} % dollar
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textpercent}{PU}{\80\045} % percent
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textampersand}{PU}{\80\046} % ampersand
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{047}: quotesingle
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textparenleft}{PU}{\80\050} % parenleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textparenright}{PU}{\80\051} % parenright
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{052}: asterisk\\
+%    \cs{053}: plus\\
+%    \cs{054}: comma\\
+%    \cs{055}: hyphen\\
+%    \cs{056}: period\\
+%    \cs{057}: slash\\
+%    \cs{060}\dots\cs{071}: 0\dots9\\
+%    \cs{072}: colon\\
+%    \cs{073}: semicolon
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textless}{PU}{<} % less \80\074
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{075}: equal
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgreater}{PU}{>} % greater \80\076
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{077}: question\\
+%    \cs{100}: at\\
+%    \cs{101}\dots\cs{132}: A\dots Z\\
+%    \cs{133}: bracketleft
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbackslash}{PU}{\80\134} % backslash
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{135}: bracketright
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textasciicircum}{PU}{\80\136} % asciicircum
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textunderscore}{PU}{\80\137} % underscore
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgrave}{PU}{\80\140} % grave
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \cs{141}\dots\cs{172}: a\dots z
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{i}{i} % i
+\DeclareTextCommand{\j}{PU}{j} % jdotless
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbraceleft}{PU}{\80\173} % braceleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbar}{PU}{|} % bar
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbraceright}{PU}{\80\175} % braceright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textasciitilde}{PU}{\80\176} % asciitilde
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    No glyph \cs{177} in PDFDocEncoding.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Latin-1 Supplement}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbullet}{PU}{\80\200} % bullet
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdagger}{PU}{\80\201} % dagger
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdaggerdbl}{PU}{\80\202} % daggerdbl
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textellipsis}{PU}{\80\203} % ellipsis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textemdash}{PU}{\80\204} % emdash
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textendash}{PU}{\80\205} % endash
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textflorin}{PU}{\80\206} % florin
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfractionmark}{PU}{/} % fraction, \80\207
+\DeclareTextCommand{\guilsinglleft}{PU}{\80\210} % guilsinglleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\guilsinglright}{PU}{\80\211} % guilsinglright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textminus}{PU}{-} % minus, \80\212
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textperthousand}{PU}{\80\213} % perthousand
+\DeclareTextCommand{\quotedblbase}{PU}{\80\214} % quotedblbase
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquotedblleft}{PU}{\80\215} % quotedblleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquotedblright}{PU}{\80\216} % quotedblright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquoteleft}{PU}{\80\217} % quoteleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquoteright}{PU}{\80\220} % quoteright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\quotesinglbase}{PU}{\80\221} % quotesinglbase
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttrademark}{PU}{\80\222} % trademark
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfi}{PU}{fi} % fi ?? \80\223
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfl}{PU}{fl} % fl ?? \80\224
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    There are two positions for the glyphs from |\80\225| until
+%    |\80\236|. See the test files |testbmoe.|, |testbml|,
+%    |testbmsc|, |testbmzc|, and |testbmyi| for details.
+%    Problematic are all positions, but especially \cmd{\OE},
+%    \cmd{\oe}, and \cmd{\i}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\OE}{PU}{\80\226} % OE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\oe}{PU}{\80\234} % oe
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    The euro \cs{240} is inserted in version 1.3 of the pdf
+%    specification.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textexclamdown}{PU}{\80\241} % exclamdown
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcent}{PU}{\80\242} % cent
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textsterling}{PU}{\80\243} % sterling
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcurrency}{PU}{\80\244} % currency
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textyen}{PU}{\80\245} % yen
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbrokenbar}{PU}{\80\246} % brokenbar
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textsection}{PU}{\80\247} % section
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdieresis}{PU}{\80\250} % dieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcopyright}{PU}{\80\251} % copyright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textordfeminine}{PU}{\80\252} % ordfeminine
+\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{PU}{\80\253} % guillemotleft
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textlogicalnot}{PU}{\80\254} % logicalnot
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    No glyph \cs{255} in PDFDocEncoding.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textregistered}{PU}{\80\256} % registered
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textmacron}{PU}{\80\257} % macron
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdegree}{PU}{\80\260} % degree
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textplusminus}{PU}{\80\261} % plusminus
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttwosuperior}{PU}{\80\262} % twosuperior
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textthreesuperior}{PU}{\80\263} % threesuperior
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textacute}{PU}{\80\264} % acute
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textmu}{PU}{\80\265} % mu
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textparagraph}{PU}{\80\266} % paragraph
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textperiodcentered}{PU}{\80\267} % periodcentered
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcedilla}{PU}{\80\270} % cedilla
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textonesuperior}{PU}{\80\271} % onesuperior
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textordmasculine}{PU}{\80\272} % ordmasculine
+\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotright}{PU}{\80\273} % guillemotright
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textonequarter}{PU}{\80\274} % onequarter
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textonehalf}{PU}{\80\275} % onehalf
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textthreequarters}{PU}{\80\276} % threequarters
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textquestiondown}{PU}{\80\277} % questiondown
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{A}{\80\300} % Agrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{A}{\80\301} % Aacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{A}{\80\302} % Acircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{A}{\80\303} % Atilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{A}{\80\304} % Adieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{PU}{A}{\80\305} % Aring
+\DeclareTextCommand{\AE}{PU}{\80\306} % AE
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{C}{\80\307} % Ccedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{E}{\80\310} % Egrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{E}{\80\311} % Eacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{E}{\80\312} % Ecircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{E}{\80\313} % Edieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{I}{\80\314} % Igrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{I}{\80\315} % Iacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{I}{\80\316} % Icircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{I}{\80\317} % Idieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\DH}{PU}{\80\320} % Eth
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{N}{\80\321} % Ntilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{O}{\80\322} % Ograve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{O}{\80\323} % Oacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{O}{\80\324} % Ocircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{O}{\80\325} % Otilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{O}{\80\326} % Odieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textmultiply}{PU}{\80\327} % multiply
+\DeclareTextCommand{\O}{PU}{\80\330} % Oslash
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{U}{\80\331} % Ugrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{U}{\80\332} % Uacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{U}{\80\333} % Ucircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{U}{\80\334} % Udieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{Y}{\80\335} % Yacute
+\DeclareTextCommand{\TH}{PU}{\80\336} % Thorn
+\DeclareTextCommand{\ss}{PU}{\80\337} % germandbls
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{a}{\80\340} % agrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{a}{\80\341} % aacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{a}{\80\342} % acircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{a}{\80\343} % atilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{a}{\80\344} % adieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{PU}{a}{\80\345} % aring
+\DeclareTextCommand{\ae}{PU}{\80\346} % ae
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{c}{\80\347} % ccedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{e}{\80\350} % egrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{e}{\80\351} % eacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{e}{\80\352} % ecircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{e}{\80\353} % edieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{i}{\80\354} % igrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{\i}{\80\354} % igrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{i}{\80\355} % iacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\i}{\80\355} % iacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{i}{\80\356} % icircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{\i}{\80\356} % icircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{i}{\80\357} % idieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\i}{\80\357} % idieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\dh}{PU}{\80\360} % eth
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{n}{\80\361} % ntilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{o}{\80\362} % ograve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{o}{\80\363} % oacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{o}{\80\364} % ocircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{o}{\80\365} % otilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{o}{\80\366} % odieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdivide}{PU}{\80\367} % divide
+\DeclareTextCommand{\o}{PU}{\80\370} % oslash
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\`}{PU}{u}{\80\371} % ugrave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{u}{\80\372} % uacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{u}{\80\373} % ucircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{u}{\80\374} % udieresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{y}{\80\375} % yacute
+\DeclareTextCommand{\th}{PU}{\80\376} % thorn
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{y}{\80\377} % ydieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\ij}{PU}{\80\377}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Glyphs that consist of several characters.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\SS}{PU}{SS}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcelsius}{PU}{\textdegree C}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Aliases (german.sty)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textglqq}{PU}{\quotedblbase}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgrqq}{PU}{\textquotedblleft}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textglq}{PU}{\quotesinglbase}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgrq}{PU}{\textquoteleft}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textflqq}{PU}{\guillemotleft}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfrqq}{PU}{\guillemotright}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textflq}{PU}{\guilsinglleft}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textfrq}{PU}{\guilsinglright}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Aliases (math names)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textneg}{PU}{\textlogicalnot}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttimes}{PU}{\textmultiply}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdiv}{PU}{\textdivide}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textpm}{PU}{\textplusminus}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textcdot}{PU}{\textperiodcentered}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbeta}{PU}{\ss}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Latin Extended-A}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{A}{\81\000}% Amacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{a}{\81\001}% amacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{A}{\81\002}% Abreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{a}{\81\003}% abreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{A}{\81\004} % Aogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{a}{\81\005} % aogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{C}{\81\006} % Cacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{c}{\81\007} % cacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{C}{\81\010} % Ccircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{c}{\81\011} % ccircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{C}{\81\012} % Cdot
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{c}{\81\013} % cdot
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{C}{\81\014} % Ccaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{c}{\81\015} % ccaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{D}{\81\016} % Dcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{d}{\81\017} % dcaron
+\DeclareTextCommand{\DJ}{PU}{\81\020} % Dslash
+\DeclareTextCommand{\dj}{PU}{\81\021} % dslash
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{E}{\81\022} % Emacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{e}{\81\023} % emacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{E}{\81\024} % Ebreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{e}{\81\025} % ebreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{E}{\81\026} % Edot
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{e}{\81\027} % edot
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{E}{\81\030} % Eogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{e}{\81\031} % eogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{E}{\81\032} % Ecaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{e}{\81\033} % ecaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{G}{\81\034} % Gcircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{g}{\81\035} % gcircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{G}{\81\036} % Gbreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{g}{\81\037} % gbreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{G}{\81\040} % Gdot
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{g}{\81\041} % gdot
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{G}{\81\042} % Gcedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{g}{\81\043} % gcedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{H}{\81\044} % Hcircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{h}{\81\045} % hcircumflex
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textHslash}{PU}{\81\046} % Hslash
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texthslash}{PU}{\81\047} % hslash
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{I}{\81\050} % Itilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{i}{\81\051} % itilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{\i}{\81\051} % itilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{I}{\81\052} % Imacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{i}{\81\053} % imacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{\i}{\81\053} % imacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{I}{\81\054} % Ibreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{i}{\81\055} % ibreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{\i}{\81\055} % ibreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{I}{\81\056} % Iogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{i}{\81\057} % iogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{\i}{\81\057} % iogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{I}{\81\060} % Idot
+\DeclareTextCommand{\i}{PU}{\81\061} % idotless
+% IJlig
+% ijlig
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{J}{\81\064} % Jcircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{j}{\81\065} % jcircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{\j}{\81\065} % jcircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{K}{\81\066} % Kcedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{k}{\81\067} % kcedilla
+% kgreen
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{L}{\81\071} % Lacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{l}{\81\072} % lacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{L}{\81\073} % Lcedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{l}{\81\074} % lcedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{L}{\81\075} % Lcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{l}{\81\076} % lcaron
+% L middle dot
+% l middle dot
+\DeclareTextCommand{\L}{PU}{\81\101} % Lslash
+\DeclareTextCommand{\l}{PU}{\81\102} % lslash
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{N}{\81\103} % Nacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{n}{\81\104} % nacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{N}{\81\105} % Ncedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{n}{\81\106} % ncedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{N}{\81\107} % Ncaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{n}{\81\110} % ncaron
+% n apostrophe
+\DeclareTextCommand{\NG}{PU}{NG} % \81\112
+\DeclareTextCommand{\ng}{PU}{ng} % \81\113
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{O}{\81\114} % Omacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{o}{\81\115} % omacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{O}{\81\116} % Obreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{o}{\81\117} % obreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\H}{PU}{O}{\81\120} % Odoubleacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\H}{PU}{o}{\81\121} % odoubleacute
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\OE}{PU}{\81\122} % OE
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\oe}{PU}{\81\123} % oe
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{R}{\81\124} % Racute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{r}{\81\125} % racute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{R}{\81\126} % Rcedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{r}{\81\127} % rcedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{R}{\81\130} % Rcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{r}{\81\131} % rcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{S}{\81\132} % Sacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{s}{\81\133} % sacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{S}{\81\134} % Scircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{s}{\81\135} % scircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{S}{\81\136} % Scedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{s}{\81\137} % scedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{S}{\81\140} % Scaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{s}{\81\141} % scaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{T}{\81\142} % Tcedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\c}{PU}{t}{\81\143} % tcedilla
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{T}{\81\144} % Tcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{t}{\81\145} % tcaron
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textTslash}{PU}{\81\146} % Tslash
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttslash}{PU}{\81\147} % tslash
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{U}{\81\150} % Utilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\~}{PU}{u}{\81\151} % utilde
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{U}{\81\152} % Umacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{u}{\81\153} % umacron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{U}{\81\154} % Ubreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\u}{PU}{u}{\81\155} % ubreve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{PU}{U}{\81\156} % Uring
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{PU}{u}{\81\157} % uring
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\H}{PU}{U}{\81\160} % Udoubleacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\H}{PU}{u}{\81\161} % udoubleacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{U}{\81\162} % Uogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{u}{\81\163} % uogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{W}{\81\164} % Wcircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{w}{\81\165} % wcircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{Y}{\81\166} % Ycircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\^}{PU}{y}{\81\167} % ycircumflex
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{Y}{\81\170} % Ydieresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\IJ}{PU}{\81\170}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{Z}{\81\171} % Zacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{z}{\81\172} % zacute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{Z}{\81\173} % Zdot
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{z}{\81\174} % zdot
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{Z}{\81\175} % Zcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{z}{\81\176} % zcaron
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Latin Extended-B}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{A}{\81\315} % Acaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{a}{\81\316} % acaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{I}{\81\317} % Icaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{i}{\81\320} % icaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{\i}{\81\320} % icaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{O}{\81\321} % Ocaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{o}{\81\322} % ocaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{U}{\81\323} % Ucaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{u}{\81\324} % ucaron
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textGslash}{PU}{\81\344} % Gslash
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgslash}{PU}{\81\345} % gslash
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{G}{\81\346} % Gcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{g}{\81\347} % gcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{K}{\81\350} % Kcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\v}{PU}{k}{\81\351} % kcaron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{O}{\81\352} % Oogonek
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\k}{PU}{o}{\81\353} % oogonek
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Greek}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textAlpha}{\83\206}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textEpsilon}{\83\210}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textEta}{\83\211}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textIota}{\83\212}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textOmicron}{\83\214}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textUpsilon}{\83\216}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textOmega}{\83\217}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textIotadieresis}{PU}{\83\252}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textIotadieresis}{\83\220}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textAlpha}{PU}{\83\221}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textBeta}{PU}{\83\222}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textGamma}{PU}{\83\223}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textDelta}{PU}{\83\224}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textEpsilon}{PU}{\83\225}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textZeta}{PU}{\83\226}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textEta}{PU}{\83\227}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textTheta}{PU}{\83\230}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textIota}{PU}{\83\231}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textKappa}{PU}{\83\232}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textLambda}{PU}{\83\233}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textMu}{PU}{\83\234}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textNu}{PU}{\83\235}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textXi}{PU}{\83\236}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textOmicron}{PU}{\83\237}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textPi}{PU}{\83\240}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textRho}{PU}{\83\241}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textSigma}{PU}{\83\243}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textTau}{PU}{\83\244}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textUpsilon}{PU}{\83\245}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textPhi}{PU}{\83\246}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textChi}{PU}{\83\247}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textPsi}{PU}{\83\250}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textOmega}{PU}{\83\251}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textIota}{\83\252}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textUpsilon}{\83\253}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textalpha}{\83\254}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textepsilon}{\83\255}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\texteta}{\83\256}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textiota}{\83\257}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textupsilonacute}{PU}{\83\315}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textupsilonacute}{\83\260}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textalpha}{PU}{\83\261}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textbeta}{PU}{\83\262}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textgamma}{PU}{\83\263}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textdelta}{PU}{\83\264}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textepsilon}{PU}{\83\265}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textzeta}{PU}{\83\266}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texteta}{PU}{\83\267}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttheta}{PU}{\83\270}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textiota}{PU}{\83\271}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textkappa}{PU}{\83\272}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textlambda}{PU}{\83\273}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textmu}{PU}{\83\274}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textnu}{PU}{\83\275}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textxi}{PU}{\83\276}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textomicron}{PU}{\83\277}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textpi}{PU}{\83\300}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textrho}{PU}{\83\301}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textvarsigma}{PU}{\83\302}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textsigma}{PU}{\83\303}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texttau}{PU}{\83\304}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textupsilon}{PU}{\83\305}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textphi}{PU}{\83\306}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textchi}{PU}{\83\307}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textpsi}{PU}{\83\310}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textomega}{PU}{\83\311}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textiota}{\83\312}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textupsilon}{\83\313}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textomicron}{\83\314}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textupsilon}{\83\315}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textomega}{\83\316}
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\textvartheta}{PU}{\83\321}
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\textvarphi}{PU}{\83\325}
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\textvarpi}{PU}{\83\326}
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\textdigamma}{PU}{\83\334}
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\textvarkappa}{PU}{\83\360}
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\textvarrho}{PU}{\83\361}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Cyrillic}
+%    Thanks to Vladimir Volovich (\Email{vvv@vvv.vsu.ru}) for
+%    the help with the Cyrillic glyph names.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRYO}{PU}{\84\001}% IO
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRE}{\84\001}%
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRDJE}{PU}{\84\002}% DJE
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\CYRG}{\84\003}% GJE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRIE}{PU}{\84\004}% ukrainian IE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRDZE}{PU}{\84\005}% DZE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRII}{PU}{\84\006}% byelorussian-ukrainian I
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRYI}{PU}{\84\007}% YI
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRJE}{PU}{\84\010}% JE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRLJE}{PU}{\84\011}% LJE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRNJE}{PU}{\84\012}% NJE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRTSHE}{PU}{\84\013}% TSHE
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\CYRK}{\84\014}% KJE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRUSHRT}{PU}{\84\016}% short U
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRDZHE}{PU}{\84\017}% DZHE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRA}{PU}{\84\020}% A
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRB}{PU}{\84\021}% BE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRV}{PU}{\84\022}% VE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRG}{PU}{\84\023}% GHE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRD}{PU}{\84\024}% DE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRE}{PU}{\84\025}% IE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRZH}{PU}{\84\026}% ZHE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRZ}{PU}{\84\027}% ZE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRI}{PU}{\84\030}% I
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRISHRT}{PU}{\84\031}% short I
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\U}{PU}{\CYRI}{\84\031}%
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRK}{PU}{\84\032}% KA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRL}{PU}{\84\033}% EL
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRM}{PU}{\84\034}% EM
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRN}{PU}{\84\035}% EN
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRO}{PU}{\84\036}% O
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRP}{PU}{\84\037}% PE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRR}{PU}{\84\040}% ER
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRS}{PU}{\84\041}% ES
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRT}{PU}{\84\042}% TE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRU}{PU}{\84\043}% U
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRF}{PU}{\84\044}% EF
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRH}{PU}{\84\045}% HA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRC}{PU}{\84\046}% TSE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRCH}{PU}{\84\047}% CHE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRSH}{PU}{\84\050}% SHA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRSHCH}{PU}{\84\051}% SHCHA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRHRDSN}{PU}{\84\052}% HARD SIGN
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRERY}{PU}{\84\053}% YERU
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRSFTSN}{PU}{\84\054}% SOFT SIGN
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYREREV}{PU}{\84\055}% E
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRYU}{PU}{\84\056}% YU
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRYA}{PU}{\84\057}% YA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyra}{PU}{\84\060}% a
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrb}{PU}{\84\061}% be
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrv}{PU}{\84\062}% ve
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrg}{PU}{\84\063}% ghe
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrd}{PU}{\84\064}% de
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyre}{PU}{\84\065}% ie
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrzh}{PU}{\84\066}% zhe
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrz}{PU}{\84\067}% ze
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyri}{PU}{\84\070}% i
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrishrt}{PU}{\84\071}% short i
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\U}{PU}{\cyri}{\84\071}%
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrk}{PU}{\84\072}% ka
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrl}{PU}{\84\073}% el
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrm}{PU}{\84\074}% em
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrn}{PU}{\84\075}% en
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyro}{PU}{\84\076}% o
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrp}{PU}{\84\077}% pe
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrr}{PU}{\84\100}% er
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrs}{PU}{\84\101}% es
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrt}{PU}{\84\102}% te
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyru}{PU}{\84\103}% u
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrf}{PU}{\84\104}% ef
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrh}{PU}{\84\105}% ha
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrc}{PU}{\84\106}% tse
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrch}{PU}{\84\107}% che
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrsh}{PU}{\84\110}% sha
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrshch}{PU}{\84\111}% shcha
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrhrdsn}{PU}{\84\112}% hard sign
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrery}{PU}{\84\113}% yeru
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrsftsn}{PU}{\84\114}% soft sign
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrerev}{PU}{\84\115}% e
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyryu}{PU}{\84\116}% yu
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrya}{PU}{\84\117}% ya
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyryo}{PU}{\84\121}% io
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyre}{\84\121}%
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrdje}{PU}{\84\122}% dje
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\cyrg}{\84\123}% gje
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrie}{PU}{\84\124}% ukrainian ie
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrdze}{PU}{\84\125}% dze
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrii}{PU}{\84\126}% byelorussian-ukrainian i
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyryi}{PU}{\84\127}% yi
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrje}{PU}{\84\130}% je
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrlje}{PU}{\84\131}% lje
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrnje}{PU}{\84\132}% nje
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrtshe}{PU}{\84\133}% tshe
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\cyrk}{\84\134}% kje
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrushrt}{PU}{\84\136}% short u
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrdzhe}{PU}{\84\137}% dzhe
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYROMEGA}{PU}{\84\140}% OMEGA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyromega}{PU}{\84\141}% omega
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRYAT}{PU}{\84\142}% YAT
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyryat}{PU}{\84\143}% yat
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRIOTE}{PU}{\84\144}% iotified E
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyriote}{PU}{\84\145}% iotified e
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRLYUS}{PU}{\84\146}% little YUS
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrlyus}{PU}{\84\147}% little yus
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRIOTLYUS}{PU}{\84\150}% iotified little YUS
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyriotlyus}{PU}{\84\151}% iotified little yus
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRBYUS}{PU}{\84\152}% big YUS
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrbyus}{PU}{\84\153}% big yus
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRIOTBYUS}{PU}{\84\154}% iotified big YUS
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyriotbyus}{PU}{\84\155}% iotified big yus
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRKSI}{PU}{\84\156}% KSI
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrksi}{PU}{\84\157}% ksi
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRPSI}{PU}{\84\160}% PSI
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrpsi}{PU}{\84\161}% psi
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRFITA}{PU}{\84\162}% FITA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrfita}{PU}{\84\163}% fita
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRIZH}{PU}{\84\164}% IZHITSA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrizh}{PU}{\84\165}% izhitsa
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\C}{PU}{\CYRIZH}{\84\166}% IZHITSA double grave
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\C}{PU}{\cyrizh}{\84\167}% izhitsa double grave
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRUK}{PU}{\84\170}% UK
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyruk}{PU}{\84\171}% uk
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYROMEGARND}{PU}{\84\172}% round OMEGA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyromegarnd}{PU}{\84\173}% round omega
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYROMEGATITLO}{PU}{\84\174}% OMEGA titlo
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyromegatitlo}{PU}{\84\175}% omega titlo
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYROT}{PU}{\84\176}% OT
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrot}{PU}{\84\177}% ot
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRKOPPA}{PU}{\84\200}% KOPPA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrkoppa}{PU}{\84\201}% koppa
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrthousands}{PU}{\84\202}% thousands sign
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\COMBINING TITLO}{PU}{\84\203}% COMBINING TITLO
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\COMBINING PALATALIZATION}{PU}{\84\204}% COMBINING PALATALIZATION
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\COMBINING DASIA PNEUMATA}{PU}{\84\205}% COMBINING DASIA PNEUMATA
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\COMBINING PSILI PNEUMATA}{PU}{\84\206}% COMBINING PSILI PNEUMATA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRGUP}{PU}{\84\220}% GHE upturn
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrgup}{PU}{\84\221}% ghe upturn
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRGHCRS}{PU}{\84\222}% GHE stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrghcrs}{PU}{\84\223}% ghe stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRGHK}{PU}{\84\224}% GHE middle hook
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrghk}{PU}{\84\225}% ghe middle hook
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRZHDSC}{PU}{\84\226}% ZHE descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrzhdsc}{PU}{\84\227}% zhe descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRZDSC}{PU}{\84\230}% ZE descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrzdsc}{PU}{\84\231}% ze descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRKDSC}{PU}{\84\232}% KA descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrkdsc}{PU}{\84\233}% ka descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRKVCRS}{PU}{\84\234}% KA vertical stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrkvcrs}{PU}{\84\235}% ka vertical stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRKHCRS}{PU}{\84\236}% KA stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrkhcrs}{PU}{\84\237}% ka stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRKBEAK}{PU}{\84\240}% bashkir KA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrkbeak}{PU}{\84\241}% bashkir ka
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRNDSC}{PU}{\84\242}% EN descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrndsc}{PU}{\84\243}% en descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRNG}{PU}{\84\244}% ligature EN GHE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrng}{PU}{\84\245}% ligature en ghe
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRPHK}{PU}{\84\246}% PE middle hook
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrphk}{PU}{\84\247}% pe middle hook
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRABHHA}{PU}{\84\250}% abkhasian HA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrabhha}{PU}{\84\251}% abkhasian ha
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRSDSC}{PU}{\84\252}% ES descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrsdsc}{PU}{\84\253}% es descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRTDSC}{PU}{\84\254}% TE descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrtdsc}{PU}{\84\255}% te descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRY}{PU}{\84\256}% straight U
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyry}{PU}{\84\257}% straight u
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRYHCRS}{PU}{\84\260}% straight U stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyryhcrs}{PU}{\84\261}% straight u stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRHDSC}{PU}{\84\262}% HA descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrhdsc}{PU}{\84\263}% ha descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRTETSE}{PU}{\84\264}% ligature TE TSE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrtetse}{PU}{\84\265}% ligature te tse
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRCHRDSC}{PU}{\84\266}% CHE descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrchrdsc}{PU}{\84\267}% che descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRCHVCRS}{PU}{\84\270}% CHE vertical stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrchvcrs}{PU}{\84\271}% che vertical stroke
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRSHHA}{PU}{\84\272}% SHHA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrshha}{PU}{\84\273}% shha
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRABHCH}{PU}{\84\274}% abkhasian CHE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrabhch}{PU}{\84\275}% abkhasian che
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRABHCHDSC}{PU}{\84\276}% abkhasian CHE descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrabhchdsc}{PU}{\84\277}% abkhasian che descender
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRpalochka}{PU}{\84\300}% palochka
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\U}{PU}{\CYRZH}{\84\301}% ZHE breve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\U}{PU}{\cyrzh}{\84\302}% zhe breve
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRKHK}{PU}{\84\303}% KA hook
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrkhk}{PU}{\84\304}% ka hook
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRNHK}{PU}{\84\307}% EN hook
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrnhk}{PU}{\84\310}% en hook
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRCHLDSC}{PU}{\84\313}% khakassian CHE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrchldsc}{PU}{\84\314}% khakassian che
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\U}{PU}{\CYRA}{\84\320}% A breve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\U}{PU}{\cyra}{\84\321}% a breve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRA}{\84\322}% A diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyra}{\84\323}% a diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRAE}{PU}{\84\324}% ligature A IE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrae}{PU}{\84\325}% ligature a ie
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\U}{PU}{\CYRE}{\84\326}% IE breve
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\U}{PU}{\cyre}{\84\327}% ie breve
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRSCHWA}{PU}{\84\330}% SCHWA
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrschwa}{PU}{\84\331}% schwa
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRSCHWA}{\84\332}% SCHWA diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyrschwa}{\84\333}% schwa diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRZH}{\84\334}% ZHE diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyrzh}{\84\335}% zhe diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRZ}{\84\336}% ZE diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyrz}{\84\337}% ze diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYRABHDZE}{PU}{\84\340}% abkhasian DZE
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrabhdze}{PU}{\84\341}% abkhasian dze
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{\CYRI}{\84\342}% I macron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{\cyri}{\84\343}% i macron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRI}{\84\344}% I diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyri}{\84\345}% i diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRO}{\84\346}% O diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyro}{\84\347}% o diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCommand{\CYROTLD}{PU}{\84\350}% barred O
+\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrotld}{PU}{\84\351}% barred o
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYROTLD}{\84\352}% barred O diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyrotld}{\84\353}% barred o diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{\CYRU}{\84\356}% U macron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\=}{PU}{\cyru}{\84\357}% u macron
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRU}{\84\360}% U diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyru}{\84\361}% u diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\H}{PU}{\CYRU}{\84\362}% U double acute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\H}{PU}{\cyru}{\84\363}% u double acute
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRCH}{\84\364}% CHE diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyrch}{\84\365}% che diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\CYRERY}{\84\370}% YERU diaeresis
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\cyrery}{\84\371}% yeru diaeresis
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareTextCommand{\texteuro}{PU}{\9040\254} % Euro
+\DeclareTextCommand{\textnumero}{PU}{\9041\026}
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrlangle}{PU}{\9043\051}
+%\DeclareTextCommand{\cyrrangle}{PU}{\9043\052}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</puenc>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{End of file hycheck.tex}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*check>
+\typeout{}
+\begin{document}
+\end{document}
+%</check>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dabb4e901a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+%%
+%% This file will generate fast loadable files and documentation
+%% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through
+%% LaTeX or TeX.
+%%
+%% Copyright 1995-1999 Sebastian Rahtz
+%%           1999-2003 Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek
+%%
+%% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'.
+%% -------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% It may be distributed under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%% License, either version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any
+%% later version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the `Hyperref Bundle' is
+%% given in the file `manifest.txt'.
+%%
+%%
+%% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------
+%%
+\def\filedate{2003/03/20}
+\def\batchfile{hyperref.ins}
+\input docstrip
+
+\ifx\generate\undefined
+  \Msg{**********************************************}
+  \Msg{*}
+  \Msg{* This installation requires docstrip}
+  \Msg{* version 2.4 or later.}
+  \Msg{*}
+  \Msg{* An older version of docstrip has been input}
+  \Msg{*}
+  \Msg{**********************************************}
+  \errhelp{Move or rename old docstrip.tex and get a newer one.}
+  \errmessage{Old docstrip in input path}
+  \batchmode
+  \csname @@end\endcsname\end
+\fi
+
+\keepsilent
+\askforoverwritefalse
+%\askonceonly
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\preamble
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{%
+  \file{hyperref.drv}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{driver}}
+  \file{hycheck.tex}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{check}}
+  \usedir{tex/latex/hyperref}
+  \file{backref.sty}{\from{backref.dtx}{package}}
+  \file{nameref.sty}{\from{nameref.dtx}{package}}
+  \file{hyperref.sty}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{package}}
+  \file{hypertex.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{hypertex}}
+  \file{pdfmark.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{pdfmark,pdfmarkbase,pdfform,outlines}}
+  \file{hvtexmrk.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{vtexpdfmark}}
+  \file{htexture.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{textures}}
+  \file{hdvipson.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{dvipsone}}
+  \file{hdvips.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{dvips}}
+  \file{hpdftex.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{pdftex,pdfform,outlines}}
+  %\file{hdvipdf.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{dvipdf,outlines}}
+  \file{hdviwind.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{dviwindo,pdfmarkbase}}
+  \file{htex4ht.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{tex4ht}}
+  \file{htex4ht.cfg}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{tex4htcfg}}
+  \file{hvtex.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{vtex,outlines}}
+  \file{hvtexhtm.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{vtexhtml}}
+  \file{hdvipdfm.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{dvipdfm,pdfform,outlines}}
+  \file{pd1enc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{pd1enc}}
+  \file{puenc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{puenc}}
+  \file{nohyperref.sty}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{nohyperref}}
+}
+
+\Msg{***************************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space To finish the installation you have to copy the files }
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space *.sty, *.cfg and *.def into a directory searched by TeX}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space (TDS directory: texmf/tex/latex/hyperref/).}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{***************************************************************}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/manual.css b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/manual.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4ce2a0d94c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/manual.css
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+ 
+/* start css.sty */
+.cmmi-10{font-style: italic;}
+.cmsy-7{font-size:70%;}
+.ecrm-1728{font-size:170%;}
+.ecss-1728{font-size:170%; font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecrm-1200{font-size:120%;}
+.ectt-1000{ font-family: monospace;}
+.ecti-1000{ font-style: italic;}
+.ecss-1000{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ecbx-1000{ font-weight: bold;}
+.htf-cmbx {font-weight: bold; font-style:normal;}
+p.noindent { text-indent: 0em }
+p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; }
+p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em }
+a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
+center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
+.Canvas { position:relative; }
+img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
+li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
+span.footnotetext{ font-size:80%; font-style:italic; } 
+.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
+div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
+.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
+.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }
+td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
+.centerline {text-align:center;}
+.rightline {text-align:right;}
+div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }
+span.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+table.minipage{width:100%;}
+div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em;}
+div.center div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}
+div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
+.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
+.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }
+.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.framebox-c {text-align:center;}
+.framebox-l {text-align:left;}
+.framebox-r {text-align:right;}
+div.array {text-align:center;}
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em;}
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; }
+.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
+div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
+span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; }
+span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;}
+a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; }
+span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex; left:-0.4em; font-size:85%;}
+span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; }
+.marginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
+.marginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}
+div.float {text-align:center;}
+div.figure {text-align:center;}
+.equation td{text-align:center; }
+td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } 
+td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }
+td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }
+table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}
+div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}
+.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}
+.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
+table.caption {text-align:center;}
+h1.partHead{text-align: center}
+p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
+.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
+.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }
+.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
+div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
+h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
+div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
+div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
+div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:80%; font-style:italic; }
+div.author{white-space: nowrap;}
+.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }
+.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
+div.array {text-align:center;}
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em;}
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; }
+div.longtable{text-align:center;}
+/* end css.sty */
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/nameref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/nameref.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e2c7445b00f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/nameref.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+\def\filedate{2003/12/03}
+\def\fileversion{2.21}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% File: nameref.dtx
+% Copyright (C) 1995-9 Sebastian Rahtz
+%               2000-3 Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek
+%
+%% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'.
+%% -------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% It may be distributed under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%% License, either version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any
+%% later version.  The latest version of this license is in
+%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the `Hyperref Bundle' is
+%% given in the file `manifest.txt'.
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\begin{document}
+  \title{%
+    Section name references in \LaTeX
+    \thanks{%
+      This file has version number \fileversion,
+      last revised \filedate.%
+    }%
+  }
+  \author{Sebastian Rahtz}
+  \date{\filedate}
+  \maketitle
+  \tableofcontents
+  \DocInput{nameref.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{463}
+% \StopEventually{}
+% \section{Introduction}
+% Cross-referencing to include the \emph{name} of the section, rather than
+% just the number or page. This works by redefining some of the inside
+% \LaTeX\ macros, so it is vulnerable to future changes.
+% \section{History}
+% Sebastian Rahtz, for Lou Burnard, March 15th 1994;
+% SPQR CERN July 1994;
+% Last mod. Sept. 3th MG;
+% Sept. 19th SPQR;
+% April 11th 1995 SPQR (added section formatting hook);
+% April 14th 1995 SPQR (compatibility with hyperref);
+% June 22 1995 SPQR (removed typeout from Sectionformat);
+% September 22 1997 added varioref hacks by Corey Minyard;
+% September 28th changes by David Carlisle.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+\ProvidesPackage{nameref}[\filedate\space v\fileversion
+  \space Cross-referencing by name of section]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% We redefine |\label| so that it also writes the name of the
+% current section to the .aux file; if the name ends in a dot,
+% we zap it. To allow for the hyperref package, also write
+% fourth and fifth fields (empty by default;
+% used for cross-ref name, and file).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\strip@period#1.\relax#2\@@@{#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    Here is tested, whether package showkeys is loaded.
+%    But if option final is used, the macros of showkeys
+%    are not defined, so we have to check an additional
+%    test.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifNR@showkeys
+\NR@showkeysfalse
+\@ifpackageloaded{showkeys}{%
+  \begingroup
+    \@ifundefined{SK@@label}{%
+    }{%
+      \global\NR@showkeystrue
+    }%
+  \endgroup
+}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\label#1{%
+  \@bsphack
+  \begingroup
+    \let\label\@gobble
+    \def\ref{\protect\ref}%
+    \edef\@currentlabstr{%
+      \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@currentlabelname
+    }%
+    \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+      \string\newlabel{#1}{%
+        {\@currentlabel}%
+        {\thepage}%
+        {\expandafter\strip@period\@currentlabstr\relax.\relax\@@@}%
+        {\@currentHref}{}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \endgroup
+  \@esphack
+}%
+\ifNR@showkeys
+  \def\label#1{%
+    \@bsphack
+    \SK@\SK@@label{#1}%
+    \begingroup
+      \let\label\@gobble
+      \def\ref{\protect\ref}%
+      \edef\@currentlabstr{%
+        \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@currentlabelname
+      }%
+      \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+        \string\newlabel{#1}{%
+          {\@currentlabel}%
+          {\thepage}%
+          {\expandafter\strip@period\@currentlabstr\relax.\relax\@@@}%
+          {\@currentHref}{}%
+        }%
+      }%
+    \endgroup
+    \@esphack
+  }%
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\ltx@label\label
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Needed for the \emph{subeqnarray} package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{slabel}{}{%
+  \def\slabel#1{%
+    \@bsphack
+    \if@filesw
+      {%
+        \let\label\@gobble
+        \def\ref{\protect\ref}%
+        \edef\@currentlabstr{%
+          \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\@currentlabelname
+        }%
+        \let\thepage\relax
+        \def\protect{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand}%
+        \edef\@tempa{%
+          \write\@auxout{%
+            \string\newlabel{#1}{%
+              {\thesubequation}%
+              {\thepage}%
+              {\expandafter\strip@period
+                \@currentlabstr\relax.\relax\@@@}%
+              {\@currentHref}{}%
+            }%
+          }%
+        }%
+        \expandafter
+      }%
+      \@tempa
+      \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi
+    \fi
+    \@esphack
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Overload an AMS \LaTeX\ command, which uses |\newlabel|. Sigh!
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@writetocindents@{%
+  \begingroup
+  \@for\@tempa:=-1,0,1,2,3\do{%
+    \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+      \string\newlabel{tocindent\@tempa}{%
+        \csname r@tocindent\@tempa\endcsname{}{}{}{}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \endgroup}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Add to the underlying section heading macros so that they
+% note the section name for use by label.
+%
+% If a section heading or the like has a |\label| in it,
+% we need to extract it, or subsequent processing breaks.
+% This is done by the label-writing routine.
+%
+% First the numbered sections. While we are about it, put in
+% a useful section formatting macro.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\NR@sect\@sect
+\newcounter{section@level}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+  \setcounter{section@level}{#2}%
+  \def\@currentlabelname{#7}%
+  \NR@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}[{#7}]{\Sectionformat{#8}{#2}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% and now the unnumbered ones
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\NR@ssect\@ssect
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{%
+  \def\@currentlabelname{#5}%
+  \NR@ssect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{\Sectionformat{#5}{#1}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Parts and chapters are treated differently. sigh.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\NR@part\@part
+\def\@part[#1]#2{%
+  \def\@currentlabelname{#1}%
+  \NR@part[{#1}]{#2}%
+}
+\let\NR@chapter\@chapter
+\def\@chapter[#1]#2{%
+  \def\@currentlabelname{#1}%
+  \NR@chapter[{#1}]{#2}%
+}
+\let\NR@schapter\@schapter
+\def\@schapter#1{%
+  \def\@currentlabelname{#1}%
+  \NR@schapter{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Compatibility for package titlesec.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \@ifpackageloaded{titlesec}{%
+    \let\NRorg@ttl@sect@i\ttl@sect@i
+    \def\ttl@sect@i#1#2[#3]#4{%
+      \def\@currentlabelname{#4}%
+      \NRorg@ttl@sect@i{#1}{#2}[{#3}]{#4}%
+    }%
+  }{}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% We default the label and hypertext reference to be empty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@currentlabelname{}
+\def\@currentHref{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Since the second part of the preserved reference now has five parts
+% (number, page, name, hypertext reference and file), we need extra utility
+% macros:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@firstoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#1}
+\long\def\@secondoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#2}
+\long\def\@thirdoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#3}
+\long\def\@fourthoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#4}
+\long\def\@fifthoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#5}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We have to redefine |\ref| and |\pageref| to know about extra
+% reference elements. Make them robust, and compatible with Babel.
+% The Babel switch is mimicked if not already defined.
+% Some support for package |showkeys| is implemented. If
+% option |notref| of that package is set, |\SK@ref| has the
+% meaning of |\@empty|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@safe@activestrue{}%
+\providecommand*\@safe@activesfalse{}%
+\def\T@ref#1{%
+  \@safe@activestrue
+  \expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@firstoffive{#1}%
+  \@safe@activesfalse
+}%
+\def\T@pageref#1{%
+  \@safe@activestrue
+  \expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@secondoffive{#1}%
+  \@safe@activesfalse
+}%
+\ifNR@showkeys
+  \ifx\SK@ref\@empty
+  \else
+    \def\T@ref#1{%
+      \@safe@activestrue
+      \SK@\SK@@ref{#1}%
+      \expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@firstoffive{#1}%
+      \@safe@activesfalse
+    }%
+    \def\T@pageref#1{%
+      \@safe@activestrue
+      \SK@\SK@@ref{#1}%
+      \expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@secondoffive{#1}%
+      \@safe@activesfalse
+    }%
+  \fi
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    Package |hyperref| uses its own definitions of |\ref| and
+%    |\pageref| because it extends the syntax by the star form.
+%    |\DeclareRobustCommand| is used by hyperref.
+%    Package |nameref| can be loaded before, after hyperref or after
+%    hyperref's definitions in |\AtBeginDocument|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
+}{%
+  \DeclareRobustCommand{\ref}{\T@ref}%
+  \DeclareRobustCommand{\pageref}{\T@pageref}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \section{Usage and frontend}
+% Access the (third) name part with |\nameref|;
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\T@nameref#1{%
+  \@safe@activestrue
+  \expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@thirdoffive{#1}%
+  \@safe@activesfalse
+}%
+\ifNR@showkeys
+  \ifx\SK@ref\@empty
+  \else
+    \def\T@nameref#1{%
+      \@safe@activestrue
+      \SK@\SK@@ref{#1}%
+      \expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@thirdoffive{#1}%
+      \@safe@activesfalse
+    }%
+  \fi
+\fi
+\def\nameref{\protect\T@nameref}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% An extended form which gives title and page number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Nameref#1{`\nameref{#1}' on page~\pageref{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The default for |\Sectionformat|
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\Sectionformat[2]{#1}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{Compatibility with varioref}
+% [This section was derived by Corey Minyard \texttt{minyard@acm.org}
+% from the varioref package]
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\csname @@vpageref\endcsname\relax
+\else
+  \def\@@vpageref#1[#2]#3{%
+    \leavevmode\unskip
+    \global\advance\c@vrcnt\@ne
+    \@ifundefined{r@\the\c@vrcnt @vr}%
+      {\@namedef{r@\the\c@vrcnt @vr}{{??}{??}{??}{??}{??}}}{}%
+    \edef\@tempa{%
+      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+      \@secondoffive\csname r@\the\c@vrcnt @vr\endcsname
+    }%
+    \@ifundefined{r@\the\c@vrcnt @xvr}%
+      {\@namedef{r@\the\c@vrcnt @xvr}{{??}{??}{??}{??}{??}}}{}%
+    \edef\@tempb{%
+      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+      \@secondoffive\csname r@\the\c@vrcnt @xvr\endcsname
+    }%
+    {%
+      \let\@currentlabel\@empty
+      \expandafter\label\expandafter{\the\c@vrcnt @xvr}%
+    }%
+    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+    \else
+      \vref@err{%
+        \noexpand\vref at page boundary
+        \@tempb-\@tempa\space (may loop)%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \@ifundefined{r@#3}{\@namedef{r@#3}{{??}{??}{??}{??}{??}}}{}%
+    \edef\@tempb{%
+      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+      \@secondoffive\csname r@#3\endcsname
+    }%
+    \space
+    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+      #1%
+    \else
+      #2%
+      \is@pos@number\@tempb{%
+        \is@pos@number\@tempa{%
+          \@tempcnta\@tempa
+          \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+        }{%
+          \@tempcnta\maxdimen
+        }%
+        \ifnum \@tempb =\@tempcnta
+          \ifodd\@tempcnta
+            \if@twoside
+              \reftextfaceafter
+            \else
+              \reftextafter
+            \fi
+          \else
+            \reftextafter
+          \fi
+        \else
+          \advance\@tempcnta-2
+          \ifnum \@tempb =\@tempcnta
+            \ifodd\@tempcnta
+              \reftextbefore
+            \else
+              \if@twoside
+                \reftextfacebefore
+              \else
+                \reftextbefore
+              \fi
+            \fi
+          \else
+            \reftextfaraway{#3}%
+          \fi
+        \fi
+      }{%
+        \reftextfaraway{#3}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    {%
+      \let\@currentlabel\@empty
+      \expandafter\label\expandafter{\the\c@vrcnt @vr}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \DeclareRobustCommand\vnameref[1]{%
+    \unskip~\nameref{#1}%
+    \@vpageref[\unskip]{#1}%
+  }
+\fi
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput